Home

WO Automation for Radio 2.1 User Manual

1. 3 Souceformat Default Satellite Monday Copy format settings onto Default Satellite Friday Default Satellite Saturday Default Satellite Sunday Default Satellite Thursday Default Satellite Tuesday Default Satellite Wednesday Repeat the process for each remaining day edule lete Scheduling Content 421 Create a Format for Special Scheduling 1 Select Formats from the main Playlist Editor Launch screen or click the Formats button on the Playlist Editor Menu bar 2 From the main Format screen click Create Type the name of the new format and select whether it is an Hourly or Satellite format Click OK to create the format 3 The special format can now be selected to edit as a regular format would Select the new Format and click Edit to assign templates as required A completed Special Format must be Scheduled to be active on a specific date 4 To schedule the Format for a specific day select the Format and click Schedule Default Hourly Saturday edit Default Hourly Sunday t Default Hourly Thursday Default Hourly Tuesday Rename Default Hourly Wednesday _Rename _ Default Satellite Friday _ Schedule J Default Satellite Monday Default Satellite Saturday Default Satellite Sunday Default Satellite Thursday Default Satellite Tuesday Default Satellite Wednesday New Year s Countdown Scheduling Content 422
2. VY esdi a Ue p owp 00 37 30 COM DA2024 Sunbrell Fabric 00 30 00 00 51 00 COM DA0016 Bosch Power Tools 00 59 00 00 52 00 COM DA2028 Cici s Pizza 00 30 00 00 52 30 COM DA2021 Rawlings 00 30 00 13488 chars 14014 bytes Ln 1 Col 10 Sel 0 0 bytes inO ranges Dos Windows ANSI INS J t J i 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time j CAT ID lITLE r ARTIST LENGTH IN END YEAR NOTE Trivia 01 52 35 COM DA2030 Harley Davidson Mat 7 TOT 01 100 7 i Scheduling Content 220 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler At a typical music station most program information is scheduled through the music scheduling software Entries in the music scheduler not only schedule songs and other audio like liners and legal IDs they generally include non audio instructions like how to set up the hourly clock where to position commercial content scheduled by traffic and even when to execute changes to audio switchers if necessary Most music schedulers have the ability to output a text file containing a day s worth of scheduled material WO Automation for Radio can import this output file as long as it is a specific format General information about the WOAFR format is included here as well as step by step instructions for several music schedulers 101024 SKD 40 080 DA9088 Pink Houses John Cougar Mellencamp 04 02 08 C
3. D files 136 763 ME OL eiting 0 2 Click File New 3 On the File Properties window type a Cut ID media asset number for this rotator Also check the As rotation table checkbox File Properties Cut ID Audio Format O00 Linear PEM Uncompressed File Format Samplerate Channels Scott Studios 45 55 32 44100 Sterea Creating and Editing Content 156 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Set the metadata for this rotator Type Title Artist and trivia Notes Set a Start and End Date and optionally a Start and End hour Also type an approximate length representing an average length of the assets in this rotator PS Trim Label amp Convert o a File Ede View Tools Help H t A x enur fir Netwgrk D9 Format Ripper Ca i Tite Artist End ten FileType NAB Demo Music NB News Actuolities SFX Sound Effects Ending F Length Stat Dare 6 10 2010 Stat Hour 00 00 00 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 EndDete 12 31 2099 v IFN EndHour 23 5959 End otAudio 00 00 00 000 OR TL FoR CLA H COM Locol Ofiles 136 763 MB DSP 0 Ready OL Waiting 0 00 00 5 Click Add to add assets to this rotator e Trim Label amp Conver colo File Ege View Toole Help 0 ti w i oh E a New Cam Delale Beiu i etwgrk Tig Format Rippe a iO Tite Artist End Lean FileType Name Title 080 80s Music ICOM Commercials HROT Hei busic Ji
4. Import a New Asset Using Audio Editor 1 On the main Audio Editor window click New 2 From the list of available Media Asset types click Audio to import an audio file 3 On the Tools tab click the Import button Properties Timers Restrictions Distribution Insert this media asset into a playlist Waveform Editor Cut copy or paste sections of this media asset T Import Import an audio file for this The external audio file can be imported first as in this example or imported after the other Media Asset properties have been set Some settings like the settings on the Distribution tab are required but the property tabs do not need to be completed in any particular order 4 Browse to the location of the external audio file 5 Select the external audio file from the available files in the results list and click the green Accept button 6 If the audio includes metadata the properties stored in the file will be listed in the Imported column If metadata was manually added when this media asset was created those properties will be listed in the Current column By Creating and Editing Content 174 WO AUTOMATION for Radio clicking the blue radio button associated with a field in either column you can select the metadata that will be stored when this file is saved When the metadata selections have been made click the green Accept button to complete the import Current Imported T Set the a
5. Skip Prompts During File Creation Analysis es a Ex E X gt e aS sa Backups Al Refresh Logon Exit i Automation Reports Create File Hours To Create 12 am 1 am 2 am 3 am 4 am B am 6 am Yo am a am 4 am 10 ar 11 ami 12 pr Select All Clear All Memorize Use Memorzed iv Hours Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday all ll all all all all all all al wf all all all Sunday Scheduling Content 258 WO AUTOMATION Configuring Selector DOS to Export to WOAFR Configuring the Automation Export From the Selector main menu press 7 to open the Print the Log option 2 Once you are in the Print the Log menu press F4 to select the Edit Log Formats option 3 Press 8 to select Log Format 8 4 5 From the Edit Log Format 8 menu press 5 to select Log Parameters Set the log parameters using the table on the next page LUG Format Name for Entire Header Footer F Page Font Frint end af ach Lines fi Lines af Lines E fi FE FE Fh h Ph apts pot ter LLUStec Footer after Header Lines Lines C U O J 1 3 J Lines E ADUES per Page per Frint Unscheduled Positions No Fl FARATE TERS TAnnivercsary Hotes Days 0 0 Ho Artist Wotes Ho Print AECIJE Hotes Eint Song Notes Rotate Hotes Everywhere Breaknote Link Design Same Design for Stopszet
6. 3 You will see a list of all created rules Apply all of the rules that apply to this directory and by clicking the check box next to the desired rule Select Rule Please select rules to apply to the directory prod audio NewRips Name E GAC Countdown F News E Final Rule Saye Selected Rules 4 When all desired rules have been applied click Save Selected Rules to save your changes and return to the Edit Directory screen Creating and Editing Content 19 WO AUTOMATION If multiple rules are applied to the same scan directory rules processing can be prioritized The yellow precedence arrows are used to prioritize the rules within the directory Click on the arrows to move the rules up and down in the list The first rule in the list will be applied first with the last rule in the list applied last Click the red X to the right of the rule name to remove the rule from this directory Removing a rule from this directory will not delete the rule from the system Edit Directory Enter the path to be scanned below Enter a local path to import media content from a local path Examples of valid local paths are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems Drive letters may also be used e g c folder but may not work in all cases To import media content from an FIP site enter ftp lt address gt _ Additional fields will appear for username password and work folder
7. AssetiD PIET UCENIE a PAUL FM The Distribution Tab controls properties related to the category and Asset ID of the loaded file as well as radio station assignments which will dictate how audio is distributed by your Central Server First select the radio stations that can play this file by checking the box next to each station This will populate the category drop down list with categories assigned to those stations Select a category from the drop down list Finally type a 4 digit Asset ID in the box next to the category drop down All entries on the Distribution tab are required The Distribution tab label will retain its wavy red underline until all required fields have been entered Properties Restrictions Distribution Insert this media asset into a playlist Options on the Tools Tab will allow you to insert this rotator directly into a playlist Creating and Editing Content 152 for Radio om Click Add to begin adding assets to this rotator Please add at least one media asset Audio Editor Title Move Up Move Down Restrictions Distribution Tools Name Jingles Note i Length 00 10 E Commit Clicking Add pops open a Library search tool Search for and click on the asset to add the asset to the rotator lt Showing results 1 16 of 239 Library bed KOOL 105 W 0 08 JIN 0020 10 D
8. Each workstation must be configured using the Workstation Launcher which configures local audio channel assignments devices and device servers and maps local Workstation functions to your Central Server Other computers can communicate with your WO Automation for Radio system using standard Windows TCP IP networking components Traffic scheduling and music scheduling computers can drop schedules to central directories on the Central Server engineering computers can be used to configure Central Server and computers running Playlist Editor or TLC can edit playlists or audio files Introducing WO Automation for Radio 6 wipe orerr Section 2 Creating and Editing Content WO AUTOMATION T E a ET FUT FLID This section will look at the different ways to get content into WOAFR and ways to edit existing content including e Importing audio created in third party applications like Adobe Audition e Recording new audio using Audio Editor e Automatically capturing audio based on time or relay closures e Creating rotators and multi station media assets e Voice tracking Importing Audio from External Sources WO Automation for Radio includes three primary methods of importing audio an Automatic Media Asset Importer AMAI feature configured through Central Server the standalone TLC application and the Import function included with Workstation s Audio Editor in WOAFR version 2 1 AMAI AMAI the Automatic Media Asset Importer
9. Name Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Friday Monday Saturday Sunday Thursday Tuesday Schedule Wednesday oe Delete Monday Saturday Rename Sunday Thursday Tuesday Wednesday In the new Copy Format window click the destination day that will receive the copied settings and click Copy Clicking Tuesday for example and then Copy would copy the template assignments to Tuesday Formats Souce format Copy format settings onto Default Satellite Friday Default Satellite Saturday Default Satellite Sunday Default Satellite Thursday Default Satellite Tuesday Default Satellite Wednesday Repeat the process for each remaining day Default Satellite Monday Scheduling Content 394 WO AUTOMATION dm p eT if rT FALILI r ie Creating Formats for Special Scheduling Alternate Formats can be defined allowing for quick deployment of specific template assignments Once a special format is scheduled for a specific day that special format will be used instead of the standard format 1 Select Formats from the mai
10. Se Workflow Station PAUL FM Workflow Name Load Baseball Special Program Scheduling Content 356 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Baseball Segment End Baseball End Baseball Special Program FB FS JL LL Load Baseball Special Program Top of Hour News 5 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a Load Playlist action PAUL FM Load Baseball Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions Load Playlist Deactivate Trigger 3 Emergency Alert End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain daolas nlarlict 4 E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries no selection D History Cancel Scheduling Content 357 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 Enter the details for this Load Playlist entry When all parameters have been set click OK Create Load Playlist E Always execute this action El Allow execution on standby systems Scheduled special program Westwood Baseball g Start the new playlist immediately O Start the new playlist when the on air event is finished Field Description Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all
11. Type the time for this Start Skim event in 00 MM SS format Skim Ruleset From the drop down list select the Skim Ruleset to be inserted Having trouble adding a new event with a Sync Point to your template Remember Playlist Editor will insert each new event below the currently highlighted event and will not allow you to add Sync Point event with a time that is earlier than any Sync Point that precedes the new entry or later than any Sync Point that follows it Sync Point timing must progress throughout the sequential hour To add a Start Skim event near the top of the hour before other events with a Sync Point it may be necessary to change some or all of the existing events Sync Point settings to None add and correctly position the new Start Skim event and then edit the original events to restore the Sync Point timing Creating and Editing Content 115 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 A Stop Skim event should also be added to the Sequential playlist to disarm the start and stop triggers at the end of the daypart to be skimmed Start Skim and Stop Skim events may also be added to your daily schedule by your music scheduling software See the section on Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler for more information If the Template that will contain the Stop Skim event is not already open in Playlist Editor open the Template by clicking on the Templates icon on the Menu Bar Playlist Editor PAUL FM lennit Hourly Template Title
12. Action tab Select the Run workflow option Click the Select button and select the Workflow from the list E Workflow Selection Baseball Segment Dr Laura Hour 1 Hotkey Settings End Baseball Action Follower Breakaway Q HEAFTLCGEEEGCA Follower Simulcast Category JS EmoGoth WF File number Join Leader Q E A Leave Leader Page Run workflow Workflow Baseball Segment Select Click the green Confirm button to save your changes and close the Workflow Selection window Click the green Confirm button on the Hotkey Settings window to save your changes and return to the Hotkey Widget Delivering Content 494
13. INSERT EDIT A BREAKNOTE Runtime Stopset 0 00 0 No Text pepe Take XMtter Readings Optional Memo Text 2 3 3 Kill Date f f Media F1 ID Type a four character ID associated with the breaknote Runtime Type the approximate runtime for this memo to be used by Selector to estimate clock timing Stopset Type No Text Type the breaknote text For a Memo event the breaknote text must include these comma delimited fields as shown in the above example Sync Optional Though rare Memos can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Source Required Two periods identifies this command as a Memo event Title Recommended Text entered in this field will appear in the Title field of the Workstation Stack Artist Optional Text entered in this field will appear in the Artist field of the Workstation Stack Kill Date Leave blank Media Leave blank Scheduling Content 272 2 3 WO AUTOMATION Exporting a Completed Schedule to WOAFR 1 From the Selector main menu press 7 to select Print the Log Eel OR LOG WINDOW From Help Log Format Assi Edit Log Formats RCalendarsS Inter Print the Log or a Automation File Output end to File Param print File View Log ar E k E PRINT OFTIONS Send to File i Background Print VLE wiem File Jump to Print File Manager Change Pri
14. Path prod audio NewRips Directory Rules The following table lists the rules for this directory Select Rule Precedence Name db GAC Countdown 4 News x 7 Final Rule x When you have completed the rules prioritization click Save Directory to return to the AMAI main page Creating and Editing Content 20 WO AUTOMATION Basic Troubleshooting have set up directories and rules but the files in my directory are not being imported It is possible that AMAI cannot access the directory or the directory was entered incorrectly Remember that if the directory is an FTP path the files are copied to the Work Folder specified in configuration You may need to contact your IT administrator to verify the directory is shared where AMAI will have access Also double check that the Directory Path is entered correctly in the AMAI configuration Some of the files in the directory show they have been processed but some show an extension of _FAILED or REJECTED In rare cases the file may not be in a recognized format and the system will mark it _FAILED If you find the rules have been set properly but the file will still not process contact your support organization and provide a copy of the problem file The most likely reason for a _ REJECTED file is that there was not a rule assigned that applied to the file Review the rules assigned to that directory to make sure it has the proper criteria defin
15. Scheduling Content 325 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 8 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a Wait action Playlist Editor i t FS la isl ol Me PAUL FM Baseball Segment Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Update Switcher Update Switcher action Wait Actions Send Serial Message Set Clock Is Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait A Update Switcher 5 E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library Allow execution on standby systems 2 Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS E ll OF Hist Airl Air2 Air3 In4 Baseball In 6 In 7 In8 i istory TO AIR T RECORD 4 9 Enter the details for your Wait Workflow Action See table on next page for more information about each parameter E Create Wait Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Wait this amount of time Wait until this external signal is received Local Break on PAUL DS Wait until either of the above events Scheduling Content 326 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Notes Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Wait This Amount of Time Specify a time in MM SS format Wait Until This External Signal is Received Select from a list of all
16. Type a unique name for this new template select the type of template to create either an Hourly Template or a Satellite Template and click OK Scheduling Content 417 Edit an Existing Template 1 Click on the Templates menu icon or click on the Templates option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2 Double click on the Template you wish to edit or select the Template and click Edit Templates Station PAUL FM Type y Name E Temporary Default Playlist Hourly JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly MAIN 3 To add an entry first select either the Sequential or Background option selected in the top right corner A common best practice is to insert automation functionality like Workflows and Merge Points in to the playlist using Hourly Templates and Hourly Formats and to use Satellite Templates and Formats for voice specific network liner commands This allows you to easily accommodate late minute satellite jock changes Right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry or use the CTRL N keyboard shortcut Select a New Entry type and click OK Enter the details for the entry When all parameters have been set click OK 4 To delete an entry right click on the event in the Playlist pane and select Delete Entry or use the DELETE keyboard shortcut Template events can also be copied CTRL C cut CTRL X and pasted CTRL V Scheduling Content 418 1 2 3 Designate a Def
17. Workflow Action Refer to the Creating Workflows section for details regarding available Workflow Actions Copying Templates After investing time and effort in a template that can be re used in other hours with perhaps only minor changes you can save a copy with a new name Once the copy is saved you can edit the template and make any necessary changes 1 If the template to be copied is not already loaded in Playlist Editor click on the Templates menu icon or click on the Templates option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2 Double click on the Template you wish to copy or select the Template and click Edit Templates Station PAUL FM v Type Name Temporary Default Playlist Hourly JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly MAIN Scheduling Content 292 3 4 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Right click in the Playlist pane and select Save Copy as Template PAUL FM JS EmoGoth Hourly Time 00 06 00 Hourly Template Sync Title Comment 1 hard Execute Workflow Execute Workflow New Merge Point Execute Workflow New Merge Point Execute Workflow E Browse Library Search Library ie Deleted Entries amp History 4 00 5 00 EA Merge Point Sync Point Stopset duration 03 00 Comment 1 Comment 2 Comment 3 AN 6 00 onar Using segment ruleset Satellite Artist Comment 2 JS EmoGoth WF Create New Entry Delete Entry Cut En
18. Workstation Creating and Editing Content 45 WO AUTOMATION fr se DOarir lOr KOGIO A wealth of information is transferred from WO Traffic to WOAFR ready to be included with the new Media Asset Sunbeam Bread They aren t bread 0057 11 03 10 1 00 51147 41 676D WO Traffic Field WOAFR Field Sample Data Advertiser Title Sunbeam Bread Title Artist They aren t bread House Number Media Asset Number 0057 Start Date Start Date 11 03 10 Length Duration 1 00 Ad ID Note 51147 41 67BD 2 Clicking on an entry in the Dub List Widget immediately opens Audio Editor using the basic properties from the original WO Traffic item The associated audio can easily be recorded or imported using standard Audio Editor procedures Audio Editor Ne eE EO n Aao ee 00 00 00 000 Record Stop RECORDING Properties Pn Restrictions Distribution Tools Title Sunbeam Bread Artist They aren t bread Note 51 147 41 67BD Year i Composer I om Eo Commit Creating and Editing Content 46 WO AUTOMATION I os i robe Fer es Fi F LAL iLi After recording or importing the Media Asset WOAFR checks to make sure the audio is within 3 seconds of the duration specified by WO Traffic If there is a greater variance a warning will be displayed at the top of the Audio Editor Widget Once a Dub List item is recorded or imported the WO Traffic state automatically changes to Dub Confirmed and the item is removed fro
19. Yes Ro Feine Cluster H ead er FPooater around Spot Hon Spot ap re LOG Day of 1 7 Stare Day Week Sunday Automation File Output Nane C MUSIC AYSMED SEL Spacebar When each parameter has been set press F2 to save the parameters Scheduling Content 259 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Format Name Descriptive text naming this log format We recommend WO Automation for Radio Font for Entire Header Footer P Print Footer at End of Each Page of Lines after Songs 0 of Lines after Breaks Links 0 of Lines after Spots 0 of Lines after Cluster Footer 0 of Lines after Header 0 of Lines per Page 0 of Hours per Page 0 Print Unscheduled Positions No Print Anniversary Notes Days 0 0 Artist Notes No Artist Notes Print Song Notes No Rotate Notes Everywhere Breaknote Link Design Same Design for Stopset Yes No Print Cluster Header Footer around Spot Non Spot LOG Day of Week 1 7 Start Day Sunday Automation File Output Name This tells Selector where to write the exported schedule file and what to name it This should reference the path to your configured import directory on your Central Server the filename mask Y M D and the file extension configured in Central Server For example C MUSIC Y M D SKD Scheduling Content 260 WO AUTOMATION 6 After Selector has saved the new information Selector will display Screen Saved in the top left corner of the screen Press ESC
20. 10 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 2 Type the path to the scan directory in the Path field If ftp is entered you will see additional fields Once all fields have been completed click Add Directory Add Directory Enter the path to be scanned below Enter a local path to import media content from a local path Examples of valid local paths are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems Drive letters may also be used e g c folder but may not work in all cases To import media content from an FIP site enter ftp lt address gt Additional fields will appear for username password and work folder Path Folder Username Password Work Folder Don t delete or rename files in _ this directory ftp 123 456 123 1 If the files you want to import are not in the root folder of the FTP server specify the subfolder below Please specify only the subfolder and don t include the FTP path that you specified above New Rips Enter username to login to FIP site user Enter password for user Enter a path on your CS workstation Media files will be downloaded from the FTP server to this path for processing Examples of valid paths are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems prod audio workfolder Field Description Path Required Address of FTP location in ftp lt address gt forma
21. 23 59 59 tomorrow Typing a relative value of 7 sets the date to 23 59 59 seven days from today Type a Start and End Hour for this audio file The hour must either be an exact hour in HHmm format or a relative value Typing a relative value of 0 sets the hour to this hour Typing a relative value of 1 sets the hour to 59 59 next hour Typing a relative value of 12 sets the date to 59 59 twelve hours from now Select Immediately from the drop down box The When Audio Starts option is scheduled for implementation in a later release Type the maximum recording duration for this Workflow in HH MM SS format Typically you will be recording long form programming one hour at a time resulting in a maximum recording duration of 01 00 00 This duration must be at least one second Check this option If left un checked the next actions in the Workflow will execute immediately Since the next action turns off the network audio leaving this un checked would result in recorded silence Set the distribution rules for this audio file Set the format and sample rate for this audio file For each segment to be recorded using this Workflow type the Asset Number of the segment to record se ect the End Trigger from the drop down list type the Maximum Recording Duration for this segment and type the time the system should wait before starting to record the next segment which will equal the duration of the break between
22. 42 080 041100 King For A Day Thompson Twins 03 56 22 F 38 080 D43074 Against All Odds Take A Look At M Phil Collins 03 18 08 C 56 080 DA5689 Finish What Ya Started Van Halen 04 03 00 F 5 3 4 6 7 53 080 DATO18 Wake Me Up Before You Go Go Wham 03 40 00 F 1 39 080 DA9373 I Want A New Drug Huey Lewis amp The News 03 53 18 F 32 080 DA2048 In Your Room Bangles 03 15 19 F 47 080 DA1855 867 5309 Jenny Iommy Tutone 03 36 14 F 3 40 Cc 23 080 0D4811595 Dance Hall Days Wang Chung 03 47 15 F 10 080 D46696 Who Can It Be Now Men At Work 03 15 17 C a j ja w W e WOAFR requires a comma delimited ASCIl text file The file extension isn t critical although it will have to match the setting configured by your System Administration in Central Server The structure for all events is the same although different fields for different event types will require different information 100 31 47 080 DA1855 867 5309 Jenny Tommy Tutone 03 36 14 F ccU osu Ta 3 3 oT O0 13 56 000 DAS609 Finieh What Ya Started Van Maien 04 03 00 f 00 17 59 7M 20 00 STOPSET COM FILL 09 00 50 5 00 20 59 000 DA7010 Wake Me Up Before You Go Go N 7vs 40 00 f 00 24 39 080 DA9373 i Want A New Drug iy was amp The News 03 53 10 f O 20 32 000 DA2040 in Your Ros Sangies 03 15 19 F Jenny Toamy Tu
23. Additional fields will appear for username password and work folder Path prod audio NewRips Directory Rules The following table lists the rules for this directory There are no rules defined for this directory Creating and Editing Content 61 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 You will see a list of all created rules Apply all of the rules that apply to this directory and by clicking the check box next to the desired rule Select Rule Please select rules to apply to the directory prod audio NewRips Name E GAC Countdown F News F Final Rule Save Selected Rules 4 Click Save Selected Rules to save your changes and return to the Edit Directory screen Creating and Editing Content 62 1 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Recording and Saving Audio with Adobe Audition Open Audition in Edit mode Click the red Record button to begin recording f Au Adobe Audition File Edit View Effects Generate Favorites Options Window Help Q Ln ES 2 a Ba e co alot ulole res ows er oF rrF 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 Select the properties for this recording Sample Rate Channels and Resolution Once your options have been selected click OK to begin recording Sample Rate Channels 44100 192000 176400 96000 88200 64000 48000 44100 32000 22050 16000 11025 8000 Annn Mono Stereo Resolution 8 bit
24. BED O1 1 The asset will play back concurrently with any events playing back in the Stack Widget Clicking the Play button on an empty player will load and start playback of the next to air asset in the Stack Widget The asset will be removed from the Stack Widget loaded in the player and played immediately 2 You can pause playback by clicking the Play button on a playing player Clicking the button again will resume playback Click the Stop button to stop playback and unload the asset from the player Pause Resume Button A NIGHT SHOW JUE NIGHT SHOVWY BED 1 A NIGHT SHOW Joe MIGHT SHOWY BED 2 Player 1 TF Stop Button BED 0170 Player 2 a 44 O oe If the event is not stopped manually it will be unloaded automatically when it is finished playing Delivering Content 442 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Library Widget The Library Widget provides search and edit access to the configured radio station s Media Asset Library Getting to Know the Library Widget Sort by title Sort by title Can t You Trip Catch Me l m F Filter amp The Crysta Pretty Poison Sort by artist 4 16 201 1260 4 09 100 6125 Sort by length Oh Pretty Wom Taking My Life Van Halen Default Sort by year 2 51 201 6214 402 100 5493 To Be Loved 18 And Life Sort by ID Fapa Roach Skid Row Smashing Pumpki 300 200 0015 3 44 201 9127 405 201 1223 Delete Ref Field Description 1 S
25. Before beginning to create and schedule the workflows that will execute the commands to record your long form programming you should do some basic planning Start by tracking down the clock for the program you will be recording It will contain important information concerning segment timing and closure locations PROGRAM CLOCK 3pm to 5 pm Eastern 12pm 2pm Pacific Hours 1 amp 2 LSLOCAL 58 50 0 00 LSREJOIN LSREJOIN a 8 00 54 00 LSLOCAL Dr Laura 53 00 Segment 5 LSNET 51 00 _ LSLINER Dr La 50 50 Sinais Segment 1 LSLINER 15 50 k LSNET ad 16 00 LSREJOIN 46 00 pe LSLOCAL LSLOCAL Dr Laura 18 00 44 00 a Segment 3 Dr Laura LSNET Segment 2 pines LSREJOIN LSLINER or 42 50 Dr Laura Moment Fed at 1 01 00pm A for the followin fr LSREJOIN or the following broadcast day 34 00 LSLOCAL Hours 1 amp 2 Network 60 at 43 Relay 0 at 44 Hour 3 Relay 0 at 43 break is 3 00 Local Fixed Break at 29 50 and 58 50 All other breaks float LSLINER fires liner before network breaks LSLOCAL fires local stopsets 710 rejoin follows 16 00 43 00 amp 51 00 breaks 20 rejoin follows 30 00 break 30 00 For example using this clock WO Automation for Radio would need to record five segments for each hour of the Dr Laura show using the LSLOCAL closure to mark the end of each segment and the beginning of each local break Closures and satellite audio
26. Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 C File ActLen Sch Len In Fa Spare 7 Select the correct station from the Station drop down list select the template that should contain the Stop Skim event and click Edit Temp lates Station PAUL FM g Temporary Default Playlist MAIN Special Program Westwood HS Football Creating and Editing Content 116 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 8 In the opened template verify the Sequential Background toggle is set to Sequential Right click in the top Playlist pane and click Create New Entry PAUL FM MAIN Hourly Template equen Background Mi Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen SchLen In Fa of I 00 59 59 HOUR UPDATE 00 00 00 00 00 Create New Entry Ctrl N Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template I Browse Library Save as Default Playlist Create Start Skim Create Stop Skim Search Library Deleted Entries aa oe eee History Cancel 9 From the list of available entry types select Stop Skim and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Live Copy Memo Merge Point Playable Entry Start Skim Set Mode manual auto Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Creating and Editing Content 117 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 10 There are no definable attributes for Stop Skim events so simply click OK to ins
27. WIDE ORBIT WO Automation for Radio 2 1 User Manual Document Version 1 2 02 18 2011 2011 WideOrbit Inc Any registered trademarks unregistered trademarks service marks and product names are property of their respective owners Every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this manual but even as awesome as we are we sometimes make mistakes so WideOrbit Inc accepts no responsibility for any errors or omissions The information in this publication may change and improve without notice WO AUTOMATION Table of Contents SCHON Mia N A A T O ose N TO OON TO E AA NA O 1 Introducing WO Automation for Radio secscsesssssssssessssessssesssscssssessssesssscsssscsscsesessesessssessssessesessesessesesseaesseaesseaesseaesseaesseaeeneaesesseaeeseaeeneaeenees 1 ADOUC THERON ea O EOE ONET OTE OTON 2 Conventions Used in IDis FOAM AN ss acarescaessracdasqaessuscssnseseurscteaseannssdpesiessostesescuapdva ia Ein EAA AEI EE R EE RE E 3 About WO Automaton Tor Radi cx tecesesscsccasutevesaveteascrxetavedacessvs easy sans taxcieutavueraesacs TA RA 4 Syek er E a E E E cea 5 Minimum Hardware Specifications cccssesessssesessssessssssessssssessssssessssssessssssssessssssesssssessssssessssssessssssesssessesssssaesesessesssesseseeseesseess 5 Recommended Hardware 5 OCCA IS rissa soeceeencarstzevereerstns se eerav ne ncctenewrsevieesnsi siesta taanenanamnniduetanienancin 5 Su upporied Audio Cald S a asssastacssersacosasiasesesian
28. WO AUTOMATION 3 The Central Server Configuration Web UI will be updated to show the configured scan directory Directories Define the FTP sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Add Directory Path prod audio NewRips x Adding Remote FTP Scan Directories When an FTP location is entered in the Add Directory path you will be prompted to enter some additional information including the FTP login credentials and the path to a local working directory AMAI will move audio files to the local work folder removing them from the FTP location process the local copy of the file and then delete the local copy once processing is complete The FTP scan directory and the local Work Folder should already exist AMAI will not automatically create directories as they are configured For the local work folder relative UNC paths specifying hostname share folder are recommended although absolute paths specifying a drive letter and folder can be used In either case make sure user permissions to the local work folder are set so that the Central Server can access the folder without having to enter an alternate username and password 1 Click the Add Directory link under Directories on the Central Server Configuration Web UI page Directories Define the FTP sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Add Directory No directories have been configured on this server Creating and Editing Content
29. _Add Rule No rules have been configured on this server 2 Type a Rule Name and set the conditions and actions for this rule Each rule can have more than one set of conditions See table on next page for field descriptions Save Rule Rule Name Conditions lf File Name ls valid Media Asset number Save to category oso Asset number F Set title to E Set artist to Set start date to OOOO o Set end date to Set cue in to OoOo seconds Set eom to Convert sample rate to 44 1 K Convert compression to Linear ern PAUL HD Send to PAUL FM Save Rule Cancel Creating and Editing Content 13 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Attribute Description Rule Name All rules must have a Rule Name We suggest using a descriptive name based on the type of media asset to be imported such as Show for recorded shows If you have configured more than one Scan Directory it may also be helpful to include the directory name in the rule such as FTP Shows for Station 1 If The If attribute contains two defined drop down lists and one user defined field The selections in the first drop down list refer to the header information of the audio file being imported Options include File Name The filename of the file being imported Artist The artist tag of the file being imported Title The title tag of the file being imported Note The note tag
30. flew ii esi Reiu Find Hetwgrk I Format Rippe ea Tite Artist End Len FileType 80s Music COM Cormmencials HOT Het Music JAN Jingles MAB Demo Music HBT Hews Actualities SFE Sound Effects bs _ l i n Log j add Onl Mower Lip Merve Dn OKs i Cancel ae RR Tile Name Year 2010 Artist Ending F More Length 00 00 Stat Dene 6 10 2010 Stat Hour 00 00 00 Begin of Audia 00 00 00 000 End Daio aang TFA End Hour E 7 89 54 End of Audio O000 00 000 OR Foe CLA HO d 4 a od ae i E TOM Local Oflles 136 763MB DSF 0 Ready OL Waiting 0 Creating and Editing Content 160 WO AUTOMATION for Radio On the Add Rotator window type the Category code and Media Asset ID number of the element to add and click OK to add the asset to this rotator FA Trim Label amp Coenvert al Gy ee File Ec View Toole help o lg gt hh is E Hew i j Pir Hetwprk Fomai Rippe ea ib Tite ani Endo Len FileType _ Als Music COM Commercials HOT Hot Music dit Jingles HAR Demo Music HEY Mews Actualities SFs Sound Effects A Add Rotates a hae Enter Mew Category and ID AT Cia iD o Titla Beauttul vis Artsi Carly Hannatiy a ETEA Filename _ tance Tile Name veer 2010 Artige Ending F Nota Length 00 00 StatDme 6 10 2010 Stat Hour 00 00 00 Begin of Audia 00 00 00 000 End Deis 1291 2099 TFN EndHour
31. iia mmis Woes Trees Creating and Editing Content 126 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Modifying Voice Track Segues The Segue Editor edits transitions between audio events for seamless playback 1 Click the Segue button to open the Segue Editor When launched from the Voice Tracker widget the Segue Editor saves the newly recorded voice track and loads the precut voice track and postcut Voice Tracker pif ee Ree Preview Stop OIE Play Precut completely Hide Postcut Playlist Seque 14 41 23 Cool It Now New Edition 0 18 07 14 45 51 Cuts Like A Knife Bryan Adams 0 10 00 If all media assets load successfully waveform data is displayed for each entry If any of these events fail to load or references a non existing media asset Segue Editor will display an error message and no editing is allowed If the waveform data cannot be generated but the media asset exists a warning message will be displayed and a solid line displayed as the waveform Segue editing can still be done as normal Modify the segue as needed Volume gain envelopes can be adjusted as well as track positioning To modify a gain envelope click the envelope and drag it to the new position Similarly to adjust the position of an element click on the element and drag it to the new position All segues can be previewed by clicking the Preview button Changes made in the Segue Editor are non destructive and are only valid for that playl
32. lt SS NIN gt HL9NJ1 7 lt d 10 S d L gt lt 1e 4 gt lt 4 10 J Sulpuy gt lt w 1 017U gt pl 4 Nd nO SIX LJPLS gt SIX L JPRS lt WEN MOJPHOM gt lt 7 X OWA gt lt X L YOCIS gt u lt asajny gt lt X L YOCIS gt aLSILYV lt X YOCIS gt lt X L YIEIS gt lt 1X L 9LIS gt lt X L YIEIS gt lt X YIEIS gt lt 1X L 21S gt lt AWILL P JNP Y S SS INI gt lt X L YICIS gt lt T X 1 OW N lt X YICIS gt lt X L J92 S gt lt WIL PIAMNP IYIS SS NIIAI gt lt X 1 YIEIS gt aJ LIL lt HHHH gt OAN JWIL lt d Lyu n gt 1 1f SI q 4M lt HHHHDOT WL SHHH gt VG lvo JJOLDA aI 01d 210A JJOMDA a OUD a qOUD a qnl1DA a qOUD JJOLDA JJOMDA a qo1DA a qo1o a qol0 yseo NWIS Japeay Aemeyeaig Japeay suol y Mol pPiiom olpny e1 31q add Juang WO AUTOMATION for Radio Digital Audio Digital audio or DA events are the standard fare of most music based radio stations These are songs liners legal IDs or other audio events Key fields Field Notes Category Required This refers to the WOAFR category code ID Required The tag DA followed by the four digit asset ID number For example asset number 0496 would be scheduled as DA0496 Title Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the f
33. 16 bit 32 bit float cx y Cancel Help Many stations have a station wide standard for these settings If you have questions about what options to select ask your Production Director or WO Automation for Radio system administrator Creating and Editing Content 63 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 When you are done recording click the Stop button in the Transport group ra Au Adobe Audition Untitled File Edit View Effects Generate Favorites Options Window Help Tm R ee Main T AA 44 fi E E kaj Untitled EUT SUTIN ee ue JU PRT oust mone Vane 230 235 240 245 250 255 bnnais Fa naal r gt e G G P S pf iF Wf 0 00 00 0 31 57 0 00 00 0 31 57 E Creating and Editing Content 64 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Perform any necessary edits on the audio consult your Audition documentation or training resources for additional details Once your edits are complete type in your metadata Press CTRL P to open the File Info dialog Click on the Cart tab and complete the fields Include Cart data when saving to wav Title E Artist Cut Num dD Client ID Category Classification Out Cue Producer App ID Audition Yersion 3 0 7283 0 User Defined Text URL OdB Reference Level 32765 Timers 1 unused Date Time hh mm ss 2 unused mai 3 unused START 2010 04 22 00 00 00 4 unused Date Time hh mm ss 5 unused 6 unused END 2199 12 3
34. 2a 8989 End of Audio 00 00 00 000 an m A A EIE BLI RA m E COM Local Ofiles 136 753M5 DSP 0 N Busy BL Waiting 0 Only assets on the local TLC machine will be seen as you add them to the rotator table Elements that exist on the Central Server only will be displayed as NOT FOUND To remove an element from the rotator click on the element to delete and click the Del button The position of elements in the rotator table can also be modified by selecting the element and clicking the Move Up and Move Down buttons 7 When all changes have been made click OK to save your changes Your rotator will be moved automatically to the upload queue Click Send to upload the rotator to the selected destinations Creating and Editing Content 161 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Creating Rotators in the Central Server Web User Interface Open the Central Server Web UI in an internet browser by entering the host name or IP address of the Central Server in the address field along with rotators For example when the server name is CS Host you would type cs host rotators 1 Enter the basic details for the new rotator Create Rotator Mozilla Firefox Sao File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help __ Create Rotator Hj m Rotators Apps Audio Finder Reports Create Rotator Rotators are media assets that are made up of one or more other media assets that play in round robin fashion This page allows y
35. 41 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Take the opportunity to set the attributes for this recording You will probably roll through each tab as you set the properties for your new recording but you do not need to fill them out in any particular order Only the settings on the Distribution tab are required but Title Artist and Start End dates are strongly recommended Properties An Ce ty cg0nc s ee Boag ole a o E E On the Properties Tab type in this recording s Title Artist trivia Notes and release Year All fields are optional but recommended as they will make searches easier later on In addition to these default attributes you will also see any custom fields you have created Properties Restrictions Distribution Beye b prosas i ozosonn On the Timers Tab you can edit the three main cue points within this audio file Cue In sets the point in the audio file where playback should begin allowing you to trim leading silence Intro Ends sets the intro time leading into the primary vocal or instrumental post EOM marks the point where the system will segue to the next event in the playlist Each cue point is represented on the fuel bar in the main Audio Editor widget Cue In EOM Intro Ends Current Position l 7 Creating and Editing Content 42 WO AUTOMATION pa ye p see k f N FLND Clicking Preview will begin audio playback and move the red current position indicator Clicking the Set button on
36. 50 WO AUTOMATION Cae Odie for Radio G 6 Set the metadata for this asset Type Title Artist and trivia Notes Set a Start and End Date and optionally a Start and End hour Cut ID BOOE Recorded 4272010 Log Length 00 00 30 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 Start Date 4 12 2010 Start Hour 00 00 00 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 E End Date 12 31 2099 IFN End Hour 23 59 59 End ofAudio 00 00 30 000 a mO G oT Be BOWE EC intro e 0 m record level a D 7 Save your file and send it to a destination Pressing F8 will perform all tasks with a single button press F8 will Save the file Add it to the Upload Queue and Send it to the default destination 8 When all changes are complete and the file has been saved and sent to a destination unload the player deck by pressing ESC Creating and Editing Content 51 WO AUTOMATION for Radio TLC Shortcuts Command Shortcut Play Record Ready Find Stop Adjust Begin of Audio Adjust EOM Adjust End of Audio Save Add to Upload Queue Send contents of Upload Queue New Refresh File List Clear Selection Eject Unload Player Exit Program Toggle AutoFix Show Bad Files Show Config Dir All Show Config Dir User Show Raw File Info 1 Show Raw File Info 2 Hex View Toggle Date Entry Load Copy CTRL F CTRL Q CTRL U CTRL N CTRL F5 CTRL S ESC ALT X ALT F4 CTRL ALT
37. Audio Editor Please add at least one media asset Select the type of media asset to create Audio Multi Station Asset Rotator Cancel Creating and Editing Content 165 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 2 Complete the fields on the Properties Tab Distribution Bete Title Note ET Length 00 00 Field Description Title Enter a title for this MSMA Note Enter a note trivia field for this MSMA Length Enter an average or estimated length for the media assets that will be added to this MSMA using MM SS format This is used to determine start times based on event length when logs are merged The MSMA cannot be saved to the Library until the Properties and Distribution settings are defined 3 Complete the fields on the Distribution Tab First select the radio station s where the new media asset will be saved All radio stations entered in System Configuration will be available as a distribution target in this tab Ae oaee Distribution fA rE Asset ID No categories available After selecting a station select a category from the drop down list Type the 4 character asset ID in the field to the right of Asset ID Creating and Editing Content 166 WO AUTOMATION Lal LI Li 4 The Insert button on the Tools Tab may be used to immediately insert this MSMA into the Stack or Playlist Properties Distribution Insert this media asset into a playlist MSMAs can
38. Creating and Editing Content 56 WO AUTOMATION Em a fT E ila r f e ee IOF KUUIGU Scan directories should already exist AMAI will not automatically create directories as they are configured Relative UNC paths specifying hostname share folder are recommended although absolute paths specifying a drive letter and folder can be used To add a new local scan directory 1 Click the Add Directory link under Directories on the Central Server Configuration Web Ul page Directories Define the FTF sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Add Directory No directories have been configured on this server 2 Type the path to the scan directory in the Path field and click Add Directory Relative UNC paths are recommended Add Directory Enter the path to be scanned below Enter a local path to import media content from a local path Examples of valid local paths are server share falder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems Drive letters may also be used e g c folder but may not work in all cases To import media content from an FIP site enter ftp lt address gt Additional fields will appear for username password and work folder Path Add Directory Creating and Editing Content 57 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 The Central Server Configuration web page will be updated to show the configured scan directory Directories Define the FTP sites and
39. Delimiter 1 6 Fixed Text 1 i 6 Artist 1 1 30 6 Fixed Text 1 Delimiter 1 7 Run Time 1 5 Delimiter 1 8 Intro 1 2 Delimiter 1 9 Ending 1 1 Delimiter 1 10 Notes Year 1 4 Delimiter 1 11 Notes Trivia 1 40 Scheduling Content 240 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 9 The real work for log notes is done in the main Music Master program so only two Design Fields need to be added to the Break Design Page To set a field click in Design Field column and select the field from the drop down box MusicMaster Export File Designer File Help 907 Song Song Export Break Log Note Spot Design Page Break Log Note Field Properties Traffic Merge Pos Design Field Unscheduled File Header Air Date Day Header Air Length hh S5 Hour Header Ait Length Air Time Hour Footer Break Text Day Footer Break Type File Footer Comment Delimiter Element Counter Element Description Fixed Text Hour Element Counter Hour Song Counter Line Break 10 Most design fields will have Field Properties associated with them To set Field Properties double click on the property in the Field Properties column and type in the appropriate text See chart on page 242 for a list of both Design Fields and required Field Properties When the field has been added and properties have been configured click in the next available space in the Design Field column and repeat steps 9 and 10 to add the second required field MusicMaste
40. E dit Fiel Benoy 1m Scheduling Content 248 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Correlating Output Design Fields with the Powergold Song Information Card Field in First Line Notes HH MM SS Scheduled air time calculated by Powergold Time Synch Command Typically used only with Automation Commands Events can be scheduled as Hard sync events using a pound symbol Soft sync events using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move events using a period symbol 1 Hard Disk Location Stored in the Hard Disk Location field on the Additional tab of the Song Information screen this refers to an event s WOAFR category 2 Source Stored in the Source field on the Additional tab of the Song Information screen this refers to an event s WOAFR Asset ID and should include a DA for audio events 3 Title Stored in the Title field on the Song Information screen 4 Artist Stored in the Artist Display Text field on the Song Information screen 5 Run Time MM SS Stored in the Runtime field on the Main tab of the Song Information screen this field is used by Powergold to calculate event timing 6 Intro 1 Seconds Stored in the Intro 1 ss field on the Main tab of the Song Information screen 7 Ending Style Stored in the Ending Style field on the Main tab of the Song Information screen 8 Miscellaneous Field Stored in the Miscellaneous field on the Main tab of the Song Information screen 9 Song Year Stored in the Year field on the History tab of
41. Edit Delete 1 Station PAUL FM Y Workflow Name 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Station PAUL FM Name Or Laura Hour 1 FB X FS JL LB LL LS Time Announce Top of Hour News Creating and Editing Content 98 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 The first step is to switch your audio switcher to the correct audio source From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher action 2 Playlist Editor osx t io is iS ol e i PAUL FM Dr Laura Hour 1 Workflow Title Comment 1 Actions Update Switcher N Set Failover Mode ak Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait lt r CA Details E Browse Library Search Library fe Deleted Entries amp History Inn celertinn Apply Cancel 6 Begin to enter the details required to turn on your network audio Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device A Device to update must be defined gt a Field Description Always Execute This Action Un check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wi
42. Menu Toolbar You can perform functions necessary to create edit and modify recordings using the toolbar Category Display Displays a list of configured categories Select a category to update the File List File List Display Once a category is selected the File List will display any editable files Upload Queue This list shows all of the files that have been edited and are ready for upload Destinations Displays a list of all configured destinations Player Recorder The main editor used to record and edit audio and rotator files Creating and Editing Content 22 WO AUTOMATION for Radio The Menu Toolbar oa m Label amp Convent Fie Edit Wiew Tools Help C x Cu eh E a Men Copy Delete Renum Find Network Tag Format Ripper Button Function New Creates a blank audio file ready to be recorded Copy Allows selected audio files to be copied or moved to another category Delete Deletes the currently selected file in the file list Renum Renumbers the currently selected file in the file list Find Opens a search window and Find tool Network Displays the files on the network as opposed to the files on the local workstation for the current category Tag Selects the file s in the file view that match a specified end date Format Opens a format window that will display the files that are selected on the main screen You can use the format window to convert MP3 or files from one format to another CD Opens the CD ripping scree
43. Notes Required Surrounded in quotes this field references the name of the Skim Ruleset The Skim Ruleset must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to insert this event as a Sequential event If this field is left blank the event will be added as a Sequential event by default Sample event entry JOCSo tl ey pp oop Opt Stack Text Start Skim Ruleseu 775 77 Stop Skim ID Required The tag SK identifies this line as a Stop Skim event Title Optional Surrounded in quotes this text will appear in the Title field the Workstation Stack Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to insert this event as a Sequential event If this field is left blank the event will be added as a Sequential event by default Sample event entry OOPS It Loy yp poke Cpe orak Tex Fror Start Skim and Stop Skim events must be scheduled as Sequential events Scheduling Content 234 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Configuring MusicMaster to Export to WOAFR MusicMaster for Windows export designs are configured in a standalone application called the MusicMaster Export Designer Export designs are stored in the MusicMaster database but can be exported to an XML file making it easy to back up and restore your export design as well as share it with other MusicMaster stations If you have a current MusicMaster support contract you can even contact your support consultant and ask for an XML design file
44. Standard Formats can be created for every day of the week to apply both Hourly and Satellite templates Step by step procedures to create and manage formats are available as part of the Formats topic Monday Tuesday Hour Hourly Template Sat Template Hourly Template Sat Template JS Emo Goth Hourly JS Eno Goth SAT JS Emo Goth Hourly JS Emo Goth SAT a i Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Noe MOHD Nowe MOHD Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Nowe MOHD Mae MOHD Nore MOHD More MOHD Sp Mornigs SAT Sp Mornings Hourly Sur Mornigs SAT Mowe MOHD Mone MOHD More MOHD Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Mowe MOHD Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Mowe MOHD Nowe MOHD More MOHD 15 D Ky Tuilights ttourly D Ky Tailights SAT D Ky Tuilights tourly D Ky Tuilghts SAT 1 1 EEE ieee FO EEE EARLE 1 0 1 12 3 4 Scheduling Content 193 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Getting to Know the Playlist Editor Screen Artist Comment 2 Ca files ActLen White Lion 080 433 03 56 0356 mard lan Aaa OTTAA ODA oag A Playable Entry Syne Point None bd Type Digital Audo Category 080 File number i Tale Wart Scheduled durations 03 55 Year 1987 Artist White Lion Fedetype C Note Pride Intra 00 Cancel Ref Button Field Description 1 Playlist Pane Shows the currently selected playlist displaying color coded events e Events in blue were imported from the Musi
45. This type of event is commonly used to allow donuts with a dry insertion like a traffic or weather report In this example a bed open is scheduled as a DS event The EOM on the bed open starts the next event which is the dry weather or traffic report The EOM of the dry element starts the next event the bed close and fades out the bed open Key fields Field Notes Category Required This refers to the WOAFR category where the DS audio is stored ID Required The tag DS followed by the four digit asset ID number Title Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Artist Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Length Recommended In MM SS format this field is helpful for visual timing in Playlist Editor Sample event entry Scheduling Content 233 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Skim Rulesets Configured in Playlist Editor Skimming requires two scheduled events Start Skim events to arm the contact closures related to the recording and Stop Skim events to disarm the closures Skim Rulesets must be created before scheduling skimmed dayparts Key fields Start Skim ID Required The tag SS identifies this line as a Start Skim event Title Optional Surrounded in quotes this text will appear in the Title field the Workstation Stack
46. Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn off turn red the network audio In the following example the ABC input routed to the RECORD output has been turned off Ei Update Switcher Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library F Allow execution on standby systems E Deleted Entries Device to update See ABC FOX CBS XDS In5 In6 In7 In8 g History BOARD RECORD o Axia users will not see an Input Output grid Instead you will see drop down lists to set Input Output and State To With the Workflow created you must add it to one of your templates It is recommended single file record workflows be inserted as background events into Hourly Templates if the recording is a recurring event like a top of the hour newscast or into Satellite Templates if the recording is hour specific like a satellite program In Playlist Editor open a Template by clicking on the Templates icon on the Menu Bar Playlist Editor EE TE l emplates ourly Template Eackground Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 C File ActLen Sch Len In Fa Spare Creating and Edi
47. are recorded or n where n is the number of days to set the Start or End Date past the record date The date entered will be adapted to the system s regional date settings Type the start and end hour for the recorded file using either 24 hour time format or by entering 0 to represent the hour in which the audio is recorded or n where n is the number of hours to set the Start or End Hour past the record hour Keep the option to start the recording Immediately when the Workflow executes Specifying a time for the maximum recording duration HH MM SS will prevent the system from recording for longer than anticipated if the End Trigger is not received Allows the media asset to be played back on the air while it is still being recorded This is sometimes referred to as playchase or netchase See note below From the drop down list select the GP input that will stop the completed audio recording When enabled this option forces the system to wait for the recording to reach either the Maximum Recording Duration or to receive the End Trigger before continuing to the next action in the Workflow or next event in the playlist After expanding the Distribution section select from the list of available radio stations and family friendships for distribution of the segments After expanding the Audio Parameters section select the audio format and sample rate for the recorded audio file To take advantage of the Playchase function the
48. for Radia Special Programs Special Programs are templates that are typically used for sports broadcasts allowing you to break away from regular programming by including a Load Playlist action in your regular schedule Provisions can be made in the Special Program to allow for rain delays as well as commands to return to regular programming when the special broadcast has ended You should be familiar with Workflows and Segment Rulesets before building Special Program templates Device Server should be configured and running if you are going to be using closures Special Programs must be assigned a unique name and cannot have the same name as any other template workflow or format You will create a workflow for each unique segment of the hour you are building Segment Rulesets can be created to fill the spot breaks merge points in the template or you can add specific media assets to fill the breaks If the schedule has the same sequence of events throughout open channel wait for closure close channel spot block you will only need to create one workflow to schedule for each segment in the hour Once the Workflows and Segment Ruleset s are created you will put them together in a Special Programs template A typical special program would contain some or all of the following events Execute Workflow s Arm Rain Delay Playlist Traffic Merge Points Segment Rulesets optional Arm Legal ID s Playable Entries Individual Spots End S
49. ror Radio Previewing Events in the Playlist 1 To enter Preview mode click the green Preview headphones button in the bottom tool bar tive Search Clear qs a 14 11 30 k e shia FF Bt Sed wee Playing THOAS T PAUL FM Library AUTOMATIC z Dreta LOO 105 PUR 0 i i Ove wN 2 Lennean an aL ryisn ee Pre ON AIR Pa iy Pua aT oe ise A Up an KOO at Live Without Your wt Faas The Reaper henan Bie Coates Cutt Tal aio lend MENT FIEF f L Bos r Tols hig me 3af fat Eset CEE et Es i ee TEE th Clete Mira 10 Wop oniy Good Tee PE ust Ceg in Yor Arms imt Died in Your Arms Cuthag Gew Cuing iew Ta aay kaik ieii STOP SET Mt Ofive Cofege ies Wep mfr Cresi Ine E ee E ona H m Ei that i iTO hae h r as aF r hip Tock Forth Carolina State Fair aal Brai hal ipri Lad eg aa While in Preview mode clicking the Preview icon next to specific audio events will allow you to preview all audio events in the Stack Playlist Hotkey and Library widgets 2 Click the Preview icon next to the item to preview The sliding Preview Widget will appear at the bottom of the screen and begin playback immediately Alive P O D Jump To 00 03 18 Fi PREVIEWING Start Last 10s E 3 23 You have the option to pause resume or stop the preview as well as jump to the last 10 seconds of the audio 3 Click the Close button at the bottom right of the Preview Widget to
50. 00 03 20 00 04 20 00 Title Comment 1 Mt Olive College Mt Olive College Mt Olive College Mt Olive College Mt Olive College Playable Entry All Status Artist Comment 2 Notes Q that s 800 Q that s 800 Q Select None Q Q that s 800 Q Q Set Details Q that s 800 that s 800 Delete Entries Editable properties will vary by entry type Click the check box next to the property to allow editing make the required changes and click OK Event Type Parameter Live Copy Memo Merge Point Category File Number Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Comment 1 Comment 2 Comment 3 Stopset Duration Comment 1 Comment 2 Comment 3 This refers to the WOAFR category where the Live Copy is stored The tag LC followed by the four digit asset ID number For example asset number 1234 would be added as LC1234 Text that will appear in the Title field of the Workstation stack Text that will appear in the Artist field of the Workstation stack Text that will be stored in the event s Note field Text that will appear in the Title field of the Workstation stack Text that will appear in the Artist field of the Workstation stack Text that will be stored in the event s Note field This is helpful for overall planning in Playlist Editor but critical if you are using Segment Rulesets This field sets the Segment Ruleset timing target Text that will display in the T
51. Allow execution on standby systems Leader workstation AIR STUDIO Radio station to follow PAUL FM Workflow to execute after split stopset Follower Simulcast ie Deleted Entries F History Workflow to execute before split stopset Follower Breakaway Time offset 00 00 Use a Do Not Move Sync Point on the Join Leader workflow action to ensure proper placement in a time adjusted playlist Scheduling Content 391 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Formats A Format is a schedule of how Templates and export files from scheduling programs should be combined during the schedule creation process Standard Formats can be created for every day of the week to apply both Hourly and Satellite templates Assigning Templates to an Existing Format Templates must already be created or imported to be available to schedule into a Format 1 To add a template to a format select Formats from the main Playlist Editor Launch screen or click the Formats button on the Playlist Editor Menu bar 2 Select the correct station from the Station drop down list and the desired Template type and Day and click Edit Formats Station PAUL FM Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Name Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Hourly Default Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Defaul
52. Content 372 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Always Execute This Action Un check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Lite Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to 9 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS Simulcast Leader Local Follower Local Leader Follower You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio output to turn off turn red the Leader Simulcast audio channel Ej Details m B fous e L i b ra h T El Always execute this action Search Library El Allow execution on standby systems Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS amp History simulcast Leader Local Follower Local In 4 In 5 In 6 In In r Scheduling Content 373 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Follower Simulcast Wor
53. Create to create a new Segment Ruleset Scheduling Content 215 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Type a unique name for this new Segment Ruleset and click OK Station PAUL FM g Segment Ruleset Mame 4 Double click on the new Segment Ruleset or select the Segment Ruleset and click Edit Scheduling Content 216 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 Set the parameters for this Segment Ruleset Once all parameters have been set click OK to save your changes Fill strategies will process top to bottom If multiple options are selected for example the system will first attempt an Airtime fill then Stretch and Squeeze and if additional time is required Distribute silence Edit Segment Ruleset Station PAUL FM C Pre Fill Always Maximurn fill tem duration seconds O80 Categories COM HOT ITRI E Airtime Filk Always Mlasimurm fill ter duration seconds 60 oso Categories COM HOT ITAI Use Stretch and Squeeze Max 2 Is 0 10s 20 O Distribute silence between all items in segment Pre fill Indicates the segment will receive fill material when the playlist is imported Once this option is selected set the additional parameters Method Always will force the Segment Ruleset to fill breaks to their specified duration whether Traffic has scheduled spots or not opening empty breaks If you will apply this Se
54. Cut specific parameters Applies to only one cut in the series Number End trigger Max Duration Wait before starting next segment s Start Date must contain either an explicit Format M d yy or relative Format H value Field Notes Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Audio Input Select your system s input channel from the drop down box In practically all cases this setting should be left at Use default input Category Select the category to store the recorded audio file from the drop down box Title Optionally type the title for the recorded audio file Creating and Editing Content 102 WO AUTOMATION I oa a rb FP es Fi F ALAL iLi Artist Trivia Start End Date Start End Hour Start Recording Maximum Recording Duration Wait for This to Finish Before Moving On Distribution Audio Parameters Cut specific Parameters Optionally type the artist for the recorded audio file Optionally type Trivia notes for the recorded audio file To automatically insert the recorded date and time in the trivia field check the Show recorded date time in trivia checkbox Type a Start and End Date for this audio file The date must either be an exact date in M D YY format or a relative value Typing a relative value of 0 sets the date to today Typing a relative value of 1 sets the date to
55. Dart Productions Play Log 00 00 05 JIN 709999 08 19 57 Current Log 07 20 10 Tue Announcer DB COOPER ee ON OE ee Play Deck 2 Boz Scaggs Tubes Collective Soul Eagles Dave Dart Productic Beastie Boys Cool Radio Guy Dave Dart Productic Matchbox 20 New Radicals Victor Lisle Buckcherry Brooks Garth Chri v When the voice track sequence is complete there will be a play button displayed to the left allowing you to play back the recorded voice track You may also click the Preview button to preview the entire precut voice track postcut sequence If you need to re record the voice track to modify the audio or improve the timing between events click Begin Session and repeat steps 4 7 If the voice track sequence is acceptable click the orange Next arrow to advance to the next voice track The voice track is saved and sent automatically when you click the orange arrow If you are at the end of the daypart you are voice tracking you may click Exit to close DCVT or select another day to begin voice tracking Creating and Editing Content 135 Editing Existing Audio WO Automation for Radio also includes tools that can be used to edit existing audio Workstation s Audio Editor can edit audio within the WOAFR environment TLC can also be used to edit existing audio but the audio must be pulled out of the WOAFR file system for editing see page142 The TLC Bridge see page 145 applicat
56. Do Not Move using a period symbol 2 Hard Disk Location Required Refers to the WOAFR category containing voice tracks 3 Source Required There are two components to the Source field the Join Type and the string TIME Available Join Types include JU Join Up JD Join Down JB Join Both up and down and JN Join Neither 4 Artist Optional Optional field to store the name of the voice track talent 5 Duration Recommended Estimated duration of the as yet unrecorded voice track Used for timing purposes within the Powergold clocks Scheduling Content 254 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Configuring Memo Automation Commands fn Automation Command Editor E E New Delete Rename Copy Man Printing Controls Command scheduler Print Commands To File 20 00 Merge Point Join Leader Duration o oo Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Description Miscellaneous Leave Leader Live Promo Cop Take Readings Top of Hour News Workflow Voice Track irtis Transmitter Readings Media Humber poo Filename Track fo Hard Disk Location PO Intro i uce o Cue In Q Synch P Ending Options and Default Values EE Command of 9 Ref Field Description 1 Time Synch Optional Memos can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol 2 Source Required Two periods identifies this command as a Memo event 3 Artist Optiona
57. E E A A E A E E E E sae ee neice E 451 G tting to Know the Hotkey Widget cases caacsscacscsascannceatesses censcuscesbssceensasa N S R 451 Adding New Hotkey Pages seseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseeosseeosseeosseosseeosseeosseeosserosseeosseeosserosserosserosserosserosserosseeoseeosseessseessss 452 Editing Hotkey Pags ereiriireeri aarin casa reissues EnE rN PNE EDEN EIENEN RaNo E RIRAN EEIE EENDEN REAA ARE ENER EA En 453 Deletinga Hotkey AC ecrcsoxsseoxsverezscavensaczs teseyenevavennuscayulehapesonsateoesantonsnovaseenssbevanunan NENNE SNARERE ANERE EE NEEE ESENE TAN RRR 456 Assigning Elements to a Hotkey seseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseeosseessseeosseeosseosseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosserosserosserosserosserosserosserosseroserssseessss 458 Pelen aO K Var E AEE E EAA O EEA AE 460 Eding Existing OW sacar cscnieccqasacceanczcetercensasencctezeecasseveucseaurtesdeule ea ca EE EINE EE EAEE SEE 462 BANOS IS A e a E A E E E AE N E E A E E AE E E E 463 Introducing WO Automation for Radio 7 WO AUTOMATION PSION UNO E T E E OE E EO E E E E T 464 e T D ear E E A E E arate areas E E A S 467 PVO RO O ari S A E E RATER E E 468 BES FVII hy 1 Cy S ae N EE NE E eve E ENOI ONNE 469 AEO S E A T NA T S ENAN T AE TEE NATA ENN TAN T A E T 470 Getting to Know the Playlist Widget as cs csc cosacesasevapostzsvesacessnsvatstevtnsoueiacsn ponsqcanayacetevesaenenayeteimernenaetioussiunertamaleaniie 470 TO Bar FUN ON n A A O E TAE E EEA
58. FM z Type Name Temporary Default Playlist Hourly JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly MAIN 3 To add an entry first select either the Sequential or Background option selected in the top right corner A common best practice is to insert automation functionality like Workflows and Merge Points in to the playlist using Hourly Templates and Hourly Formats and to use Satellite Templates and Formats for voice specific network liner commands This allows you to easily accommodate late minute satellite jock changes Of course there are many other valid ways the two layers can be used Scheduling Content 283 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry or use the CTRL N keyboard shortcut PAUL FM JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly Template quenti Background Mi Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen SchLen In Fa Create New Entry Delete Entry Cut Entry Copy Entry Paste Entry Search Playlist I Browse Lil Search Lik je Deleted Entries amp History Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table Ctrl N Delete Ctrl X Ctrl C Ctrl V Ctrl F no selection d Apply Cancel 5 Select a New Entry type and click OK 6 Please select the type of entry to create Live Copy Memo Merge Point Playable Entry Start Podcast Stop Po
59. Icon 4 Create New Folder Icon 5 View Selection Icon 6 View Selection Icon 7 Results List 5 This dropdown includes common locations that contain media files as well as previously browsed to locations Moves the current view up one level in the Windows folder structure Jumps to the Windows Desktop folder of the currently logged in user Unavailable Changes to results list view to a List view showing only available media files Changes to results list view to a Details view showing available media files file size file type and last date modified Displays available media files in the currently selected folder Select the external audio file from the available files in the results list and click the green Accept button If the audio includes metadata the properties stored in the file will be listed in the Imported column If metadata was manually added when this media asset was created those properties will be listed in the Current column By clicking the blue radio button associated with a field in either column you can select the metadata that will be stored when this file is saved When the metadata selections have been made click the green Accept button to complete the import Current Imported me K 0 o m s EE Creating and Editing Content 33 WO AUTOMATION Lal LI Li 7 Set the attributes on the Asset s property tabs as needed When all attributes have been set click the Commit but
60. Intro 2 ss Intro 2 ms Intro 3 ss Intro 3 ms fo fo fo o o Song Instance Dat CD Editor Get Next Available CD M Non Music CD Number Find cp Track Event Edit Percent Back Percent Back Edit Folder Assignments Category Folder Packet D Stay Currents 1 Edit Daypart Record 84 of 295 Total plays 1315 Press F1 for help A Ha PM O J Customize Tabs First Prev Next Last Cancel Save Add Delete Song Separation Tools Close Title Search Artist Display Text Search Search By Artist Se The Red Chevelle Calculate most recent pla Build from artist sep list Main Secondary Additional Notes History Research Future Moves Custom Fields Voice Tracks Web Links Histor OHSS H m H S3 15Ba 212345678 9 011 2 2 2 2 i 2 2 2 3 2 2 w Entry Date Year Peak Date Peak Pasition 2 27 2003 Eo 227203 x Record 47 of 295 Total plays 1315 Press F1 for help A Scheduling Content 250 WO AUTOMATION Configuring Automation Commands It is possible to pre configure automation commands to quickly add merge points voice tracks or workflows to your clocks 1 Access the Automation Command Editor by clicking the Edit menu option and selecting Commands Automation 2 Click New and assign this automation command a Command Title This text will appear in the Title field of the Workstation Stack after the schedule is merged
61. LEADER FOLLOWER In3 In4 In 5 In 6 In 7 In 8 FM TRANSMITTER HD TRANSMITTER Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Device to Update From the drop down list select a switcher An input and output grid is displayed based on the device configuration In Out Matrix Use the grid to activate or deactivate channels on the switcher Click once to activate green click twice to deactivate red and click a third time to clear the selection Input and Output names are displayed in the grid as entered in Device Server configuration A number is displayed if there is no name entered Scheduling Content 199 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Wait Waits a specific amount of time or until an external signal is received before advancing to the next action in the workflow or the playlist E Create Wait E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Wait this amount of time 00 00 00 gt Wait until this external signal is received Wait until either of the above events Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be perform
62. Lite systems configurations Contact customer support for more information Tag Used as part of the Automatic Follower Scheduling function We recommend typing a value of Breakaway Keep this value written down somewhere nearby You must reference it exactly when scheduling the Leader Breakaway Workflow Action Length For future development use Leave this field blank Scheduling Content 371 WO AUTOMATION for Radio T You may also need to update your audio switcher From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher Workflow Action PAUL FM Follower Breakaway Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions Follower Breakaway Follower Breakaway action Send GP Output Update Switcher Send IP Message Send Serial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mode 3 Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce f Update Switcher Wait 4 1 r EA Follower Breakaway E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library E Allow execution on standby systems Tag Breakaway je Deleted Entries Length 00 00 Q History 8 Begin to enter the details required to turn off the Leader Simulcast audio See table on next page for more information about each parameter E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device s Device to update must be defined a Scheduling
63. Media Importer scans FTP sites or local folders for new audio files Media Importer imports new audio files found in the FTP sites or folders listed below into the media library Successfully imported files are deleted Inventory from the FTP sites or local folders Import Content i Directories Asset Fields Define the FTP sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Configuration Radio Stations Add Directo Categories Workstations A icin ale Media Importer No directories have been configured on this server D Distribution Rules Devices Now Playing Once a file is imported by Media Importer it is processed according to rules defined here Add Rule System Adobe Audition Clustering Email Server Friendships Podcasting No rules have been configured on this server Done Adding a Local Scan Directory AMAI will scan the specified directory for new files and convert import them within this folder The filename will be appended with an _ MPORTING tag during the process After the file has been converted and imported it is removed from the folder to prevent duplicate processing You will save your finished Audition projects to this directory so make sure it is easily accessible from both the Audition computer and your Central Server Make sure user permissions to the directory are set so that the directory can be accessed without having to enter a username and password
64. On the calendar select the correct station from the drop down list and right click on the date to be rescheduled and select Clear and Reimport Playlist Editor will clear the existing playlist information from the database including formats and templates Open Playlist Station PAUL FM 7 LA TUE WED oS FRI 8 SAT 7 8 9 Clear and Reimport as ae Apply Format LS ae o a 2 afa a afafa E 19 20 H fF The re import process will use the previous successful file import from the station s drop box for example 080924 skd_PROCESSED Note that this will remove any changes made to the schedule since this file was first imported Scheduling Content 399 WO AUTOMATION oh an dw ey fm j j ama i ja n mire Fi i MAGLU Applying Formats The Apply Format function will apply Formats to a date whether a playlist has been created or not This process is useful for stations that do not have music or traffic schedulers and create their playlists from scratch daily It can also be used to reapply a modified format to an existing playlist If a playlist for the date does not already exist The system creates a new playlist for the date Applies the template layer s selected by the user to the playlist If the template layers selected contain merge points then the system will apply the traffic layer The calendar date will change color turning grey if traffic was not applied
65. Once a region is selected press the cut or copy button You can then position the cursor in the file and paste the region from the clipboard or click Accept to save your changes without pasting the region back into the file To clear a selected region click on the Selected from label Any set begin or end points will be cleared in the file Waveform Editor Editing Just Like Starting Over Preview Stop Zoom In 600 Zoom Out 00 00 00 Selected from 0 42 to 0 48 1850s gt 2 Beis 90 C Accept Close Edits made in the Waveform Editor are destructive You may use the Undo and Redo buttons during the editing process but any changes made are saved to the original audio file once you click Accept Creating and Editing Content 139 WO AUTOMATION Lal LI Li Getting to Know the Audio Editor Interface Waveform Editor Editing Just Like Starting Over a Zoom in 800 Zoom Out 3 00 00 00 o0 Selected from 0 42 to 0 48 q ss gt O D W E lo oN Lock Accept Close Co 7 Ref Button Field Description 1 Preview Plays the edited audio from the current cursor position 2 Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom to adjust the waveform samples in the visible area The zoom region will appear in the center Zoom pane and will be highlighted by the slider in the bottom Waveform pane 3 Timer Displays the current cursor position 4 VU Meters Displays the left right channel db values during playback The VU
66. Reports Software Installer Welcome UNC Launcher Welcome to WideOrbit Automation for Radio Setup Invento X This web application is used to configure your radio automation system Use the links below or on the lef to select the functionality you Import Content wish to configure Asset Fields Radio Stations Configuration Radio Stations PAUL FM PAUL HD Categories Workstations Audio Ducking Media Importer Notifications Distribution 080 COM HOT JIN Devices NAB NB1 NB2 SFX Now Playing Categories System Adobe Audition Clustering Workstations Email Server ee AIR STUDIO7 Podcasting Build Version2 0 Build_38 2008 2009 WideOrbit Done Creating and Editing Content 71 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 2 Run the unc launcher exe installation executable You may see a Windows security warning Click Run to continue with the installation Open File Security Warning The publisher could not ba verified Are you sure you want to tun this aatan E Mama une launcher cne Publisher Linkbnown Pulblis her Typa Application From C ADocuments and Settings ipjackcon WIDEOREIT MY Do Always ask before opening this ile Ths tle dows nol heve a vahd digital segneture hel venhes is pubkesher x You shouid oni nan gothverd trom publishers you tust Hew gan ackla hed okaro ko runt 3 Specify the destination folder You may extract UNC Launcher to any folder on this computer Click Install to co
67. SHIFT F CTRL ALT SHIFT B CTRL ALT SHIFT P CTRL ALT P CTRL ALT R CTRL ALT SHIFT R CTRL H CTRL ALT SHIFT D CTRL L CTRL C F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F11 Starts playback at beginning of file sets focus to Begin of Audio window Starts playback at beginning of file sets focus to Begin of Audio window Starts playback 5 seconds before EOM sets focus to EOM window Starts playback 5 seconds before EOM sets focus to End of Audio window Creating and Editing Content 52 WO AUTOMATION Delete Open CD Ripper Clone Markers Format Insert Renumber Reset EOM to default Reset EOM to default and EOA Reset TFN Select All Tag End Date CTRL D CTRL I CTRL ALT SHIFT C CTRL M CTRL INSERT CTRL R CTRL ALT E CTRL ALT S CTRL ALT T CTRL A CTRL T Creating and Editing Content 53 WO AUTOMATION Em p Ss eie tor Radio a Adobe Audition 3 and WO Automation for Radio Adobe Audition 3 can be used to create and edit audio file for use with WO Automation for Radio After completing your work on your audio in Audition and the file is saved WOAFR s Automatic Media Asset Importer AMAI imports the audio into your Central Server for distribution to each workstation Central Server This document will go over installation of the WO Automation for Radio Adobe Audition Plug in setting up an import rule in AMAI and some basic Audition processes Before installing t
68. Segue 14 41 23 Cool It Now New Edition 0 18 07 14 45 21 VoiceTrack 14 45 51 Cuts Like A Knife Bryan Adams 0 10 00 If the postcut is a non audio event or has been hidden by enabling the Hide Postcut option the third press of the Start button will perform all of the following tasks instead of allowing you to start a Postcut e Halt the playback of the media asset before the voice track e Halt the recording of the voice track e Set the EOM of the voice track such that the playlist entry following the voice track will begin playing immediately at airtime Creating and Editing Content 124 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 The Start button caption will change to Stop VT Click the Start Stop VT button to stop recording Voice Tracker Stop VT 5 Play Precut completely Hide Postcut Playlist Seque 14 41 23 Cool It Now New Edition 0 18 4 07 1445 21 VoiceTrack 14 45 51 Cuts Like A Knife Bryan Adams 0 10 4 00 10 dB 12 dB 10 3 55 If the post cut event has an Intro it will be shown counting down on the postcut event label 6 Optionally click the Preview button to review the voice track sequence from the precut preview Repeat steps 2 5 if you need to re record the voice track The voice track is not saved until you click the Next or Previous buttons the Save button at the bottom of the screen or the Segue button to open the Segue Editor T To continue voice tracking click the Next button to jum
69. Stack is executing a Workflow the Status field will display each stage of the Workflow 9 Output Indicator Channel where the on air event is playing Next refers to the next channel available for playback Note that the output channel used by a hotkey is displayed on the hotkey itself Delivering Content 431 WO AUTOMATION ror Radio Previewing Audio Events 1 To enter Preview mode click the green Preview headphones button in the bottom tool bar tive Search Clear qs a 14 11 30 k e shia FF Bt Sed wee Playing THOAS T PAUL FM Library AUTOMATIC l j Dremm OL 105 WOR 2 i i Ove ee Be Lennean an aL ryisn ee Pre ON AIR Pa iy Pua aT oe se A Up an KOO at Live Without Your wt Faas The Reaper henan Bie Coates Car Tal aio lend MENT FIEF f L Bos r Tols hig me 3af fat Eset CEE et Es i lenin we x Clete Mira 10 Wop oniy Good Tee PE ust Ceg tn Tour Arms unt Died in Your Arms Culti ew Cuing Crew Ta aay kaik ieii STOP SET Mt Ofive Cofege ies Wep mfr Cresi Ine E ee E ona H m Ei that i iTO hae h r as aF r hip Tock Forth Carolina State Fair aal Brai hal ipri Lad eg aa While in Preview mode clicking the Preview icon next to specific audio events will allow you to preview all audio events in the Stack Playlist Hotkey and Library widgets 2 Click the Preview icon on or next to the item to preview The sliding Preview Widget will app
70. The number of events in the Stack will depend on the size of the container and the monitor resolution Playback Modes In Automatic mode events in the stack advance without user intervention based upon the by the EOM End of Message signal Station 104 1 FM c il Led of the previous event When a new event starts the previous event O Hime 27 38 AM 00 01 01 59 automatically fades out The Countdown Timer will indicate the current Mode by displaying either Automatic or Manual AUTOMATIC Playing 100 1260 Output 1 Next 1 Additionally when in Automatic mode there will be green play kima Edit 1 2 59 buttons next to each event in the Stack Station 104 1 FM c Ni I imi 1 57 16 AM E 3 O 3 stat Playing 101 0058 MANUAL Output 1 Next 1 Save Me 17 3 28 ON AIR Shinedown 2 12 08 AM 101 0056 Aerials Edit 34 3 50 P system Of A Down 2 15 36 AM 2002 201 1036 ON AIR helby Lynne 5 26 36 AM 2001 Drive P gt Incubus In Manual mode the play buttons next to each event will be blue Additionally the Countdown Timer will indicate the Stack is in Manual mode which requires user input for every event in the schedule When the on air event is complete instead of transitioning to the next event automatically the system status will change to Stopped and an operator will have to click a blue play button to start the next event Clicking the Countdown Timer will toggle between Automat
71. Virginia March morning in 1990 The staff of Bluefield s WHIS WHAJ is abuzz with excitement The flip of a switch the hum of spinning hard drives and the glow of a monitor announced something new that would change broadcasting The installation of a shiny beige DCS led to the first commercially successful radio automation system that played all of its audio from a hard drive While there were other such systems before DCS none combined stability useable features and high quality audio in quite the same way and all but DCS quickly faded line numbers for quick response to DCS was the DOS predecessor for Maestro which your problems It s what you d expect from a WideOrbit still supports Many of the ideas from DCS and company that has served the broadcast industry for over 16 Maestro have been incorporated into version 2 of WO years a Automation for Radio DCS was conceived almost A historic product Control Versatility Precision exclusively by Greg Dean who wrote all of the software Efficiency Savings Sound quality Savings That s the Digital and also played a big role in designing the high quality Commercial System It s a system that will make radio audio cards at the core of the product Greg still works contact your representative oy with us today on the WO Automation for Radio team Other products that have contributed DNA to WO Automation for Radio include Scott Studios and Google Radio Automation So
72. WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 Select the month and year when the format will be scheduled Click on the day s for the format to be scheduled The selected day s will be highlighted in blue on the calendar and the date will be added to the box below the calendar Station PAUL FM Format New Year s Countdown Satellite mo SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT BODO 2 ns i6 7 saana as wm ofa Fri Dec 31 2010 6 Click OK when finished To remove a date from the format schedule simply click on the day in the calendar again Scheduling Content 423 Execute a Clear amp Re import The re import process will use the previous successful file import from the station s drop box for example 080924 skd_PROCESSED Note that this will remove any changes made to the schedule since this file was first imported including items like Voice Tracks 1 In Playlist Editor click on the Playlists menu icon or click on the Playlists option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2 On the calendar select the correct station from the drop down list and right click on the date to be rescheduled and select Clear and Reimport Playlist Editor will clear the existing playlist information from the database including formats and templates SUN MON TUE WED THU ly Scheduling Content 424 Apply a Format 1 In Playlist Editor click on the Playlists menu icon or click on the Playlists option on the Playlist Ed
73. also be added to your Hotkey widget Once you ve finished building your MSMA locate it using your Library widget and add it to your Hotkeys like you would add any other audio The same behaviors apply when playing an MSMA from a Hotkey Leader and Follower audio will play out of their respective stations just as if the MSMA had played from the Stack Create the MSMA table by clicking the Add button to add existing assets to the MSMA opening the Library sliding widget MSMAs may contain media assets or rotators You will be asked to select a station This will restrict inventory options to assets available to a leader or follower station and ensure that the right audio plays on the right station Audio Editor Please add at least one media asset Station Length Id Add Remove Please select a radio station WPSJ FM WPSJ HD Distribution Length 00 00 Commit Creating and Editing Content 167 WO AUTOMATION oa at oo es pd H ms hor ARLU Please add at least one media asset Audio Editor Station Remove showing results 1 16 of 2 946 0 07 COM 0071 Can t Live Without Nelson aay NAB 0467 I Just Died In Your Cutting Crew 444 NAB 0256 She s Sexy 17 Stray Cats 9 Dream Lennon John 4 35 NAB 1487 Don t Fear The Re Blue Oyster Cult 4 04 NAB 0883 Just Like Starting Lennon John 351 NAB 1562 You Can Still Rock Night Ranger bed KOOL 105 W 0 08 JI
74. and click OK Please select the type of action to create Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leawe Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain delay playlist Segmented Recording Send GP Output Send IP Message Enter the details for this Load Playlist entry When all parameters have been set click OK See table on next page for more information about each parameter Activate at This time of day E When this playlist loads Execute O Immediately First time signal is received O Every time signal is received Signal Start Baseball on PAUL DS Deactivate at 20 10 00 E Keep active when switching playlists E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Scheduled special program Westwood Baseball Start the new playlist immediately Start the new playlist when the on air event is finished Scheduling Content 354 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Activate at Select the option to activate at This time of day Type a time in HH MM SS format that is a few minutes before you expect the Special Program to start Execute Select the option to execute Workflow Action the First time signal is received and select the closure that will signal the start of the event from the drop down box Also select the option to Deactivate at this time of day Type a time in HH MM SS format that is a few minutes afte
75. and not the actual Special Program template To verify look at the name in the Playlist Editor tab bar If you are editing the Special Program template the banner will display the Station Name the Special Program Name and the text Special Program Template If you are editing a scheduled instance of the Special Program the banner will display the Station Name the Scheduled Instance Name and the text Scheduled Special Program Scheduling Content 366 WO AUTOMATION Em J E F a for Kadio Leader Follower Leader Follower functionality allows two or more stations to share programming In a typical configuration a Leader station will supply simulcast audio with a Follower station breaking away from the simulcast to play an alternate and independent set of commercials Applications include web streams where terrestrial commercial content must be replaced or translator stations where commercial inventory on the second station is sold independently in its own market During Simulcast segments program audio from the Leader station is routed through a switcher to the air chain and transmitter of both the Leader and Follower stations Leader Local Follower Air Chain During Breakway segments independent content plays back through dedicated Local audio channels The Follower sends a switcher command to mute the program audio from the Leader and routes Leader Local audio and Follower Local audio to the correct air chain Once
76. answers are here Installing Configuring and Managing Your System Hopefully you will rarely need the information in this section but it is here if you are interested Or if you have trouble falling asleep We will try to keep it interesting but no guarantees At the end of each section you will find a series of How Do I cheat sheets Make copies of them Post them around the station They will not go into detail but they will offer simple reminders to help with common WO Automation for Radio tasks We hope you will find them useful as you train and re train and re train and re train your staff You are also encouraged to take advantage of the WO Automation for Radio support team if you need additional assistance We want to do all we can to make sure WO Automation for Radio contributes to your success If you have constructive comments about this manual or would like to suggest improvements please contact the WO Automation for Radio documentation team through rasdocuments wideorbit com Introducing WO Automation for Radio 2 WO AUTOMATION Conventions Used in This Manual As we describe actions throughout this manual you will see these specific instructions Each action will appear in Italics followed by the action to take emphasized in bold Click describes the process of acting on a menu option or screen button with a mouse touchscreen or other device For example you would Click Send to send a completed email into the v
77. as you add them to the rotator table Elements that exist on the Central Server only will be displayed as NOT FOUND 7 Repeat step 6 for each asset to be added to this rotator When all assets have been added click OK to save your changes Your rotator will be moved automatically to the upload queue Click Send to upload the rotator to the selected destinations Editing Rotators Using TLC Bridge and TLC 1 Open Audio Finder in the Central Server Web Ul 2 Use the Search Audio tool to find and select the rotator to be edited Creating and Editing Content 158 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Click the green Edit button TLC Bridge will automatically copy the file from the Server to the local TLC audio directory and launch TLC a C X hitg focinoso nace nder ty j aree o Audio Finder Apps rolaloars Meparis Leppard Local Inventory Remote Inventory Transfers Results 1 417 of 17 for Leppard 0 06 seconds Title Artist Media Assat Family Pour Some Sugar On Ma Def Leppard alana Ei Bock OF Ages Del Leppard OR SRO Rocket Def Leppard MAB1436 Photograph Def Leppard MAB1434 Pour Some Sugar Cin MMe Cel Leppard NMABN4S3 Bringin On The Heartbreak Def Leppard MABRMN ASS i Rock Of Ages Del Leppard NAB 1438 Lowe Bites Def Leppard MAB OTS Armageddon It Def Leppard MaBoggg Hysteria Cel Leppard MARAA Two Steps Behind Def Leppard MAB 260 Lal s Gat Rocked Del Leppard NABI 1236 Mae Love Like A Man Def Leppa
78. asset automatically turning off the Insert function by clicking on the asset a second time or by clicking the Selected Asset message at the top of the screen Selected asset Breath 101 0168 X Showing results 1 9 of 14 Library Search Clear Break Stuff Squ Limp Bizkit 2 45 201 1247 Breakfast At Tiff Deep Blue Somet 4 10 100 0939 Breaking The Ha Linkin Park 3 07 201 1136 Breakaway Clarkson Kelly 3 51 101 5590 BREAKING NEW 1 36 BED 0014 Breath Breaking Beniamin 3 31 101 0168 Edit Breakdown Tantric 3 07 200 0136 Breaking The Girl Red Hot Chili Pep 4 42 201 1219 Bringing On The Def Leppard 4 20 201 3009 Delete Delivering Content 445 O AUTOMATION The Stack Playlist and Player Widgets will display the icon where the asset can be inserted When inserting the asset in the Stack or Playlist Widgets the selected asset will be inserted above the asset where the Insert icon is clicked The Insert function will automatically disable as soon as the asset has been placed in a widget Seiecied easel bedi Wii lp EHT E gact the pos ion where jou would Ge tite Hem Inserted E A 15 19 25 t j e kaa Playing oaCmooa AUTOMATIC s n iE ea Drean boci KOOL 105 WLR 5 Lenn Jmm on Hoo t Oe TE 7 F r L i TEET a a aF i n Tu ah You iu 7 OR i ee wn eT E Woa Your Domt Fear ma Reaper ng 4 iariay Davia Bie Gritar Cut gn STOPSET oth at ios owe
79. be of the same duration 4 When you have added all assets click Commit to save your changes Creating and Editing Content 188 wipe orerr Section 3 Scheduling Content WO AUTOMATION T se D arlie U FX LILILI Introducing Playlist Editor Playlist Editor is a tool providing an interface to manage edit store manage and distribute playlists Central Server performs tasks related to merging and storing playlists which can be accessed simultaneously by Workstation and multiple copies of Playlist Editor Each application accessing the centrally stored playlist will immediately see changes made by other users l k i Fig ig q P ay Workstation aoe a npur la pir ee iinr cetati Playlist Editor vvorKStaton Sequential and Background Events Playlist Editor allows you to integrate two different types of events into your final schedule Sequential events will appear in the Workstation Stack widget A good example of sequential events are the songs liners and commercials the audio events that will play over the course of the day As the name implies these events will execute sequentially one after the other in the order in which they appear in the schedule In contrast background events or fixed entries are items in the schedule that execute at a fixed time rather than playing an audio event These events execute in the background and do not appear in the Stack widget making them a good choice for commands
80. between the schedules for the different stations Use the Current Log drop down to select the day to voice track 4 Record Ready Activates the system meters to set microphone levels 5 Level Meters Shows volume levels of precuts voicetracks and postcuts 6 Action Button This button is used to progress through the voice tracking process Its function changes for each new step 7 Precut This will be the audio you will be voice tracking out of 8 Voice Track The voice track being recorded 9 Postcut If shown this will be the audio you will be voice tracking into 10 Previous Next Buttons Used to jump to the previous or the next voice track in the schedule Clicking either button after recording will also save the recorded voice track 11 Preview Used to review the voice track sequence 12 Change Notification If the schedule is changed at the radio station and you have already recorded voice tracks you will receive a notification the schedule has been updated Clicking the notification will clear the red message bar Creating and Editing Content 131 WO AUTOMATION 3 Click the orange Next arrow to the right of the stack to get to the first voice track slot to be recorded 4 Click Begin Session or press the SPACE bar to start playing the first snippet 0 05 02 Voice Tracker 32 Current Log 07 20 10 Tue fy Announcer 2 Oye eee ee ie eee eed She s A Beauty ap Lido Shuffle Boz Scaggs Tubes She s A B
81. button Title Load Baseball Special Program Note 1 Note 3 Scheduling Content 362 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 16 Repeat the process to assign the End Special Playlist Workflow to a Hotkey button 17 When both Workflows have been assigned exit Edit mode by clicking again on the Edit button Hotkeys bed KOOL 105 WUK only Doo Wop only Good Time amp Great Oldies Q KOOL 105 Q KOOL 105 0 08 0 07 12 in a Row Shout 0 01 Legal ID MSMA 0 05 Load Baseball Special Program Scheduling Content 363 WO AUTOMATION Lal it Editing a Scheduled Special Program You can review and edit the Scheduled Special Program without affecting the original Special Program template If you have added traffic using the Automatically Apply Traffic setting be sure to review all spot blocks for accuracy If a block was not filled all the way you may want to manually add a spot or make sure you are using the Airtime fill Segment Ruleset with the Merge Points 1 To create scheduled instances of our Special Programs template either return to the main Playlist Editor launch screen and select Special Programs or click the Special Programs button on the Playlist Editor menu bar 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and the desired Special Program template and click Schedule to edit an existing Scheduled Instance of a Special Program Special Programs Station PAUL FM r Name Westw
82. by Central Server After creating the Automation Command enter the command details ts Automation Command Editor lo fon Hew Delete Rename Copy Main Printing Controls Command Scheduler Print Commands To File 20 00 Merge Point Join Leader Duration 3 oo Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Description Miscellaneous Leave Leader Live Promo Copy Take Readings Top of Hour News Workflow Voce Track Artist COM FILL Media Number Filename Track Hard Disk Location Intro p i o Source TM Cue In o E Time Synch Ending Options and Default Values Press F1 for help Command 1 of 9 Take care when naming your Automation Command Most commands may simply be descriptively named but the names of Merge Point commands are more significant When adding a Merge Point Automation Command adding the break time in MM SS format as the first five characters of the command name will set the timing position of the merge point Scheduling Content 251 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Configuring Merge Point Automation Commands fn Automation Command Editor f a a Rename Main Printing Controls Command Scheduler Print Commands To File 20 00 Merge Paint Join Leader Duration 3 oo Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Description Miscellaneous Leave Leader Live Promo Copy Take Readings Top of Hour Hews Workflow Voce Track artist COM FILL Media Humber Filename po Track f
83. by default Kill Date Leave blank Media Leave blank Scheduling Content 270 WO AUTOMATION Configuring Voice Track Automation Commands INSERT EDIT A BREAKNOTE Runtime Stopset 0 4570 No Text TK JUTIME VoiceTrack Optional Stack Text 00 45 Kill Date f f Media Fi Field Description ID Type a four character ID associated with the breaknote Runtime Type the approximate runtime for this voice track to be used by Selector to estimate clock timing Stopset Type No Text Type the breaknote text For a Voice Track position the breaknote text must include these comma delimited fields as shown in the above example Sync Optional Though rare Voice Tracks can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Category Required Refers to the WOAFR category containing the recorded voice tracks Source Required There are two components to the Source field the Join Type and the string TIME Available Join Types include JU Join Up JD Join Down JB Join Both up and down and JN Join Neither Artist Optional Optional field to store the name of the voice track talent Duration Recommended Estimated duration of the as yet unrecorded voice track Used for timing purposes within the Selector clocks Kill Date Leave blank Media Leave blank Scheduling Content 271 WO AUTOMATION Configuring Memo Automation Commands
84. canna enn E E ang aie T A eee aires 190 Sequential and Background Everts asecscxccsusssuscssnstcssoincssusssscsasossivasassvonssseioanssnesvostorastutsvaneocisasGacspastapasvisesuaniiuensasiseiaseuianaieaes 190 About Satellite and Hourly Templates ses ssssesssseessseessseessseessseessseessseeosseeosserosseesseronseeosseeosserosserosserosserssseeosserosseessserosseesssersss 190 Combining Music Schedulers and Playlist Editor Templates sssessssessssessssesssseessseessseessseessseessseessseosseeosseeosserosseeosseees 191 E E EEEE E OIG A E E E I E E NE A E N E 192 Music Stations with Satellite Dayparts seseeseseeseseessseessseessseessseessseeosseeosseeosseeosseosserossseosseeosseeosseeosseeosserosseeosserosseeosseeessees 192 Se e any O aA N E AAE E E O EEA 192 PPO AR WO FEI MS ern E A EE E AERA A E O OEA TA 193 Getting to Know the Playlist Editor SCreen ese ssssessseessseessseessssessssessseeosssessseesssseesseessseeosseeosseessseessseeoseeessseeosserssseessseres 194 Basic B ilding BIOCKS Arsarcopscavssasaseyncorstenaveseasuvsansiavoucysecenncysennstspasoaeyeieanayetons top emaavaiotarssensitarenereanaaianasepienierseomaetselonsananererntepites 196 Crean N O ON a A T TAEA 196 RY A DET a E A AE A 199 MAU E AEE AE ENE E E ETE E E E E 200 S FOE O A E N EEA E E AA E N A 201 Segmented Fh CO CIC casos vcanvacepeteveseseroorsequtavivessievncorstnacorvacaseaqysaviacisions veqnraatoay shares hangin egrearisei na PASKANA NPIV EANNAN 203 BA
85. close the Widget Clicking the Preview button at the bottom of the Workstation screen will exit Preview mode Delivering Content 478 WO AUTOMATION Ear elie fis A LILIILI Editing Segues The Segue Editor is used to edit the transition between two or more audio events for seamless playback Segue adjustments are specific to this one time sequence and are not saved back to the original file Getting to Know the Segue Editor Interface Auto Post Zoom In 25 Zoom Out Voic CT Pink Houses Accept Close Ref Button Field Description 1 Preview Stop The Preview button plays back the media asset sequence as it will play on the air Playback starts from the cursor and continues until the postcut end point The Stop button interrupts the preview 2 Auto Post Automatically aligns loaded events Functionality will depend on the selected event D Zoom Adjusts the visible content of the display At 100 zoom each pixel on the screen represents five milliseconds of audio 4 Entry Title The playlist entry title displays in each entry section 5 Waveform Data Clicking and dragging an entry s waveform allows the user to precisely adjust each entry s alignment Use the red slider at the bottom of the screen to move the entire waveform view 6 End Fade Envelopes Ending fades can be adjusted by clicking and dragging the red envelope marker A value of 50 indicates the original unmodified volume gain level 7 Start Fade Envelope
86. configured GP Inputs Recommended Wait Until Either of the Above Events The system will wait the amount of time specified or the external signal is received whichever comes first To account for the fluid nature of sports programming it is highly recommended you use closures to fire local breaks and imaging elements If you will not receive closures for local breaks you will have to start local breaks and other elements based solely on time 10 The final step is to switch your audio switcher to turn off the baseball audio and turn on the station on air channels to play local spots From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a second Update Switcher action T Playlist Editor i fo la i el i PAUL FM Baseball Segment Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions Update Switcher Update Switcher action Send IP Message Wait Wait action Send Serial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher 4 nN Update Switcher P3 E Browse Library o E Always execute this action Search Libra ry E Allow execution on standby systems gt Wait this amount of time 00 00 00 E Deleted Entries Wait until this external signal is received Local Break on PAUL DS amp History eee 0 Wait until either of the above events Scheduling Content 327 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 11 Begin to enter the details required to tur
87. created in Adobe Audition use the drop down options to set the first field to File Name and the next field to lIs valid Media Asset number This tells AMAI to import and process all files named with the format of CAT where CAT represents the category and represents the four character media asset ID Save to category Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Category assignments are included in the file name of the file being imported so it is not necessary to specify a destination category in AMAI Set title to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Title metadata is set in Audition so it is not necessary to specify a default title in AMAI Set artist to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Artist metadata is set in Audition so it is not necessary to specify a default artist in AMAI Set start date to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected A start date is set in Audition so it is not necessary to specify this field in AMAI Set end date to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected An end date is set in Audition so it is not necessary to specify this field in AMAI Creating and Editing Content 59 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Set cue in to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Tones are set i
88. details for this Execute Workflow entry When all parameters have been set click OK E Create Execute Workflow Activate at This time of day 00 00 00 When this playlist loads Execute E Immediately First time signal is received Every time signal is received Signal End Game on PAUL DS E Deactivate at 00 00 00 E Keep active when switching playlists E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Workflow End Baseball E Estimated length Field Description Activate at Select the option to activate When this playlist loads Execute If you are using an end of game closure select the option to execute the First time signal is received and select the end of game closure from the drop down box Keep active when switching playlists Leave this option un checked Always Execute this Action Check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Workflow From the drop down list select the Workflow you just created to end the special program Estimated Length Leave this parameter blank If you are not using a closure to signal the end of the special program this Workflow may be inserted as the last element in the Sequential playlist instead of in the Background playlist Scheduling Content 342 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 15 To add Legal IDs or other media assets that will fi
89. files and distribute them to a category for an on air station while the second rule could process everything except the news and send those files to a different category The advantage to assigning multiple rules to the same scan directory is that operators only have to remember a single scan directory It is recommended you set up at least one Final Rule for each configured scan directory Assigning Rules to Scan Directories The final configuration step is to apply your rules to your scan directories 1 Click on a configured directory from the main AMAI page Directories Define the FTP sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Add Directory Path prod audio NewRi Pan x Creating and Editing Content 18 WO AUTOMATION gs tor Radio E 2 Click the Select Rule link Edit Directory Enter the path to be scanned below Enter a local path to import media content from a local path Examples of valid local paths are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems Drive letters may also be used e g c folder but may not work in all cases To import media content from an FIP site enter ftp lt address gt Additional fields will appear for username password and work folder Path prod audio NewRips save Directory Directory Rules The following table lists the rules for this directory There are no rules defined for this directory
90. for more information about each parameter Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Wait this amount of time Wait until this external signal is received Wait until either of the above events Scheduling Content 302 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Notes Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Wait This Amount of Time Specify a time in MM SS format Wait Until This External Signal is Received Select from a list of all configured GP Inputs Recommended Wait Until Either of the Above Events The system will wait the amount of time specified or the external signal is received whichever comes first 10 The final step is to switch your audio switcher to turn off the satellite audio and turn on the station on air channels to play local spots From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a second Update Switcher action Playlist Editor Ka ov at du EO Ep PAUL FM JS EmoGoth WF Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions Update Switcher Update Switcher action Set Clock Wait Wait action Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset bs Start Record m Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait m Update Switcher A Wait E Browse Library F Always execute this action Search Library E Allow execution o
91. i Fade type F Note Q that s 800 868 8479 twice Intro 00 2 Configure the search criteria and click Search See the table on the next page for details about each search parameter E 7 All Status v All Origins Time Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Notes Cate File Select All Select None Set Details Delete Entries Scheduling Content 409 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description 1 SearchTerm Type a string to search for All entries with the search term in any field will be returned 2 Event Type Use the drop down menu to narrow the search to specific event types 3 Status Option Use the drop down menu to narrow the search to events with a specific status Pending About to Play Playing Partially Played All playlist events are set to this Status by default when they are added to the playlist either manually by via the playlist import procedures Indicates the event is the next item to play Indicates the current on air event This item began playing but was halted by the user or by a Hard Sync Played Indicates the item played without errors Skipped Flags items that were skipped due to a Hard or Soft Sync or media assets skipped due to a date conflict or when the media asset was missing Had Error Shows that a media asset failed to play for some reason such as the audio server was not running Invisible Merge Points are given this special status
92. ie Money Eddike 15 02 55 HAS DAI Missing fee Log Play Deck 2 o7 20 10 Tue O Voice Traz F Cool Radio Guy Entry Dave Dart Productie mer OF A Looely Heart Fag Aeaey Rider 7 Daniele Charlies Da Legal Ii Victor Lisle 419 09 30 10 C u miare g 7 Mary 3 Two Tickets To Paradise s Money Eddie aia Tum bnie r camie Hary d Atan 0 Dagar 0a 0i Re Entry Dave Dart Productic 1558 In The End Album Version Linkin Park I same Old Rein Fevin Welch ak a Voce Trax Coal Radio Guy T ae ma try Dave Dart Productic Cool Amio Guy OOM StL F Tl Mesing Dave Dart 0000 05 missing amp Minka ke Arough The Jungle Moen AL Work 1 JUS 043767 Creedence Clearwate ae Productions Hga 09 4300 J In The End Album wersion Linkin Park Dz 1 Ja Das 09 43 10 2001 7001 Fame Old Rain Kevin Wokh OMAH Shy Al Westem Beat Ref Button Field Description 1 Stack Many events in the stack may appear to be missing Instead of working with a full library DCVT workstations use snippets of audio so you may only see play buttons next to events immediately before and after a voice track position 2 Front Backsell Window Shows a list of events before and after each voice track The dotted line represents the current voice track position 3 Announcer Daypart If you are voice tracking for multiple stations use the Announcer drop down list to switch
93. in Central Server For example C MUSIC Y M D SKD After setting the File Name field press F2 to save your changes Press ESC twice to return to the Print the Log menu 18 Press F7 to configure the Send to File parameter Press the SPACE bar to toggle to the option for A separate file for each date instructing Selector to create a new file for each day s music log po Ger E T m ie Frint the Log SEND TO FILE PARAMETER If you Send to File for VYiew File or VYiew a range of dates do you want l File for the entire Date Range FF between dates Press F2 to save your changes Press ESC to return to the Print the Log menu Scheduling Content 264 WO AUTOMATION 19 Finally assign this format in the Log Format Assignment grid From the Print the Log menu press F3 to select the Log Format Assignments option see ee Log Format Assignment a Type the number 8 in each block of the grid yes 168 times to set Log Format 8 as the default format for every hour of the week Press F2 to save your changes 20 Enjoy a beverage of your choice and take comfort in knowing that even though it has taken you the better part of a day to set up your output format it is still beats working with Selector for Windows Scheduling Content 265 WO AUTOMATION Correlating Output Design Fields with the Selector Song Information Card Ref Field in First Line HH MM SS Scheduled air time automatically calcul
94. it has available up to this limit to fill the segment then the next most rested longest file and so on Categories Select the category containing fill content Multiple fill categories can be selected by pressing the CTRL key while clicking on additional categories See note below concerning fill categories Stretch and Squeeze Allows you to speed up or slow down all media assets in a break to achieve overall break Distribute Silence target duration WOAFR will compare the target break duration to the combined duration of all elements in the break and attempt to compensate for differences by spreading the required stretch and squeeze time across all elements Playback speed can be adjusted up to 20 although values greater than 2 or 3 will be too much for most users This feature requires specific feature capable Audio Science hardware See note below This option will calculate the remaining fill duration and distribute it between each event in the break For example if a break must be 3 00 but the total runtime of the three events in the break only total 2 57 after the other fill methods have been applied the remaining three seconds will be distributed equally between the three events Scheduling Content 218 WO AUTOMATION The designated fill category should contain as many fill events as possible that range in length from one second to a one minute depending on the nature and average amount of time to be filled Rotators may
95. list Rotators can be created using Audio Editor TLC or directly in the Central Server Web User Interface Creating Rotators in Audio Editor 1 On the main Audio Editor window click New Audio Editor pare re aed a a a elles el media asset loaded Select New below to create anew media asset _ Commit Revert You can also create new files from the Library widget Clicking on the New button on the Library widget will launch the Audio Editor widget and allow you to create a new media asset Creating and Editing Content 149 WO AUTOMATION Audio Editor Select the type of media asset to create Audio Multi Station Asset Rotator Cancel Select the type of file to create Click Rotator to create a new rotator 3 Take the opportunity to set the attributes for this rotator You will probably roll through each tab as you set the properties for your new rotator but you do not need to fill them out in any particular order Only the settings on the Distribution tab are required but Title Artist and Start End dates are strongly recommended Properties Bates iitadt A ee ode Length 00 00 Creating and Editing Content 150 WO AUTOMATION al La Li On the Properties Tab type in this recording s Title Artist trivia Notes and release Year All fields are optional but recommended as they will make searches easier later on Properties Distribution Tools Do n
96. media asset must be recorded on the same audio channel that will be used for playback allowing the system to use the buffer on the audio card to playback while recording There must also be at least five seconds of recording before scheduling playback on air When the media asset is playing in the Workstation Stack the countdown clock will display the amount of time that was recorded when it started playback For example if the media asset had been recording for 30 seconds before playback the countdown clock would display 0 30 until the media asset actually reached its last 30 seconds of playback Scheduling Content 202 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Segmented Recording This Workflow Action sets options allowing WOAFR to create background recordings of multi segment programming 5 Create Segmented Recording E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Audio Input Use default input Category Title Segmented Recording action Artist Trivia E Show recorded date time in trivia Start Date End Date Start Hour End Hour Start recording Immediately Maximum Recording Duration 00 00 00 E Wait for this to finish before moving on Distribution PAUL FM Audio parameters PCM MP2 Sample rate Cut specific parameters Applies to only one cut in the series Number End trigger Max Duration Wart before starting next segment aoc nose vaoo 2 Start Date must contain either an e
97. meters only show data when using Audio Science or Digigram audio cards 5 Selection Displays the time value of the selected area This area will remain blank until a region is selected Clicking the Selection message will clear the current selection 6 Scroll Buttons These buttons are used to easily scroll backward or forward using the touch screen 7 Editing Pane Waveform data will be displayed for all channels If the audio only has one channel the view will display only one waveform data view instead of displaying two channels with identical data 8 Selected Region Once a region is selected it will be highlighted in the Zoom pane 9 Cursor The cursor indicates the point where playback will begin when the Preview button is pressed and the current playback position during preview The cursor also represents the point where data will be inserted if Paste is pressed 10 Timer Points The media asset s timer points Cue in Intro and EOM are displayed across the top of the waveform Creating and Editing Content 140 WO AUTOMATION Manual Markers Edit Actions Undo and Redo Buttons Lock Accept Button Close Button The Slider is used to change the section of the waveform displayed in the editing section This area also represents the area that is displayed relative to the entire waveform Since the visible area depends on the zoom level the slider will adjust itself after a zoom change The braces are used to mark
98. n OTEA F ps igi Pami mii You are not limited to voice tracking just today To load playlist for future scheduled days click the More icon on the Playlist widget and select Voice Tracks from the list of options If more than one station is configured for this instance of workstation select the right station and then select the day to voice track The Playlist widget will display scheduled voice tracks along with the precut and postcut events for the selected day Creating and Editing Content 119 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Getting to Know the Voice Tracker Widget Interface Ref 10 11 12 13 Voice Tracker gt Play Precut completely Hide Postcut Hotkeys Playlist Segue 09 04 40 Come On Eileen Dexy s Midnight Runners 0 31 4 11 L R 09 08 47 New Yoice Track O R No audio data 09 09 07 Here I Go Again Whitesnake 0 11 4 34 L R Button Field Start Button Preview Button Stop Button Previous Next Buttons Description This button is used to progress through the voice tracking process Its function changes for each new step Used to review the voice track sequence after recording and before saving Cancels the voice tracking process to let you start over Used to jump to the previous or the next voice track in the schedule Clicking either button after recording will also save the recorded voice track Play Precut Completely Plays the entire precut from the beginning of the aud
99. of the file being imported Final Rule Used as a backup when a file in a scan directory does not match any other rule assigned to that directory For example if you have a rule defined as Title Contains Show and the person creating the import file mistyped the title as Shoe instead of Show a Final Rule can ensure the file is still imported converted and distributed to a defined category for review and correction Note that the other two If fields will disappear when Final Rule is selected The selections in the second drop down list are the conditions used to filter the criteria you will type in the user defined field Is equal to Only process files containing an exact match to the user defined criteria in the specified tag field Is not equal to Only process files that do not match the user defined criteria in the specified tag field Contains Only process files that contain the user defined criteria in the specified tag field Does not contain Only process files that do not contain the user defined criteria in the specified tag field Creating and Editing Content 14 WO AUTOMATION Save to category Is valid Media Asset number Only process files named with the format of CAT where CAT represents the category and represents the four character media asset ID in the field specified in the first list For example assume you selected File Name for the first field and Is valid Media Asset number for the
100. or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Add Directory Path prod audio NewRips x Creating Import Rules Rules determine how AMAI processes files dropped in configured scan directories After you have created your Rules don t forget to assign the rules to your configured scan directories 1 Click the Add Rule link under Rules on the Central Server Configuration Web Ul Rules Once a file is imported by Media Importer it is processed according to rules defined here Add Rule No rules have been configured on this server Creating and Editing Content 58 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 2 Enter the attributes for this rule f Save Rule Rule Name If FileName Is valid Media Asset number JWE Save to category Set title to 080 Asset number Set artist to Set start date to Set end date to Y set cue in to seconds set eom to seconds Convert sample rate to 44 1K Convert compression to Linear PAUL HD PAUL FM Send to Attribute Description Rule Name All rules must have a Rule Name We suggest using a descriptive name based on the type of media asset to be imported such as Show for recorded shows If you have configured more than one Scan Directory it may also be helpful to include the directory name in the rule such as FTP Shows for Station 1 If These attributes define the actual rule For importing files
101. or most importantly start a fresh pot of coffee for the GM Create Memo Commenti Mew Memo Comment 2 Comment 3 Field Notes Sync Point Required While typically set to None this Memo event can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Setting the Sync Point to any option other than None will result in an additional field allowing you to specify the Sync Point time Hard amp Soft Sync types should only be used in unattended hours These sync types can remove events from the schedule without warning which may confuse live operators Comment1 Recommended Text that will appear in the Title field of the Workstation stack Comment 2 Recommended Text that will appear in the Artist field of the Workstation stack Comment3 Optional Text that will be stored in the event s Note field Scheduling Content 287 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Merge Point Sequential Only Merge Points establish the positions in the clock that will be filled with commercial or other content scheduled by traffic Ideally merge point durations and positions in the music scheduler clocks should match the break set up in the traffic system but WO Automation for Radio s time fill algorithm will compensate for some deviation E Create Merge Point Sync Point at 00 10 00 Stopset duration 03 00 Using segment ruleset Baseball Comment 1 New Merge Point
102. original unmodified volume gain level 7 Start Fade Envelopes Volume gain levels at the beginning of each track can be adjusted by clicking and dragging the red envelope marker A value of 50 indicates the original unmodified volume gain level 8 Lock button Locks the editor in place so it does not close when users click outside of the editor screen 9 Accept Close Accept saves all changes Close exits the editor without saving any changes Creating and Editing Content 128 WO AUTOMATION La it j There are two end fade points that define how the entry will be faded before the next event begins The second end fade point cannot be placed before the first end fade point By default if no entry linkage information exists the first end fade point is set to the EOM value with the gain value of zero and the second end fade point is set to the end of the waveform with a gain value of 40db Similar to end fade points start fade points allow users to set the gain value at a certain time There are four start fade points By default if no entry linkage information exists the first point is set to the set Cue In point with a gain value of 40db The second point is set to Cue In 1 second and the third point is set to Cue In 2 seconds both with a gain value of zero The fourth point is set to the Intro value with the gain value of zero Creating and Editing Content 129 WO AUTOMATION En J E F for Kadio Distant City Vo
103. playlist 4 Voice Track Widget Launch Button Launches the Voice Track Widget This button will only be available when a voice track is selected in the playlist See the Voice Tracking section for details on recording and editing voice tracks 5 Segue Editor Launch Button Launches the Segue Editor allowing you to edit the transition between two audio events Delivering Content 470 WO AUTOMATION i igi ry F tor Radia Tool Bar Functions x y Clear Button Description Now Repositions the playlist to display the current on air event Jump Allows you to jump to a different event in the past or future Click the Jump button and then click the Jump icon next to the event you want to be in the next to play slot Move Allows you to move one or more events to a different slot For more details see the Moving Events in the Playlist topic Copy Allows you to insert duplicate items in the Playlist For more details see the Copying Events in the Playlist topic Clear Clears any currently selected events More Open Playlist Allows you to open current and future playlists from all configured radio stations in a new tab For more details see the Opening Other Playlists topic Open Voice Track Opens a new tab displaying scheduled voice tracks from the currently selected playlist along with the events before and after each voice track A blank tab opens if there are no voice tracks scheduled in the selected date Selecting a vo
104. playlist or click on an hour on the Jump Bar to jump to a specific point in the playlist PAUL FM Thursday 9 2 10 Schedule Artist Comment 2 Pink Houses John Cougar Mellencamp King For A Day Thompson Twins Against All Odds Take ALook Phil Collins Finish What Ya Started Van Halen STOPSET COM FILL Mt Olive College LE Browse Library Search Library ie Deleted Entries ae eae History Cancel 2 Right click on the event that will immediately precede the inserted event and select Create New Entry New events are always added to the playlist immediately below the highlighted event PAUL FM Thursday 9 2 10 Schedule Sequential lj Background ie O Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen SchLlen In H 11 59 59 soft HOUR UPDATE 00 00 M 11 59 59 I Melt With You Modern English 04 02 M 12 07 57 Things Can Only Get Better Howard Jones Create New Entry 03 46 M 12 11 44 Easy Lover Philip Bailey witl X Delete Entry 4 04 42 M 12 16 26 Be Good To Yourself Journey 03 36 14 H M 12 20 00 donot STOPSET COM FILL Cut Entry 03 00 00 7 Ss sss se Mi Copy Entry npe z Paste Entry Ctrl V 00 13 ES wef a E E 00 25 28 fh n m Details a Playable Entry 4 Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Playlist Scheduling Content 405 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Deleting Events 1 After opening the playlist to be ed
105. record ready mode Check the option to enable the feature and type a value in seconds in the associated box With the feature enabled TLC will stop recording the specified number of seconds after the Start button is clicked g Trim the file and set the Intro and EOM points Set Begin of Audio point e Press F1 to play back from the beginning of the file e Pressing the or key will adjust the Begin of Audio timer 1 seconds Pressing the or key while holding down the CTRL key will adjust the timer in increments of 1 second while pressing the or key while holding down the SHIFT key will adjust the timer in increments of 10 seconds Set End of Audio point e Press F7 to play back the last 5 seconds of the file e Pressing the or key will adjust the End of Audio timer 1 seconds Pressing the or key while holding down the CTRL key will adjust the timer in increments of 1 second while pressing the or key while holding down the SHIFT key will adjust the timer in increments of 10 seconds Set the Intro Time e Press F1 to play back from the beginning of the file e Pressing the SPACE bar or clicking the Intro Set button will set the Intro time Set the EOM e Press F6 to play back the last 5 seconds of the file e Pressing the SPACE bar will set the EOM time You can also fine adjust the EOM by clicking in the EOM box and clicking the or buttons or pressing the or keys on the keyboard Creating and Editing Content
106. scheduled immediately before a Merge Point with references to the Follower Breakaway workflow tag and the ruleset the Follower should use Leader Simulcast workflow actions are scheduled immediately following the Merge Point with references to Follower Workflows and rulesets dl Leader Follower Samples bt Notepad File Edit Format View Help 01 07 59 LB 07 59 BREAKAWAY 119253 FB Tag gt lt Ruleset gt A 00 00 00 LS SIMULCAST n4y 9 Spy SFS Tage a 00 00 00 3L 00 00 JOIN LEADER 5 Leader Station gt lt ws gt lt LS workflow Name gt lt LB workflow Names lt HH mm 14 06 00 LL 06 00 LEAVE LEADER 5 C fsa a ie ai 1 2 3 4 6 7 10 11 NOTE i HH MM SS Sync cAT ID TITLE ARTIST 00 20 47 i r LNGTH YEAR LS STMULCAST i PS Tag Position Field Description 1 HH MM SS Identifies the scheduled event time e When scheduling a Leader Breakaway workflow action before a Merge Point enter a scheduled time 1 second before the Merge Point e When scheduling a Leader Simulcast workflow action following a Merge Point enter the scheduled time of the Merge Point plus the Merge Point duration 2 Sync Leader Breakaway and Join Leader events should be scheduled as Do Not Move events using a period symbol Leave Leader events should be scheduled as Hard Sync events using a pound symbol 3 Cat Not used 4 ID The ID field must contain the Wo
107. second field There are two files in the directory one named 10045001 wav and one named COM5555 wav This rule will ignore the first file since it has too many numbers to be a valid media asset but it will process the file named COM5555 wav automatically importing it to the COM category 201 with an asset ID of 5555 Is valid filename Only process files with a SP wav filename Begins with Only process files with filenames that begin with the user defined criteria Ends with Only process files with filenames that begin with the user defined criteria The third field sets the criteria specified by the second drop down Check this option to enable this rule attribute and then select the destination category from the drop down box Once the rule is enabled you will also have the option of entering a new 4 digit asset number New asset number assignments can be static applying the same asset number each time a file matching the criteria is processed 1234 for example or the new asset number can be generated by AMAI based on wildcard characters Three wildcard characters are supported e The wildcard character will be replaced with a number e The character will be replaced with a letter e The will be replaced by a number or a letter For example e will assign numbers starting at 0000 and continue to ZZZZ e 3 will assign numbers starting at 3000 and continue to 3ZZZ e 300 will assign numbers starting at 3
108. segments Creating and Editing Content 103 WO AUTOMATION F is os PL ois i fY Li LJ iLi Using our Dr Laura example each hour of the program will include five segments LSLOCAL 33 00 LSLOCAL 44 00 Dr Laura Segment 3 LSLOCAL 20 00 Planning the Asset Number A comprehensive asset number allocation plan will help when planning net chase events and with the overall management of your system A planning spreadsheet can reduce the likelihood of using a number already set aside for another recording Determining the End Trigger The end trigger should clearly be labeled on your program clock following the segment you are recording plus any network programming that must be captured Determining the Max Duration Most network programming hours will start and end at exact times but the duration of each segment will likely vary Calculate the segment duration from your program clock and then add a few minutes to be safe For example Segment 1 of the Dr Laura show starts at 06 00 and ends at 18 00 for a total of twelve minutes Add a few minutes to set a Max Duration of 15 00 Determining the Wait Time Wait time is based on the duration between segments Using this example the duration between Segment 1 and Segment 2 is 02 00 Cut specific parameters Applies to only one cut in the series Number End trigger Max Duration Wait before starting next segment 1001 LSLOCAL on PAUL DS 00 15 00 00 02 00 1002 LSLOCAL on PAU
109. select and drag in Leave Leader Workflow Action PAUL FM Leave Leader Workflow Title Comment 1 Actions Leave Leader Deactivate Trigger IS Emergency Alert End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Dain abba mlas lint m E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries no selection amp History Cancel Scheduling Content 383 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 Set each option and then click OK to save your changes E Create Leave Leader Ahways execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Workflow to execute after disconnecting Follower Breakaway Option Description Always execute this action Execute this action regardless of time or other events This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Allow execute on standby This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Used only in Invincible Lite systems configurations Contact customer support for more information Workflow to execute after From the drop down list select the workflow to execute when the Follower station leaves disconnecting the Leader simulcast This will be the name of your Follower Breakaway workflow Scheduling Content 384 WO AUTOMATION Scheduling When the Leader s schedule is generated a schedule containing Workflows
110. signal select if it should execute only the first time the signal is received or every time the signal is received and select the signal from the drop down list If you choose to use a signal to execute the event be sure to enter a deactivation time Signals received after the deactivation time will be ignored for this workflow Keep active when switching playlists Checking this option would allow the Workflow to execute even if an alternate playlist loads a Special Playlist for example Always execute this action Leave this option un checked Allow execution on standby systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Workflow Select the workflow you just created from the drop down list Estimated length Type an estimated length for this workflow in MM SS format Creating and Editing Content 110 WO AUTOMATION Ear elie fil Rood Creating Skim Rulesets The Skimming feature replaces the Podcasting capability of previous versions Skim Rulesets allow the system to skim the jock s mike based on a contact closure tied to the microphone console channel and save the skims to the audio database The Start Skim event arms the triggers that will start and stop each skim segment while the Stop Skim event will disarm the trigger Skim Rulesets must be created before scheduling skimmed dayparts Each configured Radio Station can have a unique set of Skim Rulesets 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Skim
111. the Timers tab will set the cue point at the current position indicator Position the indicator at the point where playback should begin and click the Set button next to Cue In Continue listening to the audio to position the indicator at the vocal or instrumental post and click the Set button next to Intro Ends Finally continue listening to the audio to position the indicator at the point where the system should segue to the next event and click the Set button next to EOM Properties Timers Distribution Tools Do not play before 4 12 10 BR 20 not piay arter Edit Hourly Restrictions The Restrictions Tab allows you to set Start and End Dates Checking the Do not play before option and entering a date sets the file s Start Date while checking the Do not play after option and entering a date sets the file s End Date Clicking the Edit Hourly Restrictions button will allow you to set allowable hourly dayparts Hourly restrictions for All Wanna Do Monday Monday Tuesday 12AM 1AM 2AM 3AM 4AM 5AM 6AM 8AM 9AM 10AM 11AM Wednesda y 12PM 1PM 2PM 3PM 4PM 5PM 6PM 8PM 9PM 10PM 11PM Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Accept Clicking on a day button will allow you to set hourly restrictions for specific days of the week Clicking on an hourly button will allow or restrict play for that specific hour A file can play during hours that are green and cannot play during hours that are red Once this file s Hourly Restrict
112. the breakaway is over the Follower executes a Workflow setting the switcher back to its simulcast configuration Leader Local Leader Air Chain Follower Air Chain Leader Follower includes several advanced features Please contact your support organization for assistance with configuring Leader Follower when a Follower doesn t share a Central Server with the Leader or for use with profanity delays Scheduling Content 367 WO AUTOMATION for Radio This document will walk through configuring the most common type of Leader Follower system where the Leader station and Follower station are simulcast all day with split commercial breaks playing back from the same computer This isn t the only configuration possible The Follower can be on a separate computer across the room across the hall across town or in a different time zone Leader Follower Workflow Overview Workflow Workflow Action Description Follower Breakaway Workflow Follower Simulcast Workflow Join Leader Workflow Leave Leader Workflow Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Indicates a period when a Follower will break away from the Leader to play content from the local playlist Indicates a period when a Follower will be simulcasting audio from the Leader When the Follower executes this entry it will simply wait The Stack will not advance until it receives further instruction from the Leader until the user manually interv
113. the list Double click on the desired media asset to select and close the search box Output From the drop down list select the audio card output that will be used to play the media asset Note that if the selected output is currently in use the Start Media Asset will be mixed with the asset currently playing Dead Roll Enter a dead roll time in HH MM SS format Dead Roll is defined as the combined amount of time to wait and play the selected media asset allowing for exact to the second timing For example if the Dead Roll is set at 10 seconds and the selected media asset has a length of 8 seconds this action will wait 2 seconds before playing If the media asset length is longer than the dead roll value the media asset will play immediately Wait For This To Finish Before Moving The system will wait for the media asset to finish playing before moving On on to the next action in the Workflow Scheduling Content 205 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Set Clock Sets the system time when a GP Input is received E Create Set Clock E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Set Clock To minutes seconds Don t change clock more than minutes s Trigger must be defined Cancel Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the la
114. the processed file Multiple stations can be selected by pressing the CTRL key while clicking on each additional station All locally configured stations will appear in this list as well as any friendships with other families configured in the Friendship server If you do not select any stations or families the file will only be saved on the server Converting files to a 32k sample rate is not recommended 3 If you need to configure additional conditions for this rule click the plus icon f File Name l Is equal to Creating and Editing Content 17 WO AUTOMATION 4 Once all conditions and actions for this rule have been set click Save Rule to save your changes If you need to configure additional rules click again on the Add Rule link under Rules on the Central Server Configuration Web UI page A few tips on setting up Rules For example if you have a recurring recording that needs to be converted you could set up a rule with Title as the first selection Contains as the second selection and type news in the user defined field AMAI would process all files containing the string news in the Title field If you wanted to convert everything in the directory except files containing news in the Title field you could set a rule where Title Does not contain news You could also set up both of these rules and assign them to the same scan directory The first rule could process news
115. the rotator you can click the Play Next button to manually set the location of the next to play marker Audio Editor Title Artist Length Id Add 12 in a row country KIL jompson Creative 00 08 JIN S001 P inal intry KILT Thompson atiy O Pere FM 100 KILT female slow n CI 00 05 JIN 5003 Play Next 12 in a row country KILT Thompson Creative 00 05 JIN 5002 Move Up Move Down Restrictions Distribution Tools Name Note Length 00 10 Commit Revert With an asset highlighted it can be moved up or down in the play order or removed entirely To add new assets to the rotator click Add and follow the procedure outlined in the Creating Rotators in Audio Editor topic on page 149 If you make a mistake while editing the rotator click Revert to undo the last unsaved change When all changes are complete click Commit to save the new rotator Creating and Editing Content 155 WO AUTOMATION for Radia Creating Rotators in TLC 1 In the left hand category list highlight the category to contain the new rotator a iw Tools ee m Aeteaork Format Ripper Autiet io Tile Hal Music dit Jingles HAR Demo Music HBT Hews Actualitias Sound Effects Ceatinolione Lawl i Stalin Fiooorchon EFM GA Log Length 0o0000 000 Curen Position Ho0000 000 Star kour G0 00 00 Begin of Audio NRO000 000 FRA BS End of Awedie ORO OOO0d IH End Figur O umn O nm O
116. time of this Merge Point Stopset Duration Enter the stopset duration This is helpful for overall planning in Playlist Editor but critical if you are using Segment Rulesets This field sets the Segment Ruleset timing target Scheduling Content 313 WO AUTOMATION iLi Using Segment Ruleset Optionally select a Segment Ruleset from the drop down list Comment 1 Enter text that will display in the Title field of the Workstation Stack Comment 2 Enter text that will display in the Artist field of the Workstation Stack 11 Repeat this process of adding Workflows and Merge Points for each segment of the satellite program Creating the Satellite Background Template When all segments have been added we can add the GPl initiated elements to the Background of a Satellite Template Background elements may include Legal IDs or other closure initiated assets 1 Click on the Templates menu icon or click on the Templates option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Satellite Template Temporary Default Playlist J5 EmoGoth Hourly MAIN Delete Edit Scheduling Content 314 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Type a unique name for this new template select the Satellite Template option and click OK Templates Station PAUL FM i Create Template Station Template Name JS EmoGoth SAT Type O Hourly Template Satellite Templa
117. to insert this asset directly into a playlist You can also perform basic edits on the file itself using the Waveform Editor 5 When all attributes have been set click the Commit button to save your changes A red Commit Failed message at the top of Audio Editor may mean the asset is currently in use is locked or the connection to the server was interrupted during the commit process Wait a moment and try again Creating and Editing Content 44 WO AUTOMATION ror Radio Using the Dub List With the integration between WO Automation for Radio and WO Traffic items marked for dub in WO Traffic can easily be accessed in WOAFR using the Dub List Widget The Dub List Widget requires WO Traffic When an item is created in WO Traffic it can be assigned a Marked for Dub state materials File Edit View Help F New Edit X RecycleHouse Ss Print Refresh General Locations Misc Fields Type lt any gt m Group lt any gt Stations WOFM 7 Location lt any gt House Ad ID Advertiser Filler External Media Ref Stations Typey Groupy House Advertiser a State WOFM COMME Live Cop L003 Bluefield Florist WOFM COMME Live Cop L004 Bunny s Suburban Shoppe WOFM WORA WOICOMME Spots 0020 Coca Cola WOFM WORA WOI COMME Spots 0022 Cottonwood Cove WOFM COMME Live Cor L010 Goodykoontz Pharmacy WOFM WORA WOI COMME Spots 00286 Springburg McAndrew WOFM WORA WO COMME Spots 0029 Sunbeam Bread
118. to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn on turn green the on air audio channels In this example we have also turned the satellite channel off to ensure nothing plays from the satellite audio feed while local commercials are playing Es Update Switcher E Browse Library E Always execute this action Search Library Allow execution on standby systems mt Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS ee L Airi Air2 Air3 In 4 Satellite In6 In 7 In amp o 8688 RECORD r History Scheduling Content 305 WO AUTOMATION Creating the Optional Segment Ruleset Many times commercial breaks need to be a specific length There may be times when the schedule coming from traffic has too few commercials to fill an entire break which could cause timing problems when airing network programming Segment Rulesets allow the system to fill incomplete breaks using material from a specified category For example if a break needs to contain 3 00 but traffic only schedules 2 30 WO Automation for Radio can pick content equaling the remaining 30 from a pool of material specified by a Segment Ruleset For details on how to create a Segment Ruleset refer to page 215 Creating the Templates The templates for your network program will include an Hourly Temple including Workflows and Merge Points with optiona
119. to return to the Edit Log Format 8 menu 7 From the Edit Log Format 8 menu press 4 to select the Header Footer Design option Verify the header is blank Press F2 to save these parameters and then press ESC to return to the Edit Log Format 8 menu 8 Configure Log Format 8 using the information in the table below Any log format options not listed here must be left blank After setting each option press F2 to save your changes SELECTOR song Design for WO Automation for Radio ABREV LINE COLUMN LENGTH FONT ID 1 15 6 P AR 1 44 18 P T1 1 23 18 P EN 1 74 1 P I 1 70 2 P ME 1 11 3 P RT 1 64 5 P AH 1 1 2 P ET 1 4 5 P Scheduling Content 261 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 9 Press F7 to configure required Punctuation PUNCTUATION LINE COLUMN LENGTH FONT 1 3 1 1 9 1 P 1 10 1 P j 1 14 1 P 1 21 1 P 1 22 1 P i 1 41 1 P 1 42 1 P j 1 43 1 P 1 62 1 P 1 63 1 P 1 69 1 P f 1 72 1 P 1 73 1 P 1 75 1 P 10 Press F2 to save your punctuation changes Press ESC twice to return to the Edit Log Format 8 menu 11 From the Edit Log Format 8 menu press 2 to select the Breaknote Design option Press 1 to select Non Stopset Design Scheduling Content 262 WO AUTOMATION 12 Configure the Breaknote Design using the information in the table below Any breaknote format options not listed here must be left blank After setting each option press F2 to save your changes Screen Saved SELECTOR Breaknote Design fo
120. to small standalone applications called Widgets Containers can be added removed or resized and configured to display as many or as few Widgets as needed for each station This section will focus on the Widgets available in your WOAFR system Your system configuration may not have every Widget installed The container configuration and screen layout may also differ from the examples represented in this manual but the operational fundamentals will be consistent system to system Operational Buttons Edit Voice Track pApt yt PPP PAUL FM Delete Preview PAUL FM Hotkeys Voice Tracker Library gs Menu Widget Selection Buttons At the bottom left of the Workstation interface you will see a bank of buttons The button group on the left allows you to perform operational functions like selecting the active station or entering delete or preview mode The button group on the right will allow you to select and display the Widgets configured on your system Clicking a Widget button will display the Widget if it is not currently displayed or identify the Widget on screen if it is currently active Delivering Content 429 WO AUTOMATION for Radio The Stack Widget ae e C O The Stack gives an instant view of the on air event and upcoming events The Stack includes the tools to preview Start stop and edit events scheduled for playback The Stack has two modes of operation Automatic and Manual
121. well as step by step instructions for several music schedulers gt C Temp 100618 GEN Notepad File Edit Search View Encoding Language Settings Macro Run TextFX Plugins Window oH BHB obelg AAI Ch ele a Ral N Gala M Eso E 100618GEN SDO COM DA2032 Mt Olive College 00 59 00 00 COM DA2016 Nip Tuck 00 59 00 00 COM DA2025 NC State Fair 00 59 00 00 COM DA2029 Colony Tire 01 00 00 00 COM DA2010 Hardee s 01 00 00 00 COM DA5868 Washburn University 00 29 00 30 COM DA2024 Sunbrella Fabric 00 30 00 00 COM DA2030 Harley Davidson 01 01 00 00 COM DA0016 Bosch Power Tools 00 59 00 00 COM DA2028 Cici s Pizza 00 30 00 30 COM DA2021 Rawlings 00 30 00 Z 2 lt A a Cc p io ow O he H 13488 chars 14014 bytes Ln 1 Col 10 Sel 0 0 bytes in 0 ranges Dos Windows ANSI WOAFR requires a comma delimited ASCIl text file The file extension isn t critical although it will have to match the setting configured by your System Administration in Central Server The structure for all events is the same although different fields for different event types will require different information Ar ac enn FA NADANO 00 35 00 COM DA2029 Colony Tire 01 00 00 OM DA2030 Harley Davidson 01 01 00 ey T 7 SooC WASNDUTN WNIVETSIEY m TOTZ OTO
122. x File Edit Wiew History Bookmarks Tools Help Welcome m Central Server Configuration Apps Audio Finder Rotators Reports Software Installer Welcome UNC Launcher Welcome to WideOrbit Automation for Radio Setup Invento eee ae ry This web application is used to configure your radio automation system Use the links below or on the left to select the functionality you Import Content wish to configure Asset Fields Radio Stations Configuration Radio Stations PAUL FM PAUL HD Categories Workstations Audio Ducking Media Importer Notifications Distribution 080 COM HOT JIN Devices NAB NB1 NB2 SFX Now Playing Categories System Adobe Audition ustering Workstations Email Server Friendships AIR STUDIO7 Podcasting Build Version2 0 Build_38 2008 2009 WideOrbit e Done Creating and Editing Content 73 WO AUTOMATION for Radio T In the Export Directory field type in the UNC path to the folder that will be used as to temporarily store audio files to be edited in Audition When the Export Directory has been entered click Save Settings Adobe Audition Settings Mozilla Firefox m a x Fie Edit Wiew History Bookmarks Tools Help Adobe Audition Settings Central Server Configuration Apps Audio Finder Rotators Reports Software ER Adobe Audition Settings UNC Launcher The Adobe Audition Preferences set the temporary export directory for audio files edited from the Audio Fin
123. you to set Start and End Dates as well as allowable hourly dayparts On playback the system will skip files that are outside of their hourly and date restrictions Distribution Tab ae t as ae Distribution Sei E PAUL FM an PAUL HD The Distribution Tab controls properties related to the category and asset ID of the loaded file as well as radio station assignments Selecting the radio stations that can play this file will populate the category drop down list with categories assigned to those stations It will also dictate how audio is distributed by your Central Server Creating and Editing Content 38 WO AUTOMATION Tools Tab SS a a Properties Timers Restrictions Distribution Oo Insert this media asset into a playlist Cut copy or paste sections of this media asset import Import an audio file for this media asset Options on the Tools Tab will allow you to insert this asset directly into a playlist You can also perform basic edits on the file itself using the Waveform Editor Edits to audio file using the Waveform Editor are destructive meaning the actual audio is cut copied or pasted Once your changes are made they cannot be undone Recording Audio with Audio Editor 1 On the main Audio Editor window click New Audio Editor Select New below to create a new media asset EE Revert You can also create new files from the Library widget Clicking the New button on the Library widget wil
124. 00 00 amp History 8 Begin to enter the details required to turn on the Leader Simulcast audio See table on next page for more information about each parameter Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device A Device to update must be defined Scheduling Content 377 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Always Execute This Action Un check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Lite Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to 9 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid 5 Create Update Switcher Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PA amp UL DS Simulcast Leader Local Follower Local You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio output to turn on turn green the Leader Simulcast audio channel Update Switcher B rows e Li
125. 000 and continue to 300Z e 300 will assign numbers starting at 3000 and ending at 3009 e 300 will assign numbers starting at 300A and ending at 300Z Creating and Editing Content 15 WO AUTOMATION Set title to Set artist to Set start date to Set end date to Set cue in to Set EOM to Convert sample rate to When using wildcards to generate asset numbers remember AMAI will not overwrite existing media assets in the specified range Also when all numbers in the specified range are exhausted no further files will be imported and a message will be recorded in the Central Server diagnostic log This option is disabled when f File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Check this option to enable this rule attribute and set the Title tag of all incoming files with the specified value Check this option to enable this rule attribute and set the Artist tag of all incoming files with the specified value Check this option to enable this rule attribute and set the processed file s Start Date A specific date can be entered using the MM DD YY format Wildcards are also supported 0 equals today n is also allowed where n specifies the number of days For example 1 equals tomorrow while 7 equals seven days from today Check this option to enable this rule attribute and set the processed file s End Date A specific date can be entered using the MM DD YY format Wildcards are also supported 0 eq
126. 1 00 00 00 7 T 8 EOD 0 33 111 OK Write all Metadata At the start of the file Cancel _ At the end of the file Version 01 01 Help Field Description Title Type in the title to be displayed in WOAFR Artist Type in the artist to be displayed in WOAFR Cut Num ID Type in the four digit WOAFR Media Asset number This will be used to automatically generate the filename for this audio file Client ID Not used with WO Automation for Radio Category Type in the three character WOAFR Category code This will be used to automatically generate the filename for this audio file Classification Not used with WO Automation for Radio Out Cue Type in the Note Trivia text to be displayed in WOAFR User Defined Text Type in the Outcue description to be displayed in WOAFR Optionally Release Year can be included if separated using a pipe character For example Cold 1998 or F 2003 Creating and Editing Content 65 WO AUTOMATION for Radio URL Not used with WO Automation for Radio Start Date Type in the Start Date to be displayed in WOAFR and used for in date out of date processing This field will default to today s date Use the format YYYY MM DD Start Hour Type in the Start Hour to be displayed in WOAFR and used for in date out of date processing This will default to 00 00 00 Use the format HH MM SS in 24 hour time End Date Type in the End Date to be displayed in WOAFR and used for in date out of date
127. 28 0563 The Safety Dance Men Without Hats TFN 02 42 0566 99 Luftballoons Nena TFN 03 46 E _ gt Destinations Cut ID Stations Recorded Network A Log Length 00 00 00 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 0 0db Title Year Artist Ending Note Start Date 4 7 2010 Start Hour oo gt 00 00 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 End Date TFN EndHour 00 59 59 End of Audio 00 00 00 000 u m e intro e o m record level g 080 Local 20 files 3 668 MB DSP0 Ready DL Waiting 0 2 Double click on the audio to edit from the center file list Irim Labela Convert Fie Edit View Tools Help D x Ca g B z amp New Copy Delete Re Nam Title 080 80s Music COM Commercials Artist Day By Day Hooters 0544 Tempted Squeeze TFN 03 44 0546 Ran So Far Away A Flock Of Seagulls TFN 03 34 0547 Mickey Toni Basil TFN 03 21 a 0549 Shake It Up Cars TFN 03 23 0555 Caught Up In You 38 Special TFN 04 25 0556 DerKommissar After The Fire TFN 04 01 0559 Goody Two Shoes Adam Ant TFN 03 2 0562 Crumblin Down John Cougar Mellencamp TFN 03 28 0563 The Safety Dance Men Without Hats TFN 02 42 99 Luftballoons Nena TFN 03 46 Network A Cut ID Recorded Log Length 00 00 00 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 Left IN 1 51611 0 0db
128. 3 05 19 O O o Status Playing unknown audio AUTOMATIC Output 0 Next 1 Current Audio 0 00 ON AIR Unknown 14 05 01 Walk The Dinosaur 24 3 26 P gt Was Not Was 14 04 14 080 8790 This is referred to as the Adopted Entry If Workstation is in Automatic mode the EOM of the Adopted Entry will still start the next event Do not manually start the next event in the stack while the Adopted Entry is playing Fading re cuing or pausing the Adopted Entry is also not recommended Delivering Content 438 WoO AUTOMATION Em p Sassi tor Radio Player Widget The Player Widget allows you to play a media asset on a specific audio output There can be one Player Widget for every audio output on a given system The Player Widget functions as the SS32 Version 5 Live Mode or Maestro s cart deck function Getting to Know the Player Widget A NIGHT SHOW P gt Joe 2 45 Ref 1 2 3 4 MIGHT SHOW BED 1 BED 0170 i Fj Player 2 Field Play Pause Resume Stop Eject Media Asset Label Player Name Description Once an asset is loaded clicking this button will start playing the asset on the configured audio channel Clicking the button while an asset is playing will pause playback Clicking the button again will resume playback If this button is clicked without a loaded asset the Player Widget will load and play the next to air event from the Stack Widget If the loaded asset is playin
129. 4 8005 b KARIT TEEN Accept Close Creating and Editing Content 137 WO AUTOMATION Before cutting copying or pasting a region that region must first be selected Regions can be selected one of two ways By swiping the waveform with your mouse This approach works best when dealing with simple waveforms as it can be difficult to accurately pinpoint the desired begin and end points of your region Using the Zoom In Zoom Out tool at the top right of the Waveform Editor can increase your accuracy Once zoomed in the Zoom region will appear in the center Editing pane and will be highlighted by the slider in the bottom Waveform pane Clicking on and dragging the highlight in the Waveform pane will allow you to quickly navigate the full audio file Waveform Editor Editing Just Like Starting Over Preview Stop Zoom In 1600 Zoom Out 00 00 00 w 0200s P 6 B 9 CG Accept Close By marking the begin point and the end point of the region using the braces buttons The left hand brace button sets the being point while the right hand brace sets the end point Position the playback cursor with either the mouse or with the touch screen scroll buttons and press the appropriate brace button to select the region The brace buttons also function during preview playback dropping the begin or end point markers when pressed while the audio is playing Creating and Editing Content 138 WO AUTOMATION Lal LI Li 4
130. 5 Edit an Existing Asset Using Audio Editor 1 Load an asset in Audio Editor One way to do this is to select the asset in the Library Widget and click the Edit button 2 Click the Waveform Editor button to open the waveform editor for this asset 5 The Waveform Editor allows you to modify an audio file by cutting copying and pasting regions of audio Before cutting or copying a region that region must first be selected Regions can be selected one of two ways By swiping the waveform with your mouse This approach works best when dealing with simple waveforms as it can be difficult to accurately pinpoint the desired begin and end points of your region B By marking the begin point and the end point of the region using the braces buttons during audio playback The left hand brace button sets the being point while the right hand brace sets the end point The brace buttons only function during preview playback dropping the begin or end point markers when pressed while the audio is playing 4 Once a region is selected press the cut or copy button You can then position the cursor in the file and paste the region from the clipboard or click Accept to save your changes without pasting the region back into the file To clear a selected region click on the Selected from label Any set begin or end points will be cleared in the file Edits made in the Waveform Editor are destructive You may use the Undo and Redo butto
131. 51 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Inserting the Scheduled Special Program Most Special Programs are based on closures so they are scheduled in the regular playlist as a background event using the Load Playlist workflow action If the Special Program is to be loaded based on time it can instead be added to the Sequential playlist 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Playlists option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and double click on the desired date WED THU ou BEBE i F a ia 3s 7 19 19 wa zaal Scheduling Content 352 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 With the Background option selected in the top right corner right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry PAUL FM Friday 8 27 10 Schedule Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Create New Entry Ctrl N x Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F d Q feel Save Copy as Playlist Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Browse Library T Create Podcast Episode Search Library Customize table je Deleted Entries no selection History 4 Select the option for Workflow Actions and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Scheduling Content 353 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 Select the option for Load Playlist
132. AA 471 PEVE TID C OUN oiar s a i E E R E E E 472 TU ONRET PIY Sa a E E N E E NEO NEN ONEONE 473 Moving Events in the HAVES Uo ce vretcoszecotccovacxtonecstoscenseeests encvzetetenaes tc umes esicenetopnects revires o oro Verri dN EETA NESNESE eN EANAN S OS NESES rora b ii Eea iE 474 CODO EVET E R a E O A O NA 475 Adding Events tothe Playlist cars eccarcrncsctccscsessis cepa aeoseon a ease ee suesonieeensan anaes niani SIENE r EASES SNARES NASAAN ARASAN IEAA EEEO SEESE 476 Deleting Events from the IPI IISIsscssssssssesancssceseseasaesancticoassgudsioenetisas aniasevartioe eatin eons NEE NESRIMERIO NILE 476 Restoring Deleted Events ssa ccesaviscncaceavvecstn cena vaesiserauetsesstvsavnsessa vases savnscseunsceusurstentsvavwseesaestiaeeestesseavane tuncesiutestsresteutepeerosssuceestqneeseuts 477 Previewing Events in the PIA VIS sieercessmaiccmisieraninmonanretnmntein einen blannimnanarmnawolineonaenmenne 478 EU SG EE E E ENE E E 479 Getting to Know the Segue Editor Interface seseessseessseessseesssecesseesssecessecessecssseceuseceseceuseeesseeessecesseceoseceoseressseesseeesserees 479 Selecting Events for Editing sese ssseessseessseessseessseessseeesseessseeesseeessecesecessseessecessecessecessecessetessetesseeeosetesseceoseeeoseteoseeosstesseeesseeees 480 Executing the Segue Fe EN aot scr aecuessanesensovasiccoustrsienseusansessnvoeess wove N N AEA 481 Audio Editori dge Teea E E E ETNEA ENTEN stots ENOTA 482 Getting to Know the Audio Editor Wi
133. ATION for Radio 2 Click Start to start the precut playback By default the precut will begin playing back 10 seconds from the EOM Voice Tracker 1E H ga Berreg Preview Start Play Precut completely Hide Postcut Playlist Seque 14 41 23 Cool It Now New Edition 0 18 407 14 45 21 VoiceTrack No audio data 1445 51 Cuts Like A Knife Bryan Adams 0 10 4 00 Clicking the Play Precut Completely button will override the default precut playback duration If the precut is a non audio event you will be able to begin recording your voice track immediately as there will be no precut audio to play back Creating and Editing Content 122 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 The Start button caption will change to Start VT Click the Start Start VT button when you are ready to record the voice track Voice Tracker Preview Start VT s Play Precut completely Hide Postcut Hotkeys Playlist Segue 14 41 23 Cool It Now New Edition 0 18 4 07 36 dB 36 dB 0 03 14 45 21 VoiceTrack 1445 51 Cuts Like A Knife Bryan Adams 0 10 00 If the precut reaches EOM before you click Start VT the recording will start automatically Creating and Editing Content 123 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 If there is an audio postcut visible the Start button caption will change to Postcut Click the Start Postcut button to start playing the postcut event Voice Tracker Postcut a 5 Play Precut completely Hide Postcut Playlist
134. Artist Commen Cat White Lion When you drop an event in the schedule it will be added to the playlist directly above the event you drop it on In the example above Wait will be inserted into the schedule just above Things Can Only Get Better resulting in possibly the woosiest segue ever to hit the air Scheduling Content 407 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Modifying Single Events Manually 1 After opening the playlist to be edited find the event to be modified Either scroll to the location in the playlist or click on an hour on the Jump Bar to jump to a specific point in the playlist 2 Click on the event to modify Details about the event can be modified in the Playlist Editor Details pane Changes are immediately and automatically updated in the Workstation Stack and in other instances of Playlist Editor oot fe By 5 Gad PAUL FM Friday 9 3 10 Schedule Jueni Background fe Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 ActLen Sch Len 12 11 44 Easy Lover Philip Bailey with Phil Collin 04 42 04 42 12 16 26 Be Good To Yourself Journey 03 36 03 36 12 20 00 STOPSET COM FILL 03 00 03 00 Mt Olive College 12 20 59 Nip Tuck 12 21 58 NC State Fair 12 22 57 Relax Come Fighting Frankie Goes To Hollywood CA Playable Entry E Browse Library Sync Point Search Library Type Digital Audio Zi Category COM File number 2032 ie Deleted Entries Title Mt Olive College Scheduled duration 00 59
135. Comment 2 Comment 3 Cancel Field Notes Sync Point Required While typically set to Do Not Move this Merge Point event can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Setting the Sync Point to any option other than None will result in an additional field allowing you to specify the Sync Point time Hard amp Soft Sync types should only be used in unattended hours These sync types can remove events from the schedule without warning which may confuse live operators Stopset Required Enter a stopset duration This is helpful for overall planning in Playlist Editor Duration but critical if you are using Segment Rulesets This field sets the Segment Ruleset timing target Using Optional Optionally select a Segment Ruleset from the drop down list Segment Segment Rulesets allow the system to fill incomplete breaks using material from a Ruleset specified category compensating for occasions when the schedule coming from traffic has too few commercials to fill an entire mandatory break Comment1 Recommended Enter text that will display in the Title field of the Workstation Stack Comment2 Recommended Enter text that will display in the Artist field of the Workstation Stack Comment3 Optional Enter text that will be stored in the event s Notes field Scheduling Content 288 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Playable Entry Sequential Only Playable
136. Confirm the action by clicking OK on the pop up dialog box Confim Save As Default Playlist This operation will save a copy of the current playlist as the default playlist for the station If there is an existing default playlist for this station it will be overwritten If you use templates to create default playlists if you change or modify the template that is set as default remember to update the default by repeating the procedures outlined here Scheduling Content 295 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Satellite Programming Both Hourly and Satellite templates are typically used for satellite delivered network programs Each set of templates accommodate one hour of programming but can be re used for multiple hours Even a minor change like an alternate rejoin liner or differences in the top of the hour break duration will require a unique clock You should be familiar with Workflows and Segment Rulesets before building templates for satellite programming Device Server should be configured and running if you are going to be using closures All templates must be assigned a unique name and cannot have the same name as any other template workflow or format You will create a workflow for each unique segment of the hour you are building Segment Rulesets can be created to fill the spot breaks merge points in the template or you can add specific media assets to fill the breaks If the schedule has the same sequence of events througho
137. Create Send GP Output E Always execute this action El Allow execution on standby systems State LatchHigh LatchLow Pulse 4s GP Output must be defined Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked GP Output From the drop down list select the GP output State Select the action to perform Latch Latch the specified output to a high state High Latch Low Latch the specified output to a low state Pulse Pulse the specified output If the output is high it is pulsed low and vice versa Scheduling Content 210 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Send IP Message Transmit a text message via IP 5 Create Send IP Message E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Address Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is
138. D D E E NEE ET E E ETE NEE 24 The Upload MSS s ssesssesseessesseesseessesseesseessesseesseeseesseeseoseesseeseesseoseesstoseeusteseeoseesstostesstessesstesstoseeusteustostesstoseeutenseoseeostesstestesseeseeesee 25 The Destinations LiStocisisessrenririsa renns nrnna EE ANNEE N NE raa EEr RN NaN EEANN N ATAR rE NN ERAEN EEANN 25 TRE PEVET R C OT I a E EE E AE 26 Converting Audio Files With TUC wasacsssecussnesissssadecesantsteavencsunsnssusenseiaetanaces i iain ennduanatiennttncanions 28 Importing Audio with Audio EditOrf s sseesssesssessseesseessecosseosscssscesseessecosscosseeseeosecosecosseosseesseeosecosecosscesseesstesseeosseosscosseesseesseosseesseesss 31 Creating NeW AUdiOsseesissicrannairiiii ni E ENAERE OCS NENA 35 introd cing Audio Editor acs cayacerecazsvasecancovesss oueyccnvacaducoescis tayssavousy apa contsreisantsavaunseeaensavannoaietein nipenistetanwennanmenseienvies 36 Getting to Know the Audio Editor Interface sa cliscesersssassssrsscstacestsstestiosascernenntsiestvcrsteriarasertartecanstiianvianiacsatsasniasteies 36 BPTI OFS T Denaren yeaa ences E A E ET N E OERA NEO E ORATE A 37 a EE o E S E AN E E AE ANE T S AAN EE A E N A 37 POSTAC CUES TA D eaa E E E E A OAN IE EEEN ATO OAEI AE 38 DTO FA EENE EE A NEE EEEE OA E EA E E O EE E EA 38 TOO T e A E E E A E E E E teeertactecetonateseess 39 Recording Audio with Audio EditOrT swsusssssonssmsineninaan n 39 Veino the DUS L oran AEA AREA EA AEA AE EE EA 45 Recording Audio with TEC
139. Days To Christmas Shout 0 08 Page 1 5 keys EDIT MODE Page 2 Empty EDIT MODE 8 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 4 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 Click the Edit button and click New Page to add a new page ON P 7 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 3 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 ka New Page Delivering Content 452 WO AUTOMATION al La Li 3 Type a name for the Hotkey page and click the green Confirm button index Hotkeys Wh Edit Hotkey Page g Page 1 5 k Title Christmas Liners 4 Repeat these steps as necessary to add more Hotkey pages When all pages have been configured click the flashing Edit button to exit Edit mode Editing Hotkey Pages While in Edit mode you can change the names of existing pages or change the order of the pages 1 In the Hotkey Widget click the Index button to view the pages list Hotkeys 4 ri ay r 10 Days To Christmas Shout 9 Days To Christmas Shout 8 Days To Christmas Shout 7 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 6 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 2 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 0 02 5 Days To Christmas Shout 0 08 0 02 4 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 0 02 3 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 Delivering Content 453 WO AUTOMATION 2 Click the Edit button to enter Edit mode Hotkeys 4 gt New Page Page 1 5 keys EDIT MODE Page 2 Empty EDIT MODE 3 Click on on
140. E E E A E OE T EON 405 Dee EVON EE E E E ERA E 406 Restoring Deleted Evento simeso OEE EEEE Ea 407 Modifying Single Events Manually ses ssssssesssssessssseesssseesssseessssseesssseesssseeossseeosseeossseeessseeessseerossserossserossseroossseesssereossserossseesssees 408 Modifying Multiple Events Using the Search Playlist FUNCION sssseesssseesssseesssssesssseeesnsseeossseeessseeeosseeeosseeeoseeeossserossseee 409 FOW DOL aee A E E EA EA A ERA EAT E eer err 414 e CEE WOON Firei E E N A E AA EAA OEE OA OAAR 415 Create a Segment Ruleset ssessseesssesssessseesseesseesssessseesseesseeosecosscesseeseeoseconscesseesseesseeosecosscesseesseesseeosseosseesseesseesseeoseesserssersseeos 416 Introducing WO Automation for Radio 6 WO AUTOMATION a ME Ee a ING WY FEDE E NRE E EEN A ENET 417 sE CM AI EIS UNC TEMPIE ern E E A EE 418 sgl SCV a Default Playlist secmnsiunnirnnia oE E OSa 419 Assign Templates to an Existing Format sssesesessseesssesssersseesseessecosscenseesseesseeosecossrsseeosecosecosseesseesseeoseeosseossersseeoseeoseeossee 420 OPV AFON E a E E AA E EAA E E 421 Create a Format for Special Scheduling sssessssessssesssseessseessseeosseeosseeosseessseeosseeosseosseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosseeessrresseeesseee 422 meee FO E EEE MAIO T E EE E A casi onsen ease aes eeeeeestanaioe ie nae eee 424 Su OUI AP OTA e E A O A ETE E EEE E E 425 pig OO cel Mays HOF EGINO aas a E EI E O AEE AE OAE 426 Resto
141. E OU E a On AIR Faay p gt bec Wale Up n HOO CantLive Withowt Youri Dont Fear The Reaper ait a Ee Copter Ca Whos doomin Wna 44 4 33 Apia Frank i T3 T Cici s Pirra hoo Wop oniyi Good Tm p Aust Deed in Tour Arms iduri Died in Your arms Cutting Crew Cung Crew Osn Every Mente Of amp 05555 Hotkeys STOPSET OOM FILL Mt Olive College i f Cee ye ee Wep oly Cae Ine E ore J KOO a ie Forti Carolina State Fair Led Beebe Specie Peg e Click the Delete icon next to the item to delete 3 Exit Delete Mode by clicking the Delete Mode Active tag at the top of the Workstation interface or by clicking the Delete trash can button at the bottom of the screen Not only can you delete items in the Playlist you can enter Delete Mode to remove future events from the Stack Widget or Hotkeys if a Hotkey palette is in Edit mode Delivering Content 476 WO AUTOMATION Restoring Deleted Events 1 On the Playlist Widget Tool Bar click the More button and select Deleted Entries 2 On the Deleted Playlist Entries window click on the event to restore and click the Restore button Deleted Playlist Entries Title Artist Leng Media Local Gym J Smith 0 28 COM 2546 Restore Close 3 Manual Insert icons will appear next to each future entry in the Playlist Widget Click the Insert icon where the deleted event should be restored Delivering Content 477 WO AUTOMATION
142. Editing Content 159 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 Double click on the rotator to edit from the center file list Fie Edit View Tools Help th anne ina E suena ees e a ce Format Ripper New Copy Delete Renum Find Network Tag Artist 080 80s Music Day By Day Hooters COM Commercials 0544 Tempted Squeeze TFN 03 44 0546 Ran So Far Away A Flock Of Seagulls TFN 03 34 0547 Mickey Toni Basil TFN 03 21 0549 Shake It Up Cars TFN 03 23 0555 Caught Up In You 38 Special TFN 04 25 0558 Der Kommissar After The Fire TFN 04 01 0559 Goody Two Shoes Adam Ant TFN 03 27 0562 Crumblin Down John Cougar Mellencamp TFN 03 28 a 0563 The Safety Dance Men Without Hats TFN 02 42 FY VT 99 Luftballoons Nena TFN 03 46 S Det send Log oo r s d fr e A Cut ID Recorded Network A Log Length 00 00 00 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 0 0db Title Year Arist Ending Note Start Date 47 2010 Start Hour 00 00 00 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 End Date 4 7 2010 TFN EndHour 00 59 59 EndofAudio s Fe Pm r i i f oon ome _ vy a record level 080 Local 20 files 3 868 MB DSP0 Ready DL Waiting 0 6 Make the required changes To Add new assets to this rotator click Add a Trim Label amp Convert eco fia File Edr View Toole Help D l dh S E
143. Follower are in two different time zones Sample Join Leader JL event entry Scheduling Content 389 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Key fields for Leave Leader LL commands Field Notes Sync Recommended LL Workflow actions may be scheduled using either Hard or Soft Sync point Typically this event would be hard synced to leave a Simulcast segment ID Required The tag LL identifies a Leave Leader Workflow action Title Optional If setting this as a Hard Sync event the first 5 characters set the Sync time or the time the Simulcast should end entered as MM SS Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Sample Leave Leader LL event entry OL 005 7 lily Tlo 00 Opt Stack Text i 77573 Scheduling Content 390 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Scheduling Follower Commands Using a Template The Join Leader command may be scheduled each midnight using a template created in Playlist Editor ONLY if the Follower is always in simulcast mode and never leaves the Leader for independently programmed dayparts Playlist Editor Soe ee P i ig E a Me i PAUL HD Thursday 8 12 10 Schedule Background fit O Time Syne Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 C File ActLen Sch Len In Fa I 60 00 00 do not Join Leader 00 00 00 00 00 3 00 4 00 5 00 6 00 F200 B 00 3 00 13 00 14 00 15 00 6 0 00 16 00 19 00 20 00 1 0 S1 Search Library Always execute this action El
144. L DS 00 15 00 00 04 00 1003 LSLOCAL on PAUL DS 00 10 00 00 02 00 1004 LSLOCAL on PAUL DS 00 10 00 LSLOCAL on PAUL DS 00 10 00 Creating and Editing Content 104 10 11 WO AUTOMATION for Radio The final step is to switch off the audio from your audio switcher From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher action Type Update Switcher PAUL FM Dr Laura Hour 1 Segmented Record Workflow Title Comment 1 Update Switcher action Dr Laura Hour 1 ONOR ea Actions Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Time Announce U e Switcher Wait mW E Browse Library Search Library fe Deleted Entries amp History EA Segmented Recording E Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Category shw Title Dr Laura Hour 1 Artist Trivia Start Date 0 End Date 1 Start Hour 0 End Hour 6 Start recording Immediately ko Maximum Recording Duration 01 00 00 Wait for this to finish before moving on Distribution Audio parameters Cut specific parameters Applies to only one cut in the series E Show recorded date time in trivia m Begin to enter the details required to turn off your network audio See table on next page for details about each parameter E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standb
145. Live Copy will be displayed in the widget The Live Copy text may be saved in a WOAFR category as either TXT plain text files or RTF rich text files E Create Live Copy Entry Sync Point Category 2 File number nn Mote 1 New Live Copy Note 2 Note 3 Field Notes Sync Point Required While typically set to None this Live Copy event can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Setting the Sync Point to any option other than None will result in an additional field allowing you to specify the Sync Point time Hard amp Soft Sync types should only be used in unattended hours These sync types can remove events from the schedule without warning which may confuse live operators Category Required This refers to the WOAFR category where the Live Copy is stored File Number Required The Live Copy file s four character asset ID number Note 1 Recommended Text that will appear in the Title field of the Workstation stack Note 2 Recommended Text that will appear in the Artist field of the Workstation stack Note 3 Optional Text that will be stored in the event s Note field Scheduling Content 286 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Memo Sequential Only Memo events can be used to display notes in the Workstation Stack at specific points in the schedule They can be remind operators to take transmitter readings unlock the door for the morning team
146. N 0020 Doo Wop only Goo 0 07 JIN 0022 Keep Feeling Fas Human League F35 MAH 0414 You Gotta Fight F Beastie Boys bed Wakin Up on 0 10 JIN O017 I Just Died In Your Cutting Crew 4 40 080 0236 Shake Shake Sha KC and The Sunshine 3 02 MAB 1397 Your Love Has Lift Coolidge Rita 4 12 3 19 MAB 0387 324 NAB O071 Close Enter search criteria for the asset to add Click the asset in the library to add it to the MSMA Repeat these steps until you have added all of the assets for this rotator You will need at least one asset for each station All assets added to the MSMA should be of the same duration When you have added all assets click Commit to save your changes Creating and Editing Content 168 WIDE ORBIT How Do Creating and Editing Content Feel to make copies of these How Do I cheat sheets Post them around the station They are intended to offer simple reminders to help with common WO Automation for Radio tasks We hope you will find them useful as you train and re train your staff If you have comments on these documents would like to suggest improvements or have ideas for future documents please email rasdocuments wideorbit com Use TLC to Convert Audio Files to WOAFR Format 1 Copy or move the files to be converted to your local TLC Audio Directory making sure to put the files in the right category 2 In TLC double click on the corre
147. Phair Liz 2 0 22 5 41 28 AM JIN S050 12 3 21 741 51 AM 100 5450 Click on the Move button of event where you would like the moved event to be placed The moved event will be inserted in that position and the other events will be moved down in the Stack Inserting Events Events can be inserted from either the Library Widget or the Hotkey Widget 1 To insert an event from the Library Widget click on the event you would like to insert into the Stack PAUL FM Select the posRion where you would A a 6 15 18 25 E AUTOMATIC p ON AIR E STOPSET at 4 ME Olive College E 4 IA Korth Cerslina State Fair STU Ge th Hem Inserted Seiecied seori bed Wainy lp EHT E Libra revere Search Clear q gt nn E 8 Droma bech KOOL 105 WU a Lennon dir x mir oo bed Waa Up on KOO l Cant Live Withowt Tourno Dont Fear the Reaper heas Blue Criar C ff iji erag hoo Wop oniy Good Tem Aust Deed An Yor Arms Ql ust Died in four Arms Cutting Crew Cury Crw Hotheys ie Wep miy Cad Ine bee et A 1 a a i Sheu PEL Delivering Content 434 WO AUTOMATION rn Radio a weg ror use To insert an event from the Hotkey Widget first enter Hotkey Edit mode by clicking on the Edit button on the Hotkey palette Click on the event you would like to insert into the Stack Selected hotkey Doo Wop only Go X Search Clear 4 a like the item ins
148. Rulesets option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Skim Ruleset Skim Rulesets Station PAUL FM x Title Creating and Editing Content 111 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Set the attributes for this Skim Ruleset When all attributes have been set click OK to save your changes Create Skim Title Artist Categor Encoding PCM MP2 Sample rate 32K Maximum recording duration 00 00 00 A Please enter a skim title Field Description Station Title Artist Category Start Trigger Stop Trigger Audio Input Encoding Sample Rate Maximum Recording Duration Select a station from the drop down box Type a Title to be applied to the recorded skim segments Type an Artist to be applied to the recorded skim segments Select a category that will store all recorded skim segments New skim segments will be automatically assigned a Media Asset Number based on the next available number in this category The Trivia field of the media asset will indicate when the segment was recorded A skim segment recorded at 17 23 on April 23 2010 would show Recorded 04 23 2010 17 23 Select the trigger configured to indicate when the segment should be created and start recording Select the trigger configured to indicate when the segment should stop recording Select the input that will provide the audio for the skim segment Se
149. Science ASI cards must have a driver newer than version 03 10 08 Audio Science driver version 3 14 10 is recommended Introducing WO Automation for Radio 5 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Organizational Architecture Servers Radio Stations and Workstations WO Automation for Radio is organized into several functional components Central Servers perform vital back end functions for a single site such as distributing newly recorded audio within a single site Central Servers also store master copies of all audio files Running as a service on server class hardware Central Server provides a single system configuration point Central Server Friendship Server Central Server through the Configuration Web User Interface handles audio distribution is responsible for pulling new audio into your system manages email notifications and merges music and traffic schedules Multiple Central Servers may be interconnected using a Friendship Server allowing stations in different markets states or countries to share resources like audio assets Radio Stations are functional groups that share common audio and music and traffic schedules Workstations are the computers that will see the most action Running WO Automation for Radio Workstation software operators use workstations to record and play back audio files Workstations host physical audio cards referred to as Audio Systems and can contain large hard drives to store audio files
150. Start Date 4 12 2010 StartHour 00 gt 00 00 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 End Date 12 31 2099 TFN End Hour 23 59 59 End of Audio 9 00 00 30 000 B LARAS intro e o m record level Make any necessary edits including adding Title and Artist information and click Save to save your changes After editing your file don t forget to add it to the Upload Queue and send it to a destination Creating and Editing Content 171 Configure AMAI to Convert Audio Files to WOAFR Format 1 Click on the Media Importer link in the Configuration section of the left hand menu of the Central Server Configuration Web UI 2 Add a scan directory Click the Add Directory link under Directories on the Central Server Configuration Web UI page Scan directories should already exist AMAI will not automatically create directories as they are configured For a local directory type the path to the scan directory in the Path field and click Add Directory Add Directory Enter the path to be scanned below Enter a local path to import media content from a local path Examples of valid local paths are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems Drive letters may also be used e g c folder but may not work in all cases To import media content from an FIP site enter ftp lt address gt Additional fields will appear for username password and work folde
151. Stop Button Record Level Knob Rec Button Save Button Position Slider Typically used to store and display a song s original record year Displays Artist information for this cut Typically used to store and display a song s end type C for a cold ending or F for a fade ending for example Displays additional information for this cut This can be used for simple trivia notes Determines the period the file will be available to play on air Determines the period the file will be available to play on air Sets or displays the point in the file where audible sound starts and ends These settings are normally used for trimming silence from a file Used to begin playback of the selected file or to begin recording on a new file after the Rec Record Ready button has been pressed Indicates the point where the vocals on the audio file begin This value can be set manually by typing a value in seconds in the box or by clicking the Set button or pressing the SPACE bar during recording or playback Plays back the audio file from the EOM point to the end of the file Sets or displays the number of seconds from the EOM point to the end of the file Stops playback or recording Adjusts the record level as you click and hold the mouse key on the knob moving it back or forward Puts the player into Record Ready mode Commits all changes to the loaded file Represents your current position within the loaded file The slider will also in
152. Surrounded in quotes this field must include the following information separated by the pipe symbol e Name of the Leader Radio Station of the station acting as the Leader e Name of the Workstation hosting the Leader Radio Station e Name of the Follower Simulcast Workflow Action to execute after each split stopset e Name of the Follower Breakaway Workflow Action to execute before each split stopset e Time offset to be used only when the Leader and Follower are in two different time zones Sample Join Leader JL event entry Key fields for Leave Leader LL commands Field Notes Sync Recommended LL Workflow actions may be scheduled using either Hard or Soft Sync point Typically this event would be hard synced to leave a Simulcast segment ID Required The tag LL identifies a Leave Leader Workflow action Title Optional If setting this as a Hard Sync event the first 5 characters set the Sync time or the time the Simulcast should end entered as MM SS Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Sample Leave Leader LL event entry Oise 00r bl Lot00 Opt Stack Text rrrori Scheduling Content 229 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Voice Tracks Voice tracks allow segues between events to be pre recorded When scheduling voice tracks the ID should be scheduled as JoinTypel The first part of the ID is the Join Type which tells the system how to attach the voice track to othe
153. Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Cat File Act Len e e Create New Entry Ctrl N x Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V 4 Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table er Mk Sch Len In Fa E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries amp History no selection Cancel Creating and Editing Content 108 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 16 Select Execute Workflow and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Execute Workflow Workflow Actions 17 Enter the details for this Workflow event When all details have been entered click OK See table on next page for details about each parameter Activate at This time of day E When this playlist loads Execute Immediately O First time signal is received O Every time signal is received Signal None Deactivate at 00 00 00 Keep active when switching playlists F Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems T Estimated length Creating and Editing Content 109 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Activate at Workflows can execute based on time or when the playlist loads Execute Workflows can execute immediately at the scheduled time or only when an external signal is received If the workflow should execute based on an external
154. Title E Year Artist Ending Note Start Date 4 7 2010 Start Hour 00 00 00 Begin of udio a0 00 00 000 TFN EndHour 00 59 59 EndofAudio 000000000 O O a record level 080 Local 20 files 3 868 MB DSP0 Ready DL Waiting 0 Creating and Editing Content 142 WO AUTOMATION for Onin MP Ao 3 Trim the file and set the Intro and EOM points Set Begin of Audio point e Press F1 to play back from the beginning of the file e Pressing the or key will adjust the Begin of Audio timer 1 seconds Pressing the or key while holding down the CTRL key will adjust the timer in increments of 1 second while pressing the or key while holding down the SHIFT key will adjust the timer in increments of 10 seconds Set End of Audio point e Press F7 to play back the last 5 seconds of the file e Pressing the or key will adjust the End of Audio timer 1 seconds Pressing the or key while holding down the CTRL key will adjust the timer in increments of 1 second while pressing the or key while holding down the SHIFT key will adjust the timer in increments of 10 seconds Set the Intro Time e Press F1 to play back from the beginning of the file e Pressing the SPACE bar or clicking the Intro Set button will set the Intro time Set the EOM e Press F6 to play back the last 5 seconds of the file e Pressing the SPACE bar will set the EOM time You can also fine adjust the EOM by c
155. Tracks from the list of options If more than one station is configured for this instance of workstation select the right station and then select the day to voice track You will cycle through each step of the Voice Tracking process by clicking the green microphone button Voice Tracker Preview Stop Previous Next Start n a Hide Postcut Hotkeys Playlist Segue 14 41 23 Cool It Now New Edition 0 18 4 07 14 45 21 VoiceTrack No audio data 14 45 51 Cuts Like A Knife Bryan Adams 0 10 4 00 2 Click the green microphone button labeled Start to start the precut playback By default the precut will begin playing back 10 seconds from the EOM If the precut is a non audio event you will be able to begin recording your voice track immediately as there will be no precut audio to play back Creating and Editing Content 180 WO AUTOMATION _ J E F a for Radio 3 Click the green microphone button now labeled Start VT when you are ready to record the voice track If the precut reaches EOM before you click Start VT the recording will start automatically A If there is an audio postcut visible click the green microphone button now labeled Postcut to start playing the postcut event If the postcut is a non audio event or has been hidden by enabling the Hide Postcut option the third press of the Start button will perform all of the following tasks instead of allowing you to start a Postcut e Halt the playb
156. U TN MSO E E canes EA E E R ote iene saticae 205 BK a E E E E E ase cassava tonesaascsaverane A AEE E EA A 206 Deactivate MOJE anai T E E E ETOO EEAO 207 TOCANDO UN OE eea R E E A E AAAA AEE E AEA E 207 SAUE AA a A E E E E E O E E E TT 208 LOCRI UNIOR SC I n E E E E E E E E cee neem 209 Sna OP OUO UI aea E E E O AEAN O OA ANAA 210 Send IP MESSAGE nrerin ane i A TEE EENE OTEA COAR 211 Send Serial Message es sssessseesseesssessseesseesseesseeosscesscesseesseeosseoneesseesseeosscosscosseesseroseesserosseosscessersseesseeosseosscosstoseeoseeosseesseesseesseeos 212 SEa OV I Oe PE E E E E EE T E E E EE 213 L E E E AE E E EE EA A E E E A A E E E saticane 214 Creating comet RUGS O S saancssacccucazssceamaccavansszsdaaasinaeusasansa A S E E 215 Scheduling Commercials in a Traffic Scheduler seseessseessseesssecsssecsssecsssecessecesseceoseeesseeesseeoseeeoseeeosseeosseeosseeosserosseeosserossreosseresss 220 Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler sse sssesssessseesseesssesssessseesseessecosecosseesseesseesscosseesseesseeosecosscosseesseesseeoserosseosserssersseeoseeossee 221 B SEEE E a E E IENE OON VOT E AT VENTE E E ET N 223 Meroe POIN asin eA E EE E T EEE N E S E E SS 224 VOC OPV a E E E E 225 RALE RI O RREPA NEEE OENE EE A EA E NE EAA EN E AE IN EN IIE N E E E 226 VEIT O eaaa E E E EEE NE EEEE AE EON EEE E OAE EAN 227 Leader Follower Workflow ACtIONnS sessessssseesssseesssseessssseesssseeossseeonssecsssseerossseessserossseesssseross
157. W Joe NIGHT SHOVY BED 2 Dream S sd Walon Up an ar Sar 10 Wap entyy Dan EOT Dime t sist Liked Starting Lennon dot Bis HA 1d nie Say AT Satay Cats 1s 25 1ea sur Love Hus Lifts Lennon Jon aoe T nt Live AIh aUR heen ij CATET C uan iad n Yain Cutia Crew 12 mim i yep Feeling Fasc Haman Leas i ee li T i Can Sum Rack no tighi Ranger haB H ays Te Christmas Corbie Alta ia Lire Playe 2ga BED 0170 5 Playe La BED 017 1 HOW DO I ant Fear The Rea Sue Oper Out pete kl ihe atj Deed in Your Cuties Crew t napia i abe Ehake Shak r Hin 1H 11u Gatrap Fight Fo Fi Days Te Chrisemas m as Delivering Content 489 Play an Asset in the Player Widget 1 Click the Play button to start playback of the loaded asset A countdown timer will be visible on top of the Play button A NIGHT SHOW Joe NIGHT SHOVWY BED 1 A NIGHT SHOW Joe MIGHT SHOWY BED 2 Player 1 245 BED 0170 Player 2 aa 44 2 Ub BED O1 1 The asset will play back concurrently with any events playing back in the Stack Widget Clicking the Play button on an empty player will load and start playback of the next to air asset in the Stack Widget The asset will be removed from the Stack Widget loaded in the player and played immediately 2 You can pause playback by
158. WOFM COMME Spots 0057 Sunbeam Bread X State Marked for Dub 68 Item s 1 Item s selected 1 Clicking the Dub List icon opens the Widget and displays all Marked for Dub items All fields for to be dubbed items are searchable using the Dub List Search Box For example you can enter a date in MM DD YY format to Marked for Dub Marked for Dub Marked for Dub Marked for Dub Marked for Dub Marked for Dub Marked for Dub Marked for Dub quickly find all spots that are scheduled to start on a certain date AIR 1 HD Dub List 14 30 39 Showing resis 1 6 3 3 2 Simulcasting Bluefield Florist AUTOMATIC Culpa Next d og i f m oa 5 Follower Simulcast the ON AIR f simutcast 14 210 Goodykoontz Pharmacy rtp Follower Simulcast gt SIMULCAST Pr v Title Add Search Clear V Include On Air Locations Include Lib Locations m V Include Eligible Advertiser s Material Pr y iLength Ad ID 00 00 20 00 00 20 Always Coca Cola 00 01 00 They aren t bread Bunny s Suburban Sh aw Ta aar eig Dri oo Leto Springburg McAndrew Tava 00 01 00 00 00 20 00 01 00 00 01 00 00 01 00 51147 41 67BD Coca Cola Cottonwood Cove Always Coca Cola uara Fira e poz Ti ite Sunbeam Gread Sunbeam Bread They aren t bread Ce eer AAAS 120 LI ci TATED Don t see the Dub List Widget icon Your System Administrator may need to configure the Widget in
159. Workflow E Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Workflow Baseball Segment E Estimated length 00 00 Cancel Workflows must exist in Playlist Editor to be inserted into a Template Field Description Sync Point Always Execute this Action Allow Execution on Standby Systems Workflow Estimated Length Required While typically set to None this Execute Workflow event can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Setting the Sync Point to any option other than None will result in an additional field allowing you to specify the Sync Point time Hard amp Soft Sync types should only be used in unattended hours These sync types can remove events from the schedule without warning which may confuse live operators Optional When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Optional When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Required From the drop down list select the Workflow you just created Recommended Type an estimated length of this segment This value is helpful in estimating timing in Playlist Editor Scheduling Content 291 WO AUTOMATION na ey SJ saie ba F l ALLN
160. Year 2003 amp History Artist Actual duration Fade type F Note Q that s 800 868 8479 twice Intro Scheduling Content 408 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Modifying Multiple Events Using the Search Playlist Function The Search Playlist function is used to find multiple events to change specific information in the current playlist 1 After opening the playlist to be edited open the Search Playlist screen by right clicking in the Playlist pane and selecting Search Playlist T he Search Playlist screen can also be opened with CTRL F keyboard shortcut PAUL FM Friday 9 3 10 Schedule equen Background Mu O Time Sync Title Comment 1 is ActLen Sch Len 12 20 59 Nip Tuck A Create New Entry Ctrl N 12 21 58 NC State Fair Delete Entry Delete 12 22 57 Relax Come Fighting Frankiy 12 26 49 Sister Christian Night Civ E Ctrl C i 12 30 48 It s A Mistake Men Al R 12 34 59 Super Freak Part 1 Rick Ja A Paste Entry Ctrl V Cut Entry Ctrl X m L4 Search Playlist Ctrl F 9 00 10 00 1 X 30 Save Copy as Playlist EA Playable Entry Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist E Browse Library Sync Point Search Library Type Digital Audio X Category COM File number 2032 Create Podcast Episode Customize table Deleted Entries Title Mt Olive College Scheduled duration 00 59 Year 2003 Q History Artist Actual duration 7
161. _ Pos Starts Lenth Element Type _ Details coo Combo Fixed Forced Format List Lognote 2 On the Element Properties window click the button to the right of the Description field to open your library of configured log notes Element Properties x a2 JLognote S Schedules a text note with the specified run length Description 00 00 I Sweep Marker Scheduling Content 244 3 4 WO AUTOMATION Unig Records 24 Element Properties x Ek Lognote b Break Text Lookup X we f Starts with Field Loghote Text wo O CADAO00T LEGAL ID LEGAL 00 05 LA NO000 LEGAL ID LEGAL 00 05 LA Y00001 VO LEGAL ID LEGAL 00 05 LB LB LEAVE KIL J ooo BREAKAW AY LS LSH SIMULCAST LLI oa Ries OOO SIMULCAST COM DALIVE 20 00 STOPSET 01 00 CO DALE a00 S TOPSET COM FILL OT OU COM DALIVE 45 00 5TOPSET 01 00 COM DALIVE 45 00 STOPSET COM FILL 07 00 COM TMO000 20 00 STOPSET 01 00 COM TMOO00 45 00 STOPSET 01 00 LN DAOGOO JINGLE ROTATOR ROTATOR 00 05 WLI DASOOO GOOGLE ROTATOR ROTATOR 00 05 LI MOOBOD JINGLE ROTATOR ROTATOR 00 05 LN VOO6OO VO ROTATOR ROTATOR 00 05 LN VP5000 GOOGLE ROTATOR ROTATOR 00 05 LIT P5000 YF ROTATOR ROTATOR 00 05 21ST DA000Z WEATHER JAS 0N 00 10 1ST D50001 D0UBLE START BED BED 00 01 J YTRAJBTIME YVOICE TRACKU MM IMPORT a TEJDTIME VOICE TRACKU MM IMPORT Eo jere Cancel Scroll through or search the l
162. a piece of Live Copy is displayed in the Widget updates to that file will not be seen unless the balloon icon is pressed again refreshing the Widget Live Copy may be scheduled in the Playlist Editor using the Live Copy playlist entry option Live Copy can also be scheduled using the playlist import parsers by placing the letters LC before the media asset number in the import file Ei Details 4 Live Copy Entry Sync Point None Category com File number pz Notet Macho Mama Live Copy w malaka ioa je Deleted Entries ae TT E History Notes C Browse Library Search Library Apply Cancel The category of the Live Copy playlist entry controls the directory where the Live Copy text file should be stored It is possible for audio and text media assets to share a category and thus share a single directory in the file system The Live Copy text should be saved in a file with a name matching this format LCnnnn TXT or LCnnnn RTF LC indicates this is a Live Copy file while nnnn represents the media asset number of the live copy Live Copy events may be saved as either TXT plain text files or RTF rich text files Rich text files may include different font types and font sizes Delivering Content 450 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Hotkeys Widget Hotkeys can be configured to play audio start a workflow or jump to another page of hotkeys You can set up as many Hotkeys on a page as you would like the size o
163. ack Hard Disk Location Intro i amp Source wF Cue In l GP Time Synch Options and Default Values Ref Field Description 1 Time Synch Optional Sequential Workflows can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol 2 Source Required WF indicates this command is a Workflow event 3 Artist Required This field references the desired Workflow The Workflow must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor 4 Ending Recommended Valid values are either S Sequential or B Background Most Workflows will be scheduled as Background events If this field is left blank the Workflow will be added as a Sequential event by default Scheduling Content 253 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Configuring Voice Track Automation Commands f Automation Command Editor a k Rename Main Printing Controls Command Scheduler Print Commands To File 20 00 Merge Point Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Description Miscellaneous Leave Leader Live Promo Copy Take Readings Top of Hour Hews Workflow peri Media Number Filename Track Qi Disk Location VTK Intro E uc JUTIME Cue In o l o Q Synch P Ending Options and Default Values Press F for help Command 9 of 9 Ref Field Description 1 Time Synch Optional Voice tracks can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol
164. ack of the media asset before the voice track e Halt the recording of the voice track e Set the EOM of the voice track such that the playlist entry following the voice track will begin playing immediately at airtime 5 Click the green microphone button now labeled Stop VT to stop recording The voice track is not saved until you click the Next or Previous buttons the Save button at the bottom of the screen or the Segue button to open the Segue Editor 6 Optionally click the Preview button to review the voice track sequence from the precut preview Repeat steps 2 5 if you need to re record the voice track 7 To continue voice tracking click the Next button to jump to the next voice track in the schedule The Voice Tracker widget will display a message stating Media Asset Saved when the voice track has been saved 8 Return to the Playlist widget when you have finished and saved the last voice track If necessary click the Close button at the bottom of the Playlist widget s voice track tab Creating and Editing Content 181 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Vo Hide Postcut Hotkeys Playlist Segue 0 18 4 07 14 45 21 VoiceTrack AD No audio data 14 45 51 Cuts Like A Knife Bryan Adams 0 10 4 00 Ref Button Field 1 Start Button 2 Preview Button 3 Stop Button 4 Previous Next Buttons 5 Show Hide Postcut 6 Hotkeys Button 7 Playlist 8 Segue 9 Linking 10 Precut 11 Voice Track 12 Postcut D
165. ad arisyeiia Log Loneth 0 00 00 000 Ploy Length 00 00 00 000 Audio Length omining Coen Pasion OMDMOTOO0N Yoo 2010 Deni pley on the internet autiet Ending F Nate Stan Dede 4 19 2010 Stat Hour 00 0000 Begin ot Audio no 00 00 000 End Det 12 31 2099 Tr EndHour 27 S559 End of Audio no 0nA0 Onn Zu Local bles 131047 HS DSF 1 H Ready Peco OL wating u There are three ways to start recording Manually clicking the now red flashing Start button to immediately start recording Pressing F1 on your keyboard to immediately start recording 3 Checking the Start on audio checkbox With this option enabled clicking the Start button will start recording when audio is detected Start on audio options are available on the Tools Options Recording tab Options are available to set the Start on audio threshold or the level at which the system recognizes recordable audio which has a default setting of 30 dB A Start on audio delay is also available allowing you to delay the start of recording for the specified number of seconds once audio above the set threshold is detected Creating and Editing Content 49 WO AUTOMATION 4 When your recording is complete click Stop to stop recording You may also press F4 to stop recording You may also use the Length option to automatically stop recording This option appears immediately to the left of the Start button when TLC is in
166. ail Server Friendships AIR STUDIO7 Podcasting Build Version2 0 Build_38 2008 2009 WideOrbit 2 Find the audio to edit Type in your search criteria and click the Search Audio button Check out the Search Tips link for some suggestions on crafting an effective search Creating and Editing Content 75 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Once you locate the file to edit click the Edit icon Audio Finder Mozilla Firefox El l x Fie Edit Wiew History Bookmarks Tools Help _ Audio Finder A Apps Rotators Reports Audio Finder aa COM Search Audio Search tips Local Inventory Remote Inventory Transfers Results 1 20 of 72 for COM 0 03 seconds Upload Delete Next O Title Artist Media Asset Family 4 Demayos Bit Of Italy COM 2008 Harris Teeter COM 2009 Siempre Coca Cola Agency COM 0017 th _ Chevy Blazer COM 2006 Bosch Power Tools COM 0016 Cottonwood Cove Resort amp Marina COM 2007 _ Steak Country Buffet COM 0015 Round Table Pizza Agency COM 1148 C Cat Rental Store COM 2004 Anhueser Busch Bud Lite Agency COM 0014 Charleston County Parks Gift Certificate COM 2005 Galaxy Muffler WEGKX COM 0013 C Nantucket Nectar Juice Guys COM 0012 Bagel Nation COM 2002 E Done Depending on your browser you may see additional messages asking you to allow opening files with the external Launch
167. aknotes to tell the system to perform a variety of tasks In Selector breaknotes must be configured using comma delimited text where each field or group of information is separated by a comma Each breaknote includes a unique ID and can be inserted into program clocks to schedule Merge Points Workflows or Voice Tracks Comma delimited breaknotes use this syntax 090422 SKD Notepad File Edit Format View Help r oync Type Code Title r Artist Length Intro Ending Year ROK DA6549 The Red r Chevelle 03 57 00 Ms DALIVE 20 Merge Point COM FILL 03 00 00 P JUTIME Voice Track r Optional 00 45 00 r F F F F F F LB Leave Leader p Sm 00 00 00 4 I Field Description 1 Sync Used only with Breaknotes scheduling automation commands as Hard sync events using a pound symbol Soft sync events using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move events using a period symbol Hard amp Soft Sync commands should only be used in unattended hours These commands can remove events from the schedule without warning which may confuse live operators 2 Type Refers to a WOAFR category 3 Code Refers to a WOAFR media asset ID workflow or automation command 4 Title Descriptive text that will display in the Workstation Stack 5 Artist Refers to performer or in the case of Merge Points the Ruleset to be applied 6 Length The approximate runtime fo
168. aks have finished playing In effect the network content is encapsulated by the Workflow Scheduling Content 306 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Sequential Background Workflow Components Notes Start Media Asset Arm assets like Legal IDs or other identifiers Workflow Update Switcher Begin Content segment turn on Satellite Audio Wait Set duration to estimated length of content segment Update Switcher End Content segment turn off Satellite Audio when Local Break closure received Merge Filled by Traffic Point Workflow Update Switcher Begin Content segment turn on Satellite Audio Wait Set duration to estimated length of content segment Update Switcher End Content segment turn off Satellite Audio when Local Break closure received Merge Filled by Traffic Point We have included the program clock see next page for a fictional satellite program which we will refer to for this example Scheduling Content 307 WO AUTOMATION for Radio NeSon Singlet etere B Emo Local Brk 58 50 00 00 Rejoin 45 00 Brk Loca 00 inet AA 50 Rejoin 34 00 30 00 Local Brk Satellite templates should account for all content in a 60 minute hour In the example above the template for this hour would include workflows managing the 6 00 top of the hour break as well as the show segments and merge points This example will not include that break We will assume it is a live local newscast about vampires Victorian cloth
169. all Top of Hour News Delete Edit 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK WideOrbit suggests a name of Follower Breakaway WorkFlows Station PAUL FM r Scheduling Content 369 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Baseball Segment End Baseball Follower Breakaway Top of Hour News 5 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a Follower Breakaway Workflow Action PAUL FM Follower Breakaway Workflow Actions Follower Breakaway Deactivate Trigger bs Emergency Alert End Special Playlist Follower Breakaw Follower Simulcast 4 Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain dela nlailict 4 E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries no selection amp History Cancel Scheduling Content 370 6 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Set each option and then click OK to save your changes B Create Follower Breakaway Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Tag Breakaway Length 00 00 Option Description Always execute this action Execute this action regardless of time or other events This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Allow execute on standby This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Used only in Invincible
170. all Segment Edit End Baseball Follower Breakaway Delete Follower Simulcast Join Leader Leave Leader Top of Hour News 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK WorkFlows Station PAUL FM Workflow Name JS EmoGoth WF Scheduling Content 197 4 6 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit m Station PAUL FM Name Baseball Segment End Baseball Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast JS EmoGoth WF Join Leader Leave Leader Top of Hour News From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in the desired Workflow Action PAUL FM JS EmoGoth WF Workflow Type Update Switcher Title Comment 1 Actions Set Clock Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record m Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait 1 E Browse Library Search Library Deleted Entries D History no selection Cancel Enter the details required for the Workflow Action Continue adding Workflow Actions until the Workflow is complete Scheduling Content 198 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Update Switcher Send commands to switchers configured in the Devices page of the Central Server Configuration Web UI Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS
171. and Merge Points corresponding to Leader Workflow Actions and Leader Merge Points will be automatically created for the Follower when the Follower playlist is imported This ensures that the correct Follower Workflows are inserted at the right point in the Follower playlist Leader Playlist 1130 Leader Simulcast Follower Playlist Auto scheduled Join Leader v Follower Simulcast v Simulcast Content Follower Breakaway v 1140 Merge Point 3 00 Merge Point 3 00 v 1140 Commercial Commercial 1141 Commercial Breakaway Content Commercial 1142 Commercial Commercial 1143 Leader Simulcast Follower Simulcast v 1140 Leader Breakaway Simulcast Content Follower Breakaway v 1150 Merge Point 3 00 Merge Point 3 00 v 1150 Commercial Commercial 1151 Commercial Breakaway Content Commercial aby Commercial Commercial 1153 Leader Simulcast Follower Simulcast v 1150 Leader Breakaway Simulcast Content Follower Breakaway v Merge Point 3 00 v Commercial 1220 Leader Breakaway 1220 Merge Point 3 00 1220 Commercial 1221 Commercial Breakaway Content Commercial Commercial Follower Simulcast v 1222 Commercial 1223 Leader Simulcast Simulcast Content Leave Leader Scheduling Content 385 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Scheduling Leader Follower Components When scheduling the Leader using a music scheduler you must include your Leader Breakaway and Leader Simulcast workflow actions Leader Breakaway workflow actions are
172. and instructions on how to import it into your database Creating a New Export Design by Hand 1 Open the Music Master Export Designer A shortcut to the Designer is installed by default in your MusicMaster program group 2 Select the database to configure and click Open MusicMaster Export File Designer lol x File Help Open MusicMaster Database a Look irr E Mb Wir My Recent Documents Desktop hy Documents ke Country mmd G DIGI mmd ie KIL5 mmd eA ROCK mmda G ROCK 5T mmd 4 Sample mmd sm My N feo File name A Files of type Musick aster Database mmd bi Cancel Scheduling Content 235 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 From the Design Type drop down box select the Schedule Export option and click New A MusicMaster Export File Designer 5 x File Help 997 Design Export Design Selection Ei ioperties Pos Det Design Type Edit Mew Eopy Rename Delete Cancel 4 Give this design a name something clever and descriptive like WOAFR Export Select the Delimited ASCII Text Design Type and click OK MusicMaster Export File Designer 1DI x File Help OO 4 Design Export Design Selection X FE Pos Des Design Type kabadnia Fenat I I IiOo a Sew Schedule Export Design E Design Hame OAFR Export vo Design Type Delimited ASCII Text E Fived Length ASCII Text l
173. and yellow to indicate traffic was applied SS aS If a playlist for the date already exists 1 The system removes the existing template layer s selected by the user 2 The system re applies the template layers selected This is particularly useful in the event of last minute satellite jock changes 1 In Playlist Editor click on the Playlists menu icon or click on the Playlists option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2 On the calendar select the correct station from the drop down list and right click on the date to be scheduled and select Apply Format Open Playlist Station PAUL FM SU MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT a Clear and Reimport Apply Format Scheduling Content 400 WO AUTOMATION 3 Select the option to apply the Hourly Format Satellite Format or both configured for the selected day and click OK Apply Format Ss Please select the format layers you wish to apply Apply hourly format Apply satellite format OK Cancel Scheduling Content 401 WO AUTOMATION Editing Existing Playlists It is frequently necessary to edit events in a daily playlist There are several options available depending on the scope of the required changes and reconciliation considerations 1 Minor changes requiring slight modifications of playback order or similar changes can be made directly in Workstation Playback order changes or deletions can be made directly within the Stack while add
174. application For example Firefox will open a window like this This link needs to be opened with an application Send to C Program Files unc launcher launch exe 1 Choose an Application Choose To avoid seeing this window every time you want to edit a file in Audio Finder check the Remember my choice for unc links option 4 Edit the media asset as needed and save according to the instructions in the Recording and Saving Audio with Adobe Audition section of this guide Creating and Editing Content 76 WO AUTOMATION Basic Troubleshooting If you are unable to open a media asset using Audio Finder please verify the following items before contacting customer support or your reseller Verify Adobe Audition is installed and working on the workstation where you are using Audio Finder Verify Adobe Audition has been configured to use the WO Automation for Radio Adobe Audition Plug in Verify the UNC Launcher is installed and configured correctly Verify the Export Directory set in System Configuration exists and is accessible check the sharing and security Verify the media asset audio format is supported by Adobe Audition Verify that UNC Launcher is allowed as a default open application in your browser Creating and Editing Content 77 WO AUTOMATION Automatically Recording Network Audio Before configuring network recording events you need to complete some prep work e Network audio shoul
175. arch Library Allow execution on standby systems Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS ABC FOX CBS ADS PREMIERE In6 In 7 In amp amp F History BOARD RECORD m Axia users will not see an Input Output grid Instead you will see drop down lists to set Input Output and State 13 With the Workflow created you must add it to one of your templates It is recommended long form record workflows be inserted as background events into Hourly Templates if the recording is a recurring event like a top of the hour newscast or into Satellite Templates if the recording is hour specific like a satellite program In Playlist Editor open a Template by clicking on the Templates icon on the Menu Bar Playlist Editor PAUL FM Jemplates Hourly Template Syne Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 C File ActLen Sch Len Creating and Editing Content 107 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 14 Select the correct station from the Station drop down list select the template that should contain the scheduled workflow and click Edit Templates Station PAUL FM Name Temporary Default Playlist Hourly MAIN Special Program Westwood HS Football 13 In the opened template click the Sequential Background toggle to Background Right click in the top Playlist pane and click Create New Entry PAUL FM MAIN Hourly Template Sync
176. as possible the Merge Point times in the music scheduler or Playlist Editor templates Merge32 the genetic ancestor of Playlist Editor referred to Hourly Templates as Hourly Clocks and Satellite Templates as Jock Clocks Jock Clocks were used to load and unload media assets associated with a specific network announcer that would fire based on closures from the network during satellite programs as well as any background recordings or time based events A common best practice is to insert automation functionality like Workflows and Merge Points in to the playlist using Hourly Templates and Hourly Formats and to use Satellite Templates and Formats for voice specific network liner commands This allows you to easily accommodate late minute satellite jock changes Of course there are many other valid ways the two layers can be used Scheduling Content 191 WO AUTOMATION La it j Music only Stations Music Schedule Hourly Templates Satellite Templates Sequential Background Sequential Background All non commercial audio events Merge Points and Sequential automation commands should be scheduled using your music scheduling software and exported as part of your music schedule automation export Your music scheduler can also be used to manage background events like Workflows and background recordings Typically not used Typically not used Typically not used Typically not used Music Stations with Satellite Daypa
177. ase select the type of action to create Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain delay pla Segmented Recording Send GP Output Send IP Message 23 Enter the details for this Rain Delay Playlist entry When all parameters have been set click OK See table on next page for more information about each parameter Activate at This time of day 00 00 00 When this playlist loads Execute O Immediately O First time signal is received Every time signal is received Signal Rain Delay on PAUL DS E Deactivate at 00 00 00 E Keep active when switching playlists Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Return to today s playlist Go to this playlist Scheduling Content 347 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Activate at Select the option to activate When this playlist loads Execute Select the option to execute Every time signal is received and select the closure that will signal the Rain Delay from the drop down box Keep active when switching playlists Leave this option un checked Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Action option The Rain Delay action can be set to e Return to the current time in th
178. ashing Pumpkins Stevie Ray Vaugh Tesla Tom Petty Styx 6 02 38 205 7652 6 04 28 205 9513 6 05 18 9205 9514 6 04 42 205 6458 6 04 20 205 9511 Epic Album Versie 10 4 48 Faith No More 13 29 18 221 1035 Sy Eee 0 58 Call 847 922 8664 vawals 3 Click the desired replacement title The selected asset will be replaced with the selected replacement updating the schedule in Music Master and adjusting as played rotation counters automatically It s Not Over 3 33 Select a media asset to replace from the Stack or Playlist widget Daughtry 13 21 04 Selected Media Asset 102 9876 Cancel Love Song 5 18 Tesla 13 24 38 205 9514 Epic Album Version 10 4 48 Faith No More 13 29 56 m Music Master Kay Boutique 0 58 Scheduling 2 Cal 247 O99_SFfe A 42 27 10 Delivering Content 484 WIDE ORBIT How Do I Delivering Content Feel to make copies of these How Do I cheat sheets Post them around the station They are intended to offer simple reminders to help with common WO Automation for Radio tasks We hope you will find them useful as you train and re train your staff If you have comments on these documents would like to suggest improvements or have ideas for future documents please email rasdocuments wideorbit com Run a Show Using WO Automation for Radio Workstation The Stack gives an instant view of the on air event and upcoming events The Stack includes the tools to preview start stop a
179. asily be inserted into a format clock T LogNote Maintenance Delete 7 Purge ey Print save QF quit COM DALIVE 20 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 EJ COM DALIVE 45 00 STOPSET 04 00 COM DALIVE 45 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 COM TMOO0G 20 00 STOPSET 01 00 COM TMOO00 45 00 STOPSET 01 00 3 In the new row type in your log note text See the Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler topic for details on each event type LogNote Maintenance C add C3 Delete J Purge j Print gt Save fi cuit emea OOO m 7 COM THMO000 30 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 m 7 COM TMOO00 45 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 B Musichlaster Hour doubled due to Daylight Savings Musichlaster Hour removed due to Daylight Savings M e Scheduling Content 243 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Once your log note text has been entered click Save to save your changes and Quit to close the LogNote Maintenance screen Log ote Maintenance lel x C Add C5 Delete J Purge ge Print eq Save fF cut FS Loghote Text T r COM TMO000 30 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 m COM TMO000 45 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 a MusicMaster Hour doubled due ta Daylight Savings a MusicMaster Hour removed due to Daylight Savings OM DALE 20 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 Adding LogNotes to Music Master Clocks 1 Select the Lognote element type from the drop down list ae cEx e B Be _
180. ate Switcher Wine 4 m E Browse Library Search Library i Deleted Entries no selection wT History Cancel 18 Begin to enter the details required to turn on your on air audio See table on next page for more information about each parameter Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device A Device to update must be defined eo Scheduling Content 331 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Always Execute This Action Check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to 19 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS Airil Air2 Air3 In4 Baseball Init TO AIR a 4 You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid cl
181. ated by Selector Time Synch Command Used only with Breaknotes scheduling automation commands as Hard sync events using a pound symbol Soft sync events using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move events using a period symbol Hard amp Soft Sync commands should only be used in unattended hours These commands can remove events from the schedule without warning which may confuse live operators 1 Hard Disk Location Stored in the Media field on Song Information screen this refers to an event s WOAFR category 2 Source Stored in the Song ID field on the Song Information screen this refers to an event s WOAFR Asset ID and should include a DA for audio events 3 Title Stored in the Song Title field on the Song Information screen 4 Artist Stored in the Artist 1 field on the Song Information screen 5 Run Time MM SS Stored in the Runtime field on the Song Information screen this field is used by Selector to calculate event timing 6 Intro 1 Seconds Stored in the Intro field on the Song Information screen 7 Ending Style Stored in the Ending field on the Song Information screen LoS ELECTOR Song Information Song ID Media Cat Ley Pack Song Title 632 DA 023 204 A 1 O Sweet Home Alabama eArtist 1 108 Artist 2 Lynyrd Skynyrd Album Title Role Group Back H 100 Daypar t Restriction 4 30 0 20 Fl Help F2 Save PgUp PgDn Prev Scheduling Content 266 Configuring Automation Commands Using Breaknotes You can use the bre
182. ately You have the option to pause restart and stop the preview as well as jump to the last 10 seconds of the preview Hotheys iat 1 Dayo To Christine 00 00 09 To close the Preview Widget click in a blank space on the screen outside the Widget Click the Preview button on the Workstation Widget Bar to exit Preview mode Delivering Content 469 WO AUTOMATION al La Li Playlist Widget The Playlist Widget allows the user to make changes to the schedule from the on air workstation Changes made to the schedule in the Playlist Widget will automatically be reflected in the Stack and in Playlist Editor Getting to Know the Playlist Widget B Station 104 1 FM Today Time Title Length Media i 300 0793 10 30 00 PM 201 1219 300 0659 10 37 41PM amp Agency 1 02 COM 0015 10 35 44 PM Agency COM 1148 10 36 44 PM Cola 0 59 COM 0011 10 37 44 PM 10 37 54 PM Artist 407 300 8446 10 42 01 PM Artist 3 22 300 0240 10 45 25 PM Artist 3 02 300 1242 10 48 27 PM Games 0 56 COM 0004 10 49 23 PM Cola 2 59 COM 0011 10 50 23 PM J Smith 0 56 COM 0007 10 51 29 PM Artist 3 36 300 2108 10 55 05 PM Artist 11 00 00 PM Artist 9 45 tise V Edit Voice Track Segue Ref Field Description 1 Tool Bar Offers access to tools to navigate and edit the active playlist 2 Playlist Tab If multiple playlists are open each will be assigned its own tab for easy access 3 Scroll Bar Allows you to scroll through the entire
183. aterial specified by a Segment Ruleset For details on how to create a Segment Ruleset refer to page 215 Creating the Special Program Template The Special Program template will be built using Workflows Merge Points with optional Segment Rulesets applied and the End Special Playlist action Remember that events in the sequential playlist will play in order in the Workstation Stack and background events will be armed and ready to receive a closure or play at a specified time While this example uses Merge Points that will be filled with content from Traffic it is not the only way to insert commercial content Adding commercials manually to the Template would be useful if you will be using the same commercials for each scheduled instance of this Special Program Adding commercials manually to the Scheduled Instance would be useful if you will be using the different commercials for each scheduled instance of this Special Program Like most WOAFR automated programming Special Programs use a basic Workflow Merge Point pattern repeated to match the number of breaks in a schedule In our example when the Load Playlist Workflow Action executes based on a Sync Point or GPI closure it turns on the Sports audio by updating the audio switcher The next action in the Workflow allows the system to Wait until receiving a Local Break contact closure Scheduling Content 334 WO AUTOMATION for Radio When the Local Break closure is received t
184. ault Playlist If the template to be designated as the Default Playlist is not already loaded in Playlist Editor click on the Templates menu icon or click on the Templates option on the Playlist Editor launch page Double click on the Template you wish to designate as the Default Playlist or select the Template and click Edit Right click in the Playlist pane and select Save as Default Playlist PAUL FM JS EmoGoth Hourly Title Comment 1 Execute Workflow New Merge Point Execute Workflow New Merge Point Execute Workflow Browse Library Search Library ie Deleted Entries I History Sync Point Always execute this action Hourly Template Artist Comment 2 X Delete Entry Cut Entry _ Copy Entry Paste Entry Search Playlist Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table Allow execution on standby systems Wonton Estimated length 12 00 Confirm the action by clicking OK on the pop up dialog box If you use templates to create default playlists if you change or modify the template that is set as default remember to update the default by repeating the procedures outlined here Scheduling Content 419 Assign Templates to an Existing Format Templates must already be created or imported to be available to schedule into a Format 1 To add a template to a format select Formats from the mai
185. ay in round robin fashion This page allows you to edit a rotators properties and set the entries that it contains Media Asset JIN 9879 Name Jingles Note Jingles Rotator Length 0 10 Distribution V PAUL FM Add Entry Title Artist 12 in a row country KILT Thompson Creative 12 in a row country KILT Thompson Creative FM 100 KILT female slow Thompson Creative Submit Cancel Length Id 0 13 JIN 5001 x 0 09 JIN 5002 x 0 10 JIN 5003 x Creating and Editing Content 164 WO AUTOMATION Creating MSMAs Multi station Media Assets A multi station media asset MSMA is a new media asset type designed specifically for use in leader follower systems Playing an MSMA on a leader workstation results in different media asset being output from the leader and each follower For example consider the following MSMA Station Title Length Id Add WPSJ FM HOT 106 Legal ID 00 05 HOT 9999 Remove WPSJ HD Totally 80s Legal ID 00 07 080 0000 If this MSMA was played from the leader station WPSJ FM during a simulcast then e WPSJ FM would play asset HOT 9999 e WPSJ HD would play asset 080 0000 This allows the system to play the correct audio on the correct station while only requiring a single playlist event 1 On the Workstation main screen open Audio Editor by clicking on the red Audio Editor icon Click New at the bottom of the Audio Editor screen and select Multi Station Asset from the option list
186. ays To Christmas 0 02 JIN 0937 12 in a row country Thompson Creative 0 05 JIN 5002 4 Days To Christmas 0 04 bed Wakin Up on 0 10 JIN 0017 10 in a Row 0 01 14 In A Row 0 01 JIN 0823 5 Days To Christmas JIN 0942 Doo Wop only Goo 0 07 12 ina Row 0 01 JIN O822 2 Days To Christmas 0 02 JIN 0945 6 Days To Christmas 1 Days To Christmas 0 07 JIN 0946 12 in a row country Thompson Creative 0 08 JIN 5001 3 Days To Christmas 0 04 JIN 0944 7 Days To Christmas Creating and Editing Content 153 WO AUTOMATION F F ae E rir H JU FALILI 6 Repeat the process to add each asset to the rotator Audio Editor Title Artist Length Id Add Pi 12 in a row country KILT Thompson Creative 00 08 JIN 5004 ae Remove FM 100 KILT female slow Thompson Creative 00 05 JIN 5003 Play Next 12 in a row country KILT Thompson Creative 00 05 JIN S002 Move Up Move Down Restrictions Distribution Tools Length 00 10 Commit Revert T Click Commit to save the new rotator Click Revert to undo the last unsaved change Creating and Editing Content 154 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Editing Rotators in Audio Editor With a rotator loaded in Audio Editor operations can be performed on the rotator list The next to play icon indicates the current position of the next to play marker After clicking to select an alternate media asset in
187. b ra ry E Always execute this action Search Library Allow execution on standby systems t Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS E Hist simulcast Leader Local Follower Local In 4 n5 n n7 r 3 istary Scheduling Content 378 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Join Leader Workflow Indicates a period when a Follower will be connected to a Leader 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the Follower station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow WorkFlows Station PAUL FM v Y Name Baseball Segment Edit End Baseball Top of Hour News Delete 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK WideOrbit suggests a name of Join Leader WorkFlows Station PAUL FM hd Scheduling Content 379 4 5 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Baseball Segment End Baseball Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Join Leader Top of Hour News From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in Join Leader Workflow Action PAUL FM Join Leader Workflow Join Leader Title Comment 1 Actions Deactivate Trigger Emergency Alert End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast J Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Pla
188. background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Scheduled Special Program From the first drop down box select the Special Program From the second drop down box select the Scheduled Instance of that Special Program Start Instructions Select either the option to Start the playlist immediately terminating immediately the event that is on air when the signal is received or to Start the new playlist when the on air event is finished 7 Create the End Playlist Workflow Either return to the main Playlist Editor launch screen and select Workflows or click the Workflows button on the Playlist Editor menu bar Scheduling Content 358 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 8 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow Station PAUL FM m Edit FS JL Delete LB LL LS Time Announce 9 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK Scheduling Content 359 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 10 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Baseball Segment End Baseball FE FS JL LL Load Baseball Top of Hour News 11 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an End Special Playlist action PAUL FM End Baseball Special Program Workflow Title Comment 1 Actions End Special Playlist Deactivate Trigger Emergency Alert End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Jo
189. be used in the fill category but keep in mind that the system goes by the length of the Rotator not the individual cuts in the Rotator For example if the Rotator length is 30 seconds and one of the cuts is only 25 seconds the system will go by the Rotator s 30 seconds and you will have 5 seconds of silence Use of the Stretch amp Squeeze Playback Speed capability requires Audio Science audio hardware with the TSX time scaling feature Audio Science driver version 3 14 09 or higher is required for this feature Driver version 3 14 10 is recommended 6 Click Close to exit the Segment Rulesets dialog Segment Rulesets Station PAUL FM Name Baseball Satellite Scheduling Content 219 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Scheduling Commercials in a Traffic Scheduler At a typical music station most program information is scheduled through the music scheduling software Entries in the music scheduler not only schedule songs and other audio like liners and legal IDs they generally include non audio instructions like how to set up the hourly clock where to position commercial content scheduled by traffic and even when to execute changes to audio switchers if necessary Most music schedulers have the ability to output a text file containing a day s worth of scheduled material WO Automation for Radio can import this output file as long as it is a specific format General information about the WOAFR format is included here as
190. begin recording a Start Record Workflow Action 3 Update the audio switcher to de select and turn off the satellite channel a second Update Switcher Workflow Action By including all of these actions in a single macro Workflow the entire sequence can more easily be scheduled increasing efficiency and accuracy Remember that all Workflows Hourly Templates and Satellite Templates must have a unique name The other building block that must be set up before being called upon in a scheduling program or WOAFR template is a Segment Ruleset Many times commercial breaks need to be a specific length particularly when working with satellite or network programming If the schedule coming from traffic has too few commercials to fill an entire break there may be timing problems when airing network programming Segment Rulesets allow the system to fill incomplete breaks using material from a specified category For example if a break needs to contain 3 00 but traffic only schedules 2 30 WO Automation for Radio can pick content equaling the remaining 30 from a pool of material specified by a Segment Ruleset Creating Workflows 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option If Playlist Editor is already open select the Workflows option from the toolbar Scheduling Content 196 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow Station PAUL FM Baseb
191. break between this segment and the next segment Once the recording is complete what are the distribution rules for this audio file Remember WO Automation for Radio can only execute one command at a time Be careful not to schedule multiple commands at exactly the same time It is suggested that you take the time to plan out your recordings in a spreadsheet similar to the sample on the next page For a copy of this soreadsheet in Excel format contact WOAFR Customer Service Creating and Editing Content 95 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Distribution Wait Max Dur Recording Details 9 S S N J S Q Q 9 9 S N x S Q Q S N Asset Number End Trigger S1 S E S 5 S YN SJ A a S Q Jk S S NAN Category N t V S Q K Hardware Details FMSWAITCHER PREMIERE Program Name Pr Laura Hr i Start Time Creating and Editing Content 96 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Once your planning is complete you can create and schedule the Workflows 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow WorkFlows Station PAUL FM Edit Delete Time Announce Creating and Editing Content 97 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK For example Dr Laura Hour 1 WorkFlows Lea Station PAUL FM
192. c file e Events in green were imported from the Traffic file e Events in black are from the fill process or were manually inserted in Workstation s Stack or Playlist widgets e vents in red are unavailable if the audio file is missing or is not available to the radio station A small yield symbol will display in the far left column next to unavailable events 2 Menu Bar Offers quick access to Playlist Editor functions 3 Event Type Toggle Sequential Background events toggle 4 Jump Bar Allows you to quickly jump to a specific hour or to the current on air event 5 Detail Pane Offers five useful tabs e Details shows details about the currently selected cut e Browse Library or Search Library allows you to search for and insert audio events e Deleted Entries shows events deleted from the currently selected playlist e History displays a list of recent activity 6 Information Column Shows icons offering insight into scheduled events The speaker icon indicates the current on air event the clock icon indicates a synced event while the yield alert icon indicates events that are missing or have other error conditions Scheduling Content 194 WO AUTOMATION i fF T ee rer Fi E ALAL iLi 7 Playlist Columns Most of the Playlist Columns are self explanatory The visible columns can be customized but show this information by default Origin Displays how the event was placed into the playlist M Music file import Traffic f
193. ce Trax 7 7 Cool Radio Guy Re Entry 7 7 Dave Dart Productic btn lly 3 AM Matchbox 20 Voice Trax You Get What You Give 4 New Radicals z Legal ID ictor Lisle Gool Radio Buy E Lit Up Radio Version L Buckcherry 00 00 30 TU1 JBO810 08 11 38 Lost In You Z Brooks Garth Chri v No More No Less Edit Collective Soul 16 03 54 F 107 DA6761 08 12 08 1999 Hotel California Eagles 52 06 19 F 105 DA4075 08 16 02 Preview 1977 1977 Dart Rotator Dave Dart Productions CO S Play Log 00 00 05 JIN Y09999 08 19 57 Missing GO Notice the Action Button changes state to Stop Record and the postcut timer counts down to the cut s Intro time Creating and Editing Content 134 WO AUTOMATION 7 Click the Stop Record button or press the SPACE bar to end the recording Voice Tracker 32 req ARO S Wey a ee I es A She s A Beauty Tubes 23 03 50 F 105 DA4226 06 03 30 1983 1983 Lido Shuffle She s A Beauty Limelight No More No Less Edit Limelight Hotel California Dart Rotator Rush No Sleep Till Brooklyn 24 04 16 C 104 DA2787 08 07 21 Voice Trax Re Entry 1981 1961 3 AM Voice Trax You Get What You Give Legal ID Cool Radio Guy 00 00 30 TU1 JB0610 08 11 36 Lit Up Radio Version L Lost In You No More No Less Edit Collective Soul 16 03 54 F 10 DA6 61 06 12 08 1999 Hotel California Eagles 52 06 19 F 105 DA4075 08 16 02 Proviow 1977 1977 Dart Rotator Dave
194. checked Address Type the IP address where the message will be sent Port Type the port of the device connected to the address field that is to receive the message Message Type the text message to be sent Scheduling Content 211 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Send Serial Message Transmit a text message to a serial port defined in Device Server Create Send Serial Message E Always execute this action El Allow execution on standby systems F Use special characters Message 2s Serial Port must be defined Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Serial Port From the drop down list select the serial port Use Special Characters This workflow action will accept embedded ASCII characters The message text will be sent unchanged if the checkbox is not checked Message Type the text message to be sent The workflow action will give a warning if invalid text is entered You can send control characters by entering xFF where F is a hex digit The hex code for the control characters can be found on any standard ASCII table For example xO0Dsecond will send a carriage retur
195. cheduling Content 415 Create a Segment Ruleset 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Segment Rulesets option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Segment Ruleset 3 Type a unique name for this new Segment Ruleset and click OK 4 Double click on the new Segment Ruleset or select the Segment Ruleset and click Edit 5 Set the parameters for this Segment Ruleset Once all parameters have been set click OK to save your changes Refer to the Creating Segment Rulesets topic in the WOAFR 2 1 User Manual for details about each option The designated fill category should contain as many fill events as possible that range in length from one second to a one minute depending on the nature and average amount of time to be filled Use of the Stretch amp Squeeze Playback Speed capability requires Audio Science audio hardware with the TSX time scaling feature Audio Science driver version 3 14 09 or higher is required for this feature Driver version 3 14 10 is recommended 6 Click Close to exit the Segment Rulesets dialog Scheduling Content 416 HOW DO I Create a New Template Remember that all Workflows Hourly Templates and Satellite Templates must have a unique name 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Templates option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create Name Temporary Default Playlist MAIN 3
196. clicking the Play button on a playing player Clicking the button again will resume playback Click the Stop button to stop playback and unload the asset from the player A NIGHT SHOW Pause Resume Button i NIGHT S5SH BED 1 A NIGHT SHOW Joe MIGHT SHOWY BED 2 Player 1 eF Stop Button BED O1 70 Player 2 j 47 Wo oe If the event is not stopped manually it will be unloaded automatically when it is finished playing Delivering Content 490 Perform a Library Search 1 Click the Search button at the top of the Library Widget to bring up the on screen keyboard Use the on screen keyboard to enter your search criteria Library Search Clear lt 4 gt Break Sortbytitle ow Showing results 10 14 of 14 Don t Break My Polyamorous So Cold Green Pat Breaking Benjamin Breaking Benjamin 4 34 300 0916 2 55 201 2375 426 200 0067 Sooner Or Later The Diary of Jane Breaking Benjamin Breaking Benjamin 315 200 0098 3 13 200 0011 Delete If you prefer to use the regular keyboard click the Search button a second time The on screen keyboard will be minimized and the cursor will be in the search bar The search results will update automatically as you type By changing the option in the Sort Menu drop down you can sort the search results by Title Artist Length Year or ID If the search returns multiple results pages you can use the arrow buttons to move between pages Clicking the Cl
197. cone 03 36 14 F 00 35 23 TM 33 00 STOPSET COM FILL 05500 555 t i Q0 J0 23 000 DA2159 Dance Mall Daya Wang Chung 03 47 19 F 10 42 10 080 DA6696 NhOo Can It Be Now Men At Worr 03 19 17 C 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Time Sync CAT JID TITLE ARTIST LENGTH IN END YEAR NOTE Trivia 00 31 47 080 DA1855 867 5309 Jenny Tommy Tutone 03 36 14 F Scheduling Content 221 3NdjNOC uonewony YIVOM 104 SjUaWaIINDaY adAy JUdAZ v ysIAojd joljuanbas ay 0 yNnbfJap Aq pappo aq jim Juana ay yUo Ifa SI plaf S142 I Z OAIYSUAS ISDI A1D PUD JaAJAS 01 UaD Ul pasnbifuod so Ajj90xXa pajjads aq JsNW s wubu Jasajny pub MOL POM Spjalf S y4 UI SJUNOD UOISIJ Ad PJOq UI pajOIIpul a10 SAaNjOA pub Spjalf f IOLOpUDIN T lt HHH gt SG a qouUo Hels ajqnoq lt HHHHO dA lt SS INIAI gt us XO PeIS gt lt X L PEIS gt lt SS INIAI gt lt X L YOCIS gt lt X L YLIS gt Scheduling Content 222 WO AUTOMATION for Radio lt S JO gt lt MO PYOM g1 gt lt MO pPO M S 1 gt lt uo0 1e S40 M gt lt UOIe1S Olpey Japea7 gt lt SEL YSCIINWIS 1 MO 0 gt a lt asainy gt lt 3e 1 Aemeyeaig saMoj O4 gt us XOL PEIS gt lt E X L OWA gt SEIA L 340N gt aVIAYL 3LON lt SS INIAI gt lt SS INIAI gt lt SS NIN gt lt SS NIN gt lt SS NIN gt lt uolzeing e319 SS IAIIAI gt
198. csssessseesseeosecosscesseesseesseeoseosseesseesseeoseeosscosseesseesseeosecosserssersse 273 Configuring Selector for Windows to Export to WOAFR eesseseseessssessseessseesssecesseceosecesseeeoseeesseeroseeoseceosseesseeeoseeeosseesseeess 275 Sa hB o aA E O EAA SA A A T 275 Sample S0N9 Design QUTD UT erssamisussrssinesniuni n G aA 276 Song Design Field esros nae N EANAN O OTE ONENE OANE 277 ES CSS NIN aenea E N E E E EE 278 Scheduling Events Using TemplateS sesessseesseessscsssersseesseessecosscosseesseesseesseosseesseesseeosecosscosscosseeuseeoseeosscosseesseesseesseeosseossrsseesseeos 281 Creating New Templates carusrasinnun neo na EE ENS 282 Ed Te AC 5 n N E N AA E NEER EE 283 Template Event TYPES seat sncas rcscensts nests essswesdcsestotceouces olescctstcnssores ones badd Nero eNe to ANARE Sorah d SNe TA bc Ner eters dn Eaa irera iriran 286 Live Copy SGeguental ONIY cc exxccecesevenaectevecauzcnayerteavncesveavavert NEATA NE NEREAREN A EEPE TD EAE ENE NARAT RRR 286 Memo Sequential Only sssessssesssseessseessseessseessseessseessseessserssseessseesseessseessseeosseessseessserssseeosserosseessserosseeosseessseesssessseeosserssserssseees 287 Merge Point Sequentia ONIY aces rc caseeasuceasuctecaceactesses exxcacsstaocacatactnceven cians sarenssteastieateemmesuinreateteee ad SINEES a iesnas iseis 288 Playable Entry Sequential Only ssesussissnemineniseniiieaniinn n a RA a 289 Set Mode Sequential Only seseessseessseesssees
199. ct category in the Category Display 3 Click on the file to convert in the File List Multiple files can be selected by pressing the CTRL key while clicking on additional files or contiguous blocks can be selected by pressing the SHIFT key while clicking the last file in a block 4 Click the Format menu button On the TLC File Conversion window select Scott Studios AS SS32 from the destination automation system drop down and your desired compression scheme 5 Set the new ID number by clicking in the ID column or check the option to Automatically assign IDs Scott Studios 45 9532 Linear PEM Uncompressed Filename Format Status Engg Track 11 DIT Se RAW MP3 Pending Automatically assign IDs starting with 0000 Keep originals renaming to bak on conflict Override End Date with Defined End Date Configuration _ stn Canca Creating and Editing Content 170 WO AUTOMATION for Radia 6 After setting each option click Start to begin the conversion The Status field for each file being converted will change to Processing and then Done When all files have been processed click Close to close the converter 7 You may need to edit the metadata of your newly converted files or make other edits Locate and double click on the file in the File List 30 20 Cut ID BOOE Recorded 41 2010 Log Length 00 00 30 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 m SPEOOR YAY Scott Studios Corporation D TE
200. cution on standby systems Please select a device A Device to update must be defined i Scheduling Content 324 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Always Execute This Action Un check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to 7 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS Airi Air2 Airs In4 Football Int You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn on turn green the correct audio channel Ei Update Switcher Browse Libra ry E Always execute this action Search Library El Allow execution on standby systems Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS E Hist Airl Air2 Air3 In4 Baseball In6 In 7 In 8 istory TO AIR RECORD
201. d Sync event Timing Target or Do Not Move Timing Targets act as markers for the Backtimer while the Do Not Move property keeps the event s scheduled time from changing during merge process 3 Play Status Googe Played Partially played Skipped Did not play Playing Next to play Status indicator icons are displayed between the Scheduled Time and Title columns Delivering Content 472 WO AUTOMATION bm a TIm re tor Radio Title The Title associated with each event Past events will appear in gray the current on air event will be highlighted in green while missing Media Assets will be displayed in red Artist The Artist associated with each event Length The Duration value from the original schedule file Opening Other Playlists 1 On the Playlist Widget Tool Bar click the More button and select Open Playlist Select the radio station from the popup window 2 Click on the desired date in the sliding window that will appear at the bottom of the screen Clicking Other Date will open a full calendar Tomorrow Tuesday Wednesday Other Date Delivering Content 473 WO AUTOMATION F ye F Pris EFi fF VGA Le f Li Moving Events in the Playlist 1 Click on the event in the Playlist to be moved The selected event will be highlighted in blue PAUL FM Today i Tim l 125953 2 ee Ta aa 13 2000 H St Elmo s Fire Ma The Living Years El ctrit Avenue Who s Zom
202. d be wired to your audio switcher and successfully tested e All required network contact closures should be wired to your audio switcher and successfully tested e Your audio switcher should be configured using the Central Server Web Configuration UI e Planning planning planning Know what you need to record when and how All recording events are configured in Playlist Editor detailed in the Scheduling Content section You should have at least a general familiarity with creating workflows before tackling a recording schedule The workflows that drive the recording process are inserted as background events into Hourly Templates if the recording is a recurring event like a top of the hour newscast or into Satellite Templates if the recording is hour specific like a satellite program Recording Single Files Before beginning to create and schedule the workflows that will execute the commands to record your programming you should do some basic planning For each event you will record you should know Day Scheduled Time Program Name Device Input Output Category Asset Number Duration Play while record End Trigger Distribution Will this program record every day or only on certain days of the week When is the program scheduled to begin What is the name of the program This name can be used to create your workflow What device is the audio source wired to This will be the name of the device as configured in y
203. dcast Set Mode manual auto Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Enter the details for the entry When all parameters have been set click OK Scheduling Content 284 T WO AUTOMATION for Radio Right click on the event in the Playlist pane and select Delete Entry or use the DELETE keyboard shortcut PAUL FM JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly Template 0O Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 I 00 00 00 Execute Workflow Y H1 00 10 00 donot New Merge Point SIJ Create New Entry Delete Entry Cut Entry Copy Entry Paste Entry Search Playlist E Browse Library Search Library ie Deleted Entries 3 History Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Sync Point Customize table Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Woro Estimated length 00 00 Ctrl N Delete Ctrl X Ctrl C Ctrl V Ctrl F File ActLen Sch Len 00 00 00 00 03 00 03 00 Template events can also be copied CTRL C cut CTRL X and pasted CTRL V Scheduling Content 285 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Template Event Types Each available event type has its own set of specific parameters Some event types are restricted to Sequential layers of either Hourly or Satellite templates Live Copy Sequential Only Live Copy will appear in the Stack Widget with a balloon icon When the icon is touched the
204. de Delivering Content 459 WO AUTOMATION Deleting a Hotkey In the Hotkey Widget click the Edit button to enter Edit mode Hotkeys Click the red Delete button on the Workstation Widget Bar at the bottom left of the main screen eet ee s a PAUL FM Today Tithe Artest Length P Fj y A Search ibr S Days To Christmas AMI Want For C rrst Chrrstmas Baby Fle_ Marian Carey Hotkeys Delivering Content 460 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Click the red Delete icon on the Hotkey you wish to delete Hotkeys 10 Days To Christmas 9 Days To Christmas Shout Shout 0 02 0 02 4 When all changes have been made click the Delete button on the Workstation Widget Bar to exit Delete mode 5 On the Hotkey Widget click the flashing Edit button to exit Edit mode Delivering Content 461 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Editing Existing Hotkeys Hotkeys can be edited individually to display different label text or colors execute Workflows or jump to other Hotkey pages 1 In the Hotkey Widget click the Edit button to enter Edit mode Hotkeys 10 Days To Christmas 9 Days To Christmas Shout Shout 0 02 0 02 2 While in Edit mode click on a Hotkey The selected Hotkey will display the green Configuration icon and the other Hotkeys will display the blue Move icon To rearrange a Hotkey page click the Move icon on a Hotkey to move the selected Hotkey to that location Clicking the Configuration
205. de start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack 8 Enter the details for this Start Play entry When all parameters have been set click OK See table on next page for more information about each parameter Activate at This time of day 00 00 00 When this playlist loads Execute O Immediately 0 First time signal is received Every time signal is received Signal E Deactivate at 00 00 00 T Keep active when switching playlists H Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Media asset HOT 0000 HOT 106 Legal ID Output E Dead roll 00 00 00 E Wait for this to finish before moving on Scheduling Content 317 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Activate at Select the option to activate When this playlist loads Execute Select the option to execute Every time signal is received and select the closure that will fire this media asset from the drop down box Keep active when switching playlists Leave this option un checked Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Media Asset Either type a Category in the first field and a valid Media Asset number in the second field or click the magnifying glass button and search for the Media Asset to play Output From the drop down list select the output to use whe
206. ded in the Workstation Stack The Workflow to be executed The Workflow name must be spelled precisely and is case sensitive Keep in mind the changes made in Playlist Editor are only reflected in the current playlist and will not change schedule files exported from music or traffic schedulers or the header information on individual audio files Scheduling Content 413 WIDE ORBIT How Do Scheduling Content Feel to make copies of these How Do I cheat sheets Post them around the station They are intended to offer simple reminders to help with common WO Automation for Radio tasks We hope you will find them useful as you train and re train your staff If you have comments on these documents would like to suggest improvements or have ideas for future documents please email rasdocuments wideorbit com Create a Workflow 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option If Playlist Editor is already open select the Workflows option from the toolbar 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit 5 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in the desired Workflow Action 6 Enter the details required for the Workflow Action Continue adding Workflow Actions until the Workflow is complete S
207. der Inventory it Content Export Directory Prod D AuditionTempDirecto Export directory for editing Adobe Audition files servertdrive AuditionT empDirectory mport Conten Asset Field Save Settings Configuration Radio Stations Categories Workstations Audio Ducking Media Importer Notifications Distribution Devices Now Playing System Adobe Audition Clustering Email Server Friendships Podcasting Build Version2 0 Build_38 2008 2009 WideOrbit Done The Export Directory should not be the same directory used in the AMAI rule for newly created files Creating and Editing Content 74 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Loading Files to Edit Using Audio Finder 1 Open Audio Finder Welcome Mozilla Firefox iS i i File Edit Wiew History Bookmarks Tools Help _ Welcome Central Server Configuration Apps Audio Finder Pieteters Software Installer Welcome UNC Launcher Welcome to WideOrbit Automation for Radio Setup nye This web application is used to configure your radio automation system Use the links below or on the left to select the functionality you Import Content wish to configure Asset Fields Radio Stations Configuration Radio Stations PAUL FM PAUL HD Categories Workstations Audio Ducking Media Importer Notifications Distribution 080 COM HOT JIN Devices NAB NB1 NB2 SFX Now Playing VK Categories System Adobe Audition Clustering Workstations Em
208. dget sesesesesseesseesssessseesseesseeosscosscessersseesseosseesseesseessecoseeosseessersseeoseeoserosseesseesseesseess 482 T TAS e e E A E D E AAEE A T 483 Getting to Know the Music Master Widget sssesssessseesseessseesseesseessecosscosseesseesseessecoseesseesseeoseeosscosseessersseesseeoserosseesseesseesseess 483 REPIC O aa E EEEO EATE OT TOEO OOREEN 484 PON O a E EE E AAEE ee E AE E E E ee 485 Run a Show Using WO Automation for Radio Workstation cscsscsessssessssesscscsscsssscsssscsessessssessseeseseessseeessesseaesseseeees 486 Manually Load an Asset in the Player Widget ses ssssessssessssessssesssseessseessseessseessseessseessseosserosserosseeosserosseeosseeosseessseessss 488 sxe Preview an Asset in the Player Widget ssseessseeseseessseessseessseessseessseeosseessseeosseessseosserosseeosserosseeosseeossseosserosserosserosserossees 489 Play an Assetin the Player Widget pac caccsescasancaceccrccatacyars auc asnacnsdyanseucaamiesueevadsassaibisat 2cnase ses eaoscneaesoo us EI T Aisa isea 490 as Perom a Library Search uesssursinnreis iini i RRE EE EEA 491 Add a New Hotkey Page sssessssessssesssseessserssseessseessseessseessseessseesseessserssseessserosseeossersssteosseessseessseessseeosseessseesssesseeeossersseeessseees 492 Add an Audio Item to a Hotkey Page issesissscirisusisisosieresseiiresenverissroisri renv u dar enenu tari CNPA EN EINAN SNENA r 493 Add a Workflow Item to a Ho
209. dicate the position of the EOM within the file Creating and Editing Content 27 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Converting Audio Files with TLC 1 Copy or move the files to be converted to your local TLC Audio Directory making sure to put the files in the right category 2 In TLC double click on the correct category in the Category Display 3 Click on the file to convert in the File List Multiple files can be selected by pressing the CTRL key while clicking on additional files or contiguous blocks can be selected by pressing the SHIFT key while clicking the last file in a block 4 Click the Format menu button On the TLC File Conversion window choose the destination automation system and compression scheme Scott Studios 45 5532 Linear PCM Uncompressed Filename Format Status Track_11 DIT Se AAW MPS Pending Automatically assign IDs starting with 0000 Keep originale renaming to bak on conflict Override End Date with Defined End Date Configuration Stat Cancel Creating and Editing Content 28 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 Set the new ID number by clicking in the ID column or check the option to Automatically assign IDs Scott Studios 45 3932 Linear FCM Uncompressed gt Filename Format 6008 Track 11 CFT Se Raw MPS Pending Automatically assign IDs starting with 0000 Keep originals renaming to bak on conflict Override End Date with Defined E
210. dio 5 Once the association has been established click OK to close the notification dialog Piai a Coo Browse Save 6 Check the Auto Launch TLC option The Auto Launch TLC checkbox allows TLC Bridge to automatically open TLC when a file is selected for editing in Audio Finder If TLC is already running selecting a file for editing would automatically bring TLC to the front of your Windows desktop T Click Save As soon as TLC Bridge is associated with TLC TLC Bridge will run in the background and never needs to be visible again unless the configuration needs to be modified Creating and Editing Content 148 WO AUTOMATION Rotators Rotators are groups of audio assets that rotate hence the clever name as each component piece of audio plays Rotators allow traffic or music scheduling software to schedule a single number which is associated in your WOAFR system with multiple audio files For example traffic can schedule a rotator with an asset number Rotator 1234 Coke Products of 1234 When Workstation loads 1234 for playback it sees the Asset 0234 Cherry Coke individual elements referenced in the rotator and determines Asset 1024 Caffeine tree Coke which asset to play based on a next to play index After playing Asset 1204 Diet Coke the audio the system advances the next to play index When the Asset 1230 A amp W Root Beer last element in the rotator plays the index moves to the top of the
211. dio switcher to the correct audio source From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher action PAUL FM JS EmoGoth WF Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record i Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait 1 Update Switcher hy Set Clock E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries no selection amp History Cancel 6 Begin to enter the details required to turn on your network audio See table on next page for more information about each parameter Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Device to update Please select a device A Device to update must be defined or Scheduling Content 300 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Always Execute This Action Un check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to 7 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS Ail Air2 Airs In4 Satellite In TO AIR You can set the Input and Output immediately or simpl
212. dios Automation and clicking on Format Stopset Major Click on Show Details and build your Link Design Major Stopset Log Format to look like the example on the next page Scheduling Content 278 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Link Design 3 Scott Studios Automation Major Stopset E aloj xj Details 1 Lett i Hide Details iir Time Version 12 iv 1 2 Lett 13 houer ri ai i i Lett ic Time Version 2 ET Left 02708 mimu fee CSC i 1 Lett i ii Lett eT SE kere Median 1 Lert fadaress EF Eileftc OK i 4jbetc ei E E 7 Lert PTEE f a Deft eS Tite o e 1 20 Left E ee SE Diere EI P iett J S o a 1 iiLeft Additional Artists 1 13 Left 1 1 fil thererpecerbererpeiiedoce fithdationa arises fifine Fields Displayed Column Details Columns Field Line Col Len Just 1 Air Time Version 12 Hour 1 1 2 Left 2 1 3 1 Left 3 Air Time Version 12 Min Sec 1 4 5 Left 4 7 1 9 1 Left 5 Sync Code Field 1 10 1 Left 6 1 11 1 Left 7 WOAFR Category Field 1 12 3 Left 8 1 15 1 Left 9 Code 1 16 2 Left 10 Asset Number 1 18 4 Left 11 1 22 1 Left Scheduling Content 279 WO AUTOMATION 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Notes Artists M J Runtime 23 24 44 45 46 47 66 67 68 20 Left Left Left Left Left Left Left Left Left 1 Selector database field holding Sync information Soft sync Hard sync Do Not Mov
213. ds There are two additional conditions you cannot begin playback until 5 seconds into the recording and the audio must play back from the same audio card being used to record the file Once your planning is complete you can create and schedule the Workflows 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow WorkFlows Station PAUL FM Name FB FS JL LB LL LS Time Announce Creating and Editing Content 79 for Radio WO AUTOMATION uolinqiisiq an a ore gene snl revooaa dav aanaunisna sav oar 1 3311 pug YMd uoneing Jaqunn jessy Asosaje nd no ndul CPINEIE WeN Weis0ld sjilejaq SUIpJOD Y sjlejaq auempueH oul YS Creating and Editing Content 80 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK WorkFlows Station PAUL FM ki 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Station PAUL FMI r Edit FS JL LB LL LS Delete Time Announce Top of Hour News Creating and Editing Content 81 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 The first step is to switch your audio switcher to the correct audio source From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher action PAUL FM Top of Hour News Workflow Title Comment 1 Actions Leader Simulcast Leav
214. e Selector database field holding three character WOAFR category gt Selector database field indicating event type i e JU voice track with Join Up link DA digital audio Selector database field holding WOAFR Asset number LIVE for stopsets or TIME for voice track events Scheduling Content 280 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Scheduling Events Using Templates In the typical radio station most sequential events will be scheduled in a music or traffic scheduler and imported into the daily playlist Actions and events not scheduled in your music and traffic software can be integrated into your daily schedule using templates Each template will contain events for one hour of a day although templates can be repeated in the same day or on different Templates are especially useful to stations like News Talk stations that do not schedule music using a music scheduler Previous products that have contributed to WOAFR referred to Hourly Templates as Hourly Clocks and Satellite Templates as Jock Clocks Jock Clocks were used to load and unload media assets associated with a specific network announcer that would fire based on closures from the network during satellite programs as well as any background recordings or time based events Scheduler Outputs Hourly Templates Background Events Satellite Templates When planning templates for hours not scheduled in a music scheduling prog
215. e CR DE a N E SS E E E A E A A AA 142 Editing Audio Using TLC Bridge and TLC sse sssesssessseesseessecosscossersseeoseeosecosscessessecoseeosscosseesseesseeosecosscosseesseeoseessseosseessersss 145 TC BIOO a E aus essere E EE E EE E EA E E E EE E 146 installation and SetuP unensusionsicearasinsieniiia iaeiei E AE 147 POLOT e E N E E E eee ee 149 Creating Rotators INAUdIO CIN OE sireramieneoeniniar nenn EREE 149 Editing Rotators in Audio ICON ca ucssccsssesatenqavsccesvanescessacdeasencesscsooacapvasesesssessasaozasseassasoantideapanssdevasssessanissstavondieapsaiadeesacaeaintigss 155 ren ROTO IN TEC ursinii n R OEN EN E EAA 156 Editing Rotators Using TLC Bridge and TLC sse sssesssesssessseessecssscosscesseesseeosecosscossessecosecosscosseesseeoseeosecosscossersseesseeosseosseessersss 158 Creating Rotators in the Central Server Web User Interface eseessseessseessseesssecesssesssecesseersseeesseeroseeeoseeosseeoseeesseeeoseeeoseeess 162 Editing Rotators in the Central Server Web User Interface essessseessssessseeessseesseeessseessseeosseeoseeeosseeosseesseeosseeosserosseeosseessss 164 Creating MSMAs Multi station Media Assets eseesseesssessseesseessecsseeossesssersseessecosecosscesseesseosecosseossersseeoseeosecosseosseesseesseess 165 HOW DO ee A EE N A E E A 169 Use TLC to Convert Audio Files to WOAFR Format cssssssssssssscsssscsssscsssscessscsssscsssscssscsssecsssecscsesecsesscsesacassscaesscaeses
216. e Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain delay playlist Update N Segmented Recording Send GP Output Send IP Message Send Serial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait 1 el E Browse Library Search Library i Deleted Entries no selection amp History Apply Cancel Creating and Editing Content 82 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 Begin to enter the details required to turn on your network audio Create Update Switcher Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device 4 Device to update must be defined aaa Field Description Always Execute This Action Un check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to Creating and Editing Content 83 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 7 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid 5 Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER onPAUL DS ABC FOX CBS XDS In5 In BOARD RECORD 4 You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Actio
217. e Workstation Stack Recommended In MM SS format this field is important for visual timing in Playlist Editor Scheduling Content 289 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Actual Unavailable Duration Intro Optional Year Optional Fade Type Optional Set Mode Sequential Only In SS format this value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack This value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack This value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Inserts a playlist event that will switch Workstation to either Manual or Automatic mode a Create Set Mode Field Notes Sync Point Required Mode Required While typically set to None this Set Mode event can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Setting the Sync Point to any option other than None will result in an additional field allowing you to specify the Sync Point time Hard amp Soft Sync types should only be used in unattended hours These sync types can remove events from the schedule without warning which may confuse live operators Forces Workstation to the specified mode when this event executes Scheduling Content 290 WO AUTOMATION for Radia Execute Workflow Executes a configured Workflow E Create Execute
218. e daily playlist until the game resumes using the Return to today s playlist option e Launch anew Special Program or a regular template using the Go to this playlist option All templates for this station will be available in the Go to this playlist selection including the current special program If you use this option you must create a separate Rain Delay template Return trigger From the drop down box select the GPI that will trigger the return to this Special Program Scheduling Content 348 WO AUTOMATION rf Radia Schedule the Special Program When you create a Scheduled Special Program you are scheduling separate editable instances of the program using the same template These instances will be added to the daily playlist when needed 1 To create scheduled instances of our Special Programs template either return to the main Playlist Editor launch screen and select Special Programs or click the Special Programs button on the Playlist Editor menu bar 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and the desired Special Program template and click Schedule to schedule a Special Program template Special Programs Station PAUL FM Name Westwood Baseball Schedule Scheduling Content 349 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 On the Scheduled Special Programs screen click Create Scheduled instances for Westwood Baseball Delete 4 Type a descriptive name for the sched
219. e field will set the timing position of the merge point Scheduling Content 269 WO AUTOMATION Configuring Workflow Automation Commands Typically scheduled as Background events all that is required in the breaknote text are the WF tag and the name of the Workflow to execute The Workflow name must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor INSERT EDIT A BREAKNOTE Runtime Stopset 0 00 0 No Text rrine Top of Hour News 5 Kill Date 7 7 F1 Field Description ID Type a four character ID associated with the breaknote Runtime If the Workflow is being scheduled as a Sequential event type the approximate runtime for this event to be used by Selector to estimate clock timing Stopset Type No Text Type the breaknote text For a Workflow the breaknote text must include these comma delimited fields as shown in the above example Sync Recommended Sequential Workflows can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol ID Required WF indicates this command is a Workflow event Artist Required if using This field references the desired Workflow The Workflow must be Rulesets spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor Ending Recommended Valid values are either S Sequential or B Background Most Workflows will be scheduled as Background events If this field is left blank the Workflow will be added as a Sequential event
220. e in HH MM SS format This duration must be at least one second Will you need to begin playing back the audio file while it is still recording Remember you cannot begin playback until 5 seconds into the recording and the audio must play back from the same audio card being used to record the file If the recording should finish based on time using the Maximum Recording Duration value leave this option set to None If the recording should finished based on a contact closure select the closure from the drop down list Check this option If left un checked the next actions in the Workflow will execute immediately Since the next action turns off the network audio leaving this un checked would result in recorded silence Set the distribution rules for this audio file Set the format and sample rate for this audio file Creating and Editing Content 87 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 10 The final step is to switch off the audio from your audio switcher From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher action PAUL FM Top of Hour News Workflow Title Comment 1 Update Switcher Update Switcher action Start Record Start Record action ai Switcher Actions Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain delay playlist Segmented Recording Send GP Output Send IP Message Send Serial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Ti
221. e of the pages and notice that it now displays the green Configuration icon while the other pages display the blue Move icon Hotkeys 4 gt New Page EJ Page 1 5 keys EDIT MODE g Christmas Liners Empty EDIT MODE Delivering Content 454 WO AUTOMATION 4 Click the green Configuration icon to change the name of the selected page Hotkeys 4 t New Page Edit Hotkey Page Title Page 2 Once you have typed in an updated page name click the green Confirm icon to save your changes 9 To move the selected page in the list of all Hotkey pages thereby changing the scroll order click the Move button on the new location Hotkeys 4 gt New Page E Page 1 5 keys EDIT MODE g Christmas Liners Empty EDIT MODE 6 When all changes have been made click the flashing Edit button to exit Edit mode Delivering Content 455 WO AUTOMATION Deleting a Hotkey Page In the Hotkey Widget click the Edit button to enter Edit mode Hotkeys Click the red Delete button on the Workstation Widget Bar at the bottom left of the main screen nc O gt Bx y yp a a O A l Hotkeys Delivering Content 456 WO AUTOMATION 3 Click the red Delete icon on the Hotkey page you wish to delete Hotkeys 4 t New Page age 1 5 keys EDIT MODE Page 2 Empty EDIT MODE Christmas Liners Empty EDIT MODE 4 When all changes have been made click the Delete button on
222. e recorded Title Optionally type the title for the recorded audio file Artist Optionally type the artist for the recorded audio file Creating and Editing Content 86 WO AUTOMATION Lal La Li Trivia Start End Date Start End Hour Start Recording Maximum Recording Duration Allow Playback While Recording End Trigger Wait for This to Finish Before Moving On Distribution Audio Parameters Optionally type Trivia notes for the recorded audio file To automatically insert the recorded date and time in the trivia field check the Show recorded date time in trivia checkbox Type a Start and End Date for this audio file The date must either be an exact date in M D YY format or a relative value Typing a relative value of 0 sets the date to today Typing a relative value of 1 sets the date to 23 59 59 tomorrow Typing a relative value of 7 sets the date to 23 59 59 seven days from today Type a Start and End Hour for this audio file The hour must either be an exact hour in HHmm format or a relative value Typing a relative value of 0 sets the hour to this hour Typing a relative value of 1 sets the hour to 59 59 next hour Typing a relative value of 12 sets the date to 59 59 twelve hours from now Select Immediately from the drop down box The When Audio Starts option is scheduled for implementation in a later release Type the maximum recording duration for this audio fil
223. e the Special Program template see page 281 including a Sequential entries like Execute Workflow entries and Merge Points b Background entries to arm closures prep media assets like Legal IDs or other imaging allow for an optional Rain Delay playlist and add an End Special Playlist Workflow Action 9 Schedule one or more instances of the Special Program see page 319 This allows you to make slight modifications to the special program without affecting the original template 10 When it is time to air the Special Program insert the Scheduled Special Program in the Background Playlist using the Load Playlist workflow action see page 352 Scheduling Content 321 WO AUTOMATION Creating the Workflows A basic special program will involve two Workflows Workflow 1 containing 4 An action to turn on the special program audio channel 5 An action to keep the input open until the selected Local Break input closure is received 6 An action to switch the audio channel back to the on air channels while the local spots are played This basic Workflow can be reused for as many segments as needed as long as the audio inputs and closures are the same throughout Workflow 2 containing 1 An action to turn off the special program audio channel and turn on the on air channels 2 An action to End the Special Program and return to the regular playlist In this example we are going to create Workflows for a baseball game a typical Special Prog
224. ear at the bottom of the screen and begin playback immediately Alive P O D Jump To 00 03 18 Fi PREVIEWING Start Last 10s E 3 23 You have the option to pause resume or stop the preview as well as jump to the last 10 seconds of the audio 3 Click the Close button at the bottom right of the Preview Widget to close the Widget Clicking the Preview button at the bottom of the Workstation screen will exit Preview mode Delivering Content 432 WO AUTOMATION ror Radio a Pausing and Resuming Playback 1 Click the Pause button at the top of the Stack Widget to pause the on air event The Start button next to the on air event will display the word PAUSED Station 104 1 FM i pmu Time 5 29 32 AM 00 00 53 _ 3 a O 3 Status Paused AUTOMATIC Output 1 Next 1 an Drive 22 3 49 PAUSED Incubus T2939 AM The Hand That Feeds 17 3 30 P gt Mine Inch Nails gaa 24 AM 200 0064 2 Click the Pause button again to resume playback of the on air event If you click the Start button with the PAUSED label instead of the Pause button you will fade the paused on air event Delivering Content 433 WO AUTOMATION a Em p sei tor Radio Moving Events 1 To move an event within the Stack click the label area of the event to be moved The event will be outlined and the Start button of all events in the Stack will be replaced by a blue Move button RR Sweep 1 Why Can t I
225. ear button at the top of the screen will remove the search criteria and displayed results Search Tips e Remember the Search tool searches all asset fields for a search term simultaneously Simply type one or two words from the title or one or two words from the artist For example the search string Madonna Like will return Like a Prayer and Like a Virgin by Madonna e To search within a specific category type the category code and include a forward slash e If you know part of the media asset s Asset ID you can go on to find a specific media asset by typing the Asset ID after the category for example COM 0025 e You can search for media assets with a specific duration by entering the time in MM SS format To find assets in a range of lengths enter the length with a dash between the times like this 03 15 03 30 e Search criteria can be combined If you are looking for a Madonna song that is between 03 00 03 30 you can enter Madonna 03 00 03 30 Delivering Content 491 Add a New Hotkey Page 1 In the Hotkey Widget click the Index button to view the pages list 2 Click the Edit button and click New Page to add a new page Hotkeys lt 4 gt New Page Page 1 5 keys EDIT MODE Page 2 Empty EDIT MODE 3 Type a name for the Hotkey page and click the green Confirm button 4 Repeat these steps as necessary to add more Hotkey pages When all pages have been configured click the flashing Edit button
226. earch Opens the on screen keyboard allowing you to type in search criteria 2 Clear Removes the previous search criteria and resets the search results 3 Scroll Arrows Allow you to browse through multiple results pages 4 Search Bar Displays the current search criteria The system will search all media assets for instances of the criteria in all fields 5 Sort Menu Provides options for sorting the search results By default results are sorted by Title displaying assets with special characters or numbers in the Title field first 6 New Opens the Audio Editor Widget to allow for creation of new assets vi Info Displays the header information for the selected media asset 8 Edit Opens the selected media asset in the Audio Editor Widget 9 Delete Removes the selected media asset from the database Delivering Content 443 WO AUTOMATION gt Arij k ee N ALILI Performing Library Searches 1 Click the Search button at the top of the Library Widget to bring up the on screen keyboard Use the on screen keyboard to enter your search criteria Library Search Clear 4 gt Showing results 10 14 of 14 Don t Break My Green Pat 4 34 300 0916 Sooner Or Later Breaking Beniamin 3 15 200 0098 Polyamorous So Cold Breaking Beniamin Breaking Beniamin 2 55 201 2375 426 200 0067 The Diary of Jane Breaking Benjiamin 3 13 200 0011 Delete If you prefer to use the regular keyboard click the Search butto
227. eauty Tubes 23 03 50 F 105 DA4226 08 03 30 steels gs co et 1983 1983 No More No Less Edit Collective Soul Limeliaht Hotel California Eagles TE Dart Rotator 7 7 Dave Dart Productic Rush No Sleep Till Brooklyn Beastie Boys 24 04 16 C 104 DA2787 08 07 21 Voice Trax Cool Radio Guy i Re Entry 7 7 Dave Dart Productic pinili Bt tat 3 AM Matchbox 20 Voice Trax You Get What You Give New Radicals Legal ID Yictor Lisle Gool Radio fuy Lit Up Radio Version L Buckcherry 00 00 30 TU1 JBO810 08 11 38 Lost In You Fi Brooks Garth Chri v No More No Less Edit Collective Soul 16 03 54 F 10 DA6 61 08 12 08 1999 Hotel California Eagles 52 06 19 F 105 DA4075 08 16 02 1977 1977 Dart Rotator Dave Dart Productions 00 00 05 JIN Y09999 08 19 57 Notice the button next to the first snippet begins counting down and the Action Button changes state to Record VT Creating and Editing Content 132 WO AUTOMATION 3 When you are ready to record the voice track click the Record VT button or press the SPACE bar to begin recording 084724 Voice Tracker 32 Current Log Play Deck 2 Announcer DB COOPER zaa eo co A el ere med She s A Beauty ay Lido Shuffle Boz Scaggs Tubes She s A Beauty Tubes 23 03 50 F 105 DA4226 08 03 30 mete T RUSE 1983 1983 No More No Less Edit Collective Soul Limelight Hotel California Eagles meg Dart Rotator Dave Dart Productic R
228. ecord Ready Level Meters Action Button Precut Voice Track Postcut Previous Next Buttons Preview Change Notification B DA TET 04 439 Description Many events in the stack may appear to be missing You may only see play buttons next to events immediately before and after a voice track position Shows a list of events before and after each voice track The dotted line represents the current voice track position If you are voice tracking for multiple stations use the Announcer drop down list to switch between the schedules for the different stations Use the Current Log drop down to select the day to voice track Activates the system meters to set microphone levels Shows volume levels of precuts voicetracks and postcuts This button is used to progress through the voice tracking process Its function changes for each new step This will be the audio you will be voice tracking out of The voice track being recorded If shown this will be the audio you will be voice tracking into Used to jump to the previous or the next voice track in the schedule Clicking either button after recording will also save the recorded voice track Used to review the voice track sequence If the schedule is changed at the radio station and you have already recorded voice tracks you will receive a notification the schedule has been updated Clicking the notification will clear the red message bar Creating and Editing Content 18
229. ected before recording any voicetracks Double click on the RVT desktop icon On the Login screen se ect the correct Server Name from the drop down list and click Login A log window will appear after VTX starts successfully Do not close or exit this window Closing the window will disconnect VTX 2 With the RVT module launched double click the VT32 desktop icon 3 Click the orange Next arrow to the right of the stack to get to the first voice track slot to be recorded 4 Click Begin Session or press the SPACE bar to start playing the first snippet o When you are ready to record the voice track click the Record VT button or press the SPACE bar to begin recording 6 When you want the postcut event to start click the VT EOM button or press the SPACE bar The voice track will continue recording but you will hear the postcut audio allowing you to talk over the postcut intro 7 Click the Stop Record button or press the SPACE bar to end the recording Creating and Editing Content 183 WO AUTOMATION When the voice track sequence is complete there will be a play button displayed to the left allowing you to play back the recorded voice track You may also click the Preview button to preview the entire precut voice track postcut sequence If you need to re record the voice track to modify the audio or improve the timing between events click Begin Session and repeat steps 4 7 If the voice track sequence is acceptab
230. ed You may need to create a Final Rule to ensure files not falling under any other rule will still be processed have added a new rule to cover the _REJECTED files How do get AMAI to try processing them again The easiest way to have AMAI reprocess a file is simply to rename the file in Windows Explorer removing the _REJECTED tag from the file extension Creating and Editing Content 21 WO AUTOMATION Dade TOF RUU Introducing TLC If you are using third party software that creates a file format AMAI does not recognize you can use TLC to convert it to a recognized format that can be imported Getting to Know the TLC Interface rim bal Fie Eft D thew et a CONTET View Toss Help te x Cs Copy Delete fenum Nemi Tio pD 080 COM 0543 0544 0546 054 0549 0555 0558 0559 0562 0563 0568 Bls Music Commercels ts a Netware Tag Day By Day Tempted an So Far Away Mickey Shoke lt Up Caught Up In You Der Kommissar Goody Two Shoes Crumblin Down The Sefety Dance 99 Luftballoons E 9 Format Riper Arist Hooters Squeeze APY To Co 39 Spe After The Fire Adam Art John Cougar Mefeancamp Men Without Hats Nena p eaguils TFN CAID Recorded Log Length 00 00 00 000 Curent Posion 00 00 00 000 ike baad 0 0db re ay Year Ending Start Hour 00 00 5959 Begin of Audio End of Audio PETTI d
231. ed The first 5 characters set the Do Not Move time and should be entered as 1 second before the subsequent Merge Point time Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Note Trivia Required Surrounded in quotes this field must include the Follower Breakaway Tag and the Ruleset both spelled exactly separated by the pipe symbol Sample Leader Breakaway LB event entry OI 0 71597 eyr LB 071799 Opt Stack Text rriorr FB Tag gt lt R uleset gt Key fields for Leader Simulcast LS commands Field Notes Required The tag LS identifies a Leader Simulcast Workflow action Title Optional Surrounded in quotes this text will appear in the Title field the Workstation Stack Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Note Trivia Required Surrounded in quotes this field must include the Follower Simulcast Tag Sample Leader Simulcast LS event entry 0l 10 00 zrzLS Opt Stack Text 5 9 lt Follower Simulcast Tag Scheduling Content 388 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Scheduling Follower Components Follower Breakaway and Follower Simulcast commands are automatically generated before and after Follower commercial breaks during simulcast dayparts They should not be scheduled moved or removed on the Follower station A Join Leader command is required for every Follower The Leave Leader command however would only be scheduled if the Foll
232. ed clock Scheduling Content 268 WO AUTOMATION Configuring Merge Point Automation Commands If you are merging music and traffic logs you must establish traffic merge points in the schedule where you wish the break to occur INSERT EDIT A BREAKNOTE Runtime stopset 3 00 0 No Text rM 20 00 Merge Point RULESE OI 00 7 Kill Date SEEME Media F1 ID Type a four character ID associated with the breaknote Runtime Type the approximate runtime for this break to be used by Selector to estimate clock timing Stopset Type No Text Type the breaknote text For a Merge Point the breaknote text must include these comma delimited fields as shown in the above example Sync Recommended Merge Points are typically scheduled as Do Not Move events using a period symbol ID Required Always entered as TM Title Required Surrounded in quotes the first five characters in MM SS format set the timing position of the merge point In the example above 20 00 sets this break position at 20 minutes past the hour Artist Required if using Surrounded in quotes this field references the desired fill Ruleset The Rulesets Ruleset must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor Length Required In MM SS format this field sets the Merge Point duration Kill Date Leave blank Media Leave blank When adding a Merge Point Automation Command adding the break time in MM SS format as the first five characters of the Titl
233. ed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Wait This Amount of Time Specify a time in MM SS format Wait Until This External Signal is Select from a list of all configured GP Inputs Received Wait Until Either of the Above Events The system will wait the amount of time specified or the external signal is received whichever comes first Scheduling Content 200 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Start Record The Start Record action is used to record a single file as opposed to segmented recording which records multiple files A Create Start Record E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Audio Input Use default input Category Media Asset Number Tithe Start Record action Artist Trivia E Show recorded date time in trivia Start Date End Date Start Hour End Hour Start recording Immediately Maximum Recording Duration 00 00 00 E Allow playback while recording E Wait for this to finish before moving on E PAUL FM Audio parameters PCM MP2 Sample rate s Media Asset Number must be 4 characters consisting of numbers and or wildcards 36 Cancel Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the actio
234. eesssesssessseesseessecossersseesseessecosecosseesseesseosscosserssersseeosecosseosseesseesseess 257 Exporting a Completed Schedule to WOAFR sssesssesssessseesssesssessseesseesseessscssseesscesseeoseosseesseesseeosscosscosseesseesseessecosseessersse 258 Configuring Selector DOS to Export to WOAFR sessessssessssessssesssecessecessecessecesseceosecessecesecesseeeoseeeoseceosecessseeoseeesseeesseeeoseeess 259 Configuring the Automation EXPOTt ssissieiriasanisrsiaiaiininrinii aia i 259 Correlating Output Design Fields with the Selector Song Information Card sessessssessseesssecsssecesseeessseesseeesseeess 266 Configuring Automation Commands Using BreaknoteS ese ssseessseessseessseesssecsssecessecessecesseeesseeesseeesseeoseeessseesseeesseeess 267 Configuring Merge Point Automation COMmMmandS sese ssseessseessseesssecesseeessecsssecesseceusecesseceseeessecesseeeoseceoseeessseessseesseeess 269 Configuring Workflow Automation CommandS sesesssseessseessseessseesssecesseesssecesseceusecessecessecesscesseeesseceoseceoseceossresseeesseeess 270 Configuring Voice Track Automation CommandS sseesessessssesssscsssecessseesseceosecroseceosseeoseeeoseeeoeeeosseeoseceosseeosseeosseeosereosseesseeees 271 Configuring Memo Automation CommandS sssessseessssessseeessseessseessecessecesssceoseceoseceoseeesseeoseeeosseeoseteoseteosseeosseeossteosereosseeoseeess 272 Exporting a Completed Schedule to WOAFR sssesssessseesseesss
235. egories save them to their respective upload queues and then upload them all at once There are four buttons on the Upload Queue Add Adds the currently selected files in the file list to the upload queue Del Removes the currently selected files in the upload queue This action only removes them from the queue and does not delete the actual file Send Sends the files in the queue to the selected destination Log Displays a log of upload activity The Destinations List Seine This list displays destinations that have been configured in the Network tab of Upload A TLC s Tools Options dialog This will typically be a single entry rather than the long list common in previous versions as Central Server and Friendship Server will handle extended distribution of files Creating and Editing Content 25 WO AUTOMATION R Lf rs Li Ld ILI The Player Recorder 50 20 S 50 20 z Cut IO d0 50 geatu oi Recorded N Log Length 00 00 00 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 40 i I i CTENI L 5 yr Maal ih l il Let IN 51 A45 671 Right IN 1 A51611 Title Year Artist Ending Mote Start Date 4 7 2010 StartHour 00 00 00 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 End Date 4 7 2010 TFA End Hour 00 gj 59 59 End of Audio OO 00 00 000 The Cart Player is located directly below the File List and is used to record and edit audio and rotator files Object Description VU Meters Disp
236. enes or until a Leave Leader entry is executed Indicates a period when a Follower will be connected to a Leader More importantly this workflow tells the Follower which Leader Station to join Indicates that the follower should disconnect from its Leader This Workflow Action indicates that Followers should break away to local programming This Workflow Action indicates the point in the schedule when simulcast content resumes Follower Breakaway Workflow Indicates a period when a Follower will break away from the Leader to play content from the local playlist Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option Automatically inserted into the Follower playlist based on the location of Leader Breakaway events in the Leader playlist Automatically inserted into the Follower playlist based on the location of Leader Simulcast events in the Leader playlist Inserted into the Follower playlist at the beginning of a simulcast daypart Inserted into the Follower playlist at the conclusion of a simulcast daypart Inserted automatically into the Leader playlist before Merge Points No user configuration necessary Inserted automatically into the Leader playlist after Merge Points No user configuration necessary Scheduling Content 368 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 2 Select the Follower station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow Station PAUL FM g Baseball Segment End Baseb
237. er Simulcast Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Tag Simulcast Length 00 00 Option Description Always execute this action Execute this action regardless of time or other events This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Allow execute on standby This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Used only in Invincible Lite systems configurations Contact customer support for more information Tag Used as part of the Automatic Follower Scheduling function We recommend typing a value of Simulcast Keep this value written down somewhere nearby You must reference it exactly when scheduling the Leader Simulcast Workflow Action Length For future development use Leave this field blank Scheduling Content 376 WO AUTOMATION for Radio T You may also need to update your audio switcher From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher Workflow Action PAUL FM Follower Simulcast Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions Follower Simulcast Follower Simulcast action Send GP Output Update Switcher Send IP Message Is Send Serial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait 4 EA Follower Simulcast E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library Allow execution on standby systems je Deleted Entries Tag Simulcast Length
238. er action End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway 4 With the Workflow created add it as a Background Event to the one of your templates or using your music scheduler If you want the Start Record Workflow to execute today you will need to Clear amp Reimport today s schedule Keep in mind that this process will discard any changes made in the Workstation Stack Creating and inserting net record events at least a day in advance will allow the system time to insert them cleanly into the daily schedule and eliminates the need to Clear amp Reimport Creating and Editing Content 178 Schedule a Multi segment Net Capture Event Before configuring network recording events network audio and closures should be wired to your audio switcher successfully tested and configured in the Central Server Web Configuration UI All recording events are configured in Playlist Editor as Background Events Also have the clock for the program you will be recording handy It will contain important information concerning closures and segment timing 1 First create any necessary Workflows Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow 2 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit 3 Create the Workflow adding Update Switcher Workflow Actions and Segmented Rec
239. er opening the playlist to be edited find the point in the schedule where the event should be restored Either scroll to the location in the playlist or click on an hour on the Jump Bar to jump to a specific point in the playlist 2 In the Detail Pane click on Deleted Entries This will display a list of all deleted events for the day 3 Click on and drag the event to be restored into the schedule gt Playlist Editor kaz p I i j r is du EO Esp O U u PAUL FM Friday 9 3 10 Schedule 9 Time Sync Title Comment 1 11 59 59 soft HOUR UPDATE 11 59 59 I Melt With You 12 04 01 Things Can Only Get Better 12 07 48 Easy Lover 12 12 30 Be Good To Yourself Artist Comment 2 Modern English Howardjenge eevee 422 12 56 Philip Bailey with Phil Collin R Journey seUgusueeuSeveueuNeCeCeVeueuuCuTUeUSUCeTevesNeEs Sequential Background Mu Act Len 00 00 04 02 03 46 04 42 03 36 Sch Len 00 00 04 02 03 46 04 42 03 36 In 00 13 25 28 14 A 12 20 00 12 20 00 Iaz gzzgzgzgzTI 1 00 2 00 STOPSET Mt Olive College COM FILL ul 4 00 5 00 6 00 7 00 8 00 9 00 10 00 JE J 12 00 EEZ Details e Browse Library Search Library FR Deleted Entries amp History 03 00 03 00 00 00 59 00 59 00 B Drag entries from this table into the play list to restore O Title Comment1 M Wait File Act Len 080 5433 03 56
240. ert the Stop Skim event E Create Stop Skim no settings Cancel 11 If necessary drag and drop the Stop Skim event to the correct position in the Sequential playlist Creating and Editing Content 118 WO AUTOMATION Voice Tracking Voice tracking allows you to create specific audio tracks for specific segues in your schedule Before voice tracking voice track positions must already exist in your schedule and the Playlist and Voice Tracker widgets must be assigned to containers and configured 1 To open the Voice Tracker widget select a voice track to record in the Playlist and click the Edit Voice Track button Splecied playint entry VoreTrack M PAUL FM Monday 7218 F ibris Fiti itae Z991 2 PAULFM Today Playing O 0r 06a AUTOMATIC Vole Tracker Eding Yote Trask Time Tithe ON AIR e caman nig ti 260a Hungry Eyes Der Kommit STOPSET Calany Tire Hardee s Washbunn Univers Sunbrella Fabri Evarngedy Wanti G ol amp Ncw Wobre Track Cuts Like A Knih n a oT Library Search PAUL FH Wobte Track Lenin Jim Y ae bi Dont Fear The Rea_ Deo Wop oniy Go Bin Oyster Cei ipi mahihi ji C l britior HOUR UPDATE f ust Like Starting EEN Tinm E gt 7 SINR AOUE 4 EDAN gt tI mat ajai La a a gt COM FILL s Colony Tire Si tia h 2 man 5 gt Hardee s a ae e r Fy aii n TRB L 7 ee i ele ab a i T S
241. erted 4 o 2 15 19 49 z showing results 1 9 of Tota Playing 080 6999 PAUL FM Select the position where you would Library AUTOMATIC Time t 9 Dream bed KOOL 105 WUK o ove Walks In ij Lennon John n At This Moment 8 3 25 ON AIR pity Vera amp The Beate 0 07 ak wk yer 01 50 00 l bed Wakin Up on KOO Can t Live Without Your Don t Fear The Reaper Nelson Blue Oyster Cult STOPSET COM FILL Doo Wop only Good Tim J Just Died In Your Arms i Just Died In Your Arms Cutting Crew Cutting Crew l Ce we we we Mt Olive College s 1 LS 01 59 59 Hotkeys lt Nip amp Tuck North Carolina State Fair S N bed KOOL 195 VAIK onty Doo Wop only OQ _ KOOL 105 an A rit x Look Of Love Part One 12 3 27 Load Baseball Special Program oT at i PAUL FM 2 All events currently loaded in the Stack will be replaced by a blue Insert button Click the Insert button where you want to insert the selected event Workstation will exit Insert mode automatically Queued actions will appear in the top right hand corner of the Workstations screen To cancel an action just click on it Delivering Content 435 WO AUTOMATION ror Radio Deleting Events 1 To enter Delete Mode click the red Delete trash can button in the bottom tool bar PAUL FM a Libra s am Search Clear q P a B r shig FE ti r TFA ee Pla
242. es are edited by clicking on an event and dragging it to its new position Gain envelopes are edited by clicking on one of the red envelope markers and dragging it to its new level or Editing 2 playlist entries Zoom In Zoom Out If This Is It 867 5309 Jenny Accept Close remember 50 gain represents the original recorded volume When the segue edit is complete and gain envelopes have been set click Preview to listen to the segue If the edits are correct click Accept to make the change If This Is It 867 5309 Jenny Accept Delivering Content 481 WO AUTOMATION Em p Smee tor Radio a Audio Editor Widget This recorder editor gives you access to existing audio as well as an interface for creating new WOAFR assets Step by step recording and editing procedures are available in the Creating and Editing Content section See page 36 for information about recording new audio using the Audio Editor and page 136 for more about editing existing files Getting to Know the Audio Editor Widget Audio Editor i E 4 Properties Timers Restrictions Distribution Tools Title Al My Love Artist Led Zeppelin Note Year 1979 Commit Ref Field Description 1 Title Bar Displays the Asset ID of the currently loaded media asset When creating a new asset the title bar will display Editing new media asset until the asset is saved 2 New Button Click here to create a new audio recording
243. es the current event off air and starts the next event in the stack E Create Start Stack E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Stack Select whether the workflow action will start the next event on the Default Stack Stack 1 or Stack 2 Scheduling Content 214 WO AUTOMATION Lal it Creating Segment Rulesets Many times commercial breaks need to be a specific length particularly when working with satellite or network programming If the schedule coming from traffic has too few commercials to fill an entire break there may be timing problems when airing network programming Segment Rulesets allow the system to fill incomplete breaks using material from a specified category For example if a break needs to contain 3 00 but traffic only schedules 2 30 WO Automation for Radio can pick content equaling the remaining 30 from a pool of material specified by a Segment Ruleset 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Segment Rulesets option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click
244. escription This button is used to progress through the voice tracking process Its function changes for each new step Used to review the voice track sequence after recording and before saving Cancels the voice tracking process to let you start over Used to jump to the previous or the next voice track in the schedule Clicking either button after recording will also save the recorded voice track Shows or hides the postcut if the system has the Hide Postcut function enabled See note on next page for more discussion of this feature Opens a sliding palette with configured hotkeys allowing the user to play hotkey audio while recording voice tracks Click the Lock button to keep the palette enabled and open while voice tracking Opens a sliding widget displaying the playlist currently being voice tracked showing previous and upcoming events Allow users to edit segues between the precut completed voice tracks and postcut Used to link the voice track to events above and or below it offering enhanced protection a voice track will not play if one of the linked event s fails to cue This will be the audio you will be voice tracking out of The voice track entry will display No audio data until audio is recorded If shown this will be the audio you will be voice tracking into Creating and Editing Content 182 Voice Track Using the Distant City Voice Tracker 1 The Remote Voice Track module must be launched and conn
245. events and starts playback of the next event 02 Fade a Silent audio a Intro Time 708 Current event In this example the EOM is positioned two seconds into the event starting the next event and fading the current event to silence Special transitions allow you to override aspects of this default behavior Voice Over Scheduling an audio event as a Voice Over overrides the system s default behavior of fading out the current event audio regardless of category settings EOM Next Event D o J Intro Time In this example the EOM is positioned two seconds into the VO event The EOM starts the next event but does not fade out the current event allowing for overlapping audio Key fields Field Notes Category Required This refers to the WOAFR category where the VO audio is stored ID Required The tag VO followed by the four digit asset ID number Title Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Artist Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Length Recommended In MM SS format this field is helpful for visual timing in Playlist Editor Sample event entry UZ63o 5007 105 VOSS 149 Legali DT Opt Stack Text UUT LA Fyr Scheduling Content 231 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Voice Protec
246. events are the standard fare of most music based radio stations These are songs liners legal IDs or other audio events Create Playable Entry Sync Point Type Digital Audio Category z File number Title New Playable Entry Scheduled duration 00 00 Artist Actual duration Note Intro Field Notes Sync Point Type Category File Number Title Artist Note Scheduled Duration While typically set to None this Playable Entry event can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Setting the Sync Point to any option other than None will result in an additional field allowing you to specify the Sync Point time Hard amp Soft Sync types should only be used in unattended hours Required Select the Event Type from the drop down list For a detailed explanation of available event types see the Event Types section in the Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler topic Required This refers to the WOAFR category where the Playable Entry is stored Required The audio file s four character asset ID number Recommended This text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Recommended This text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Optional This text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in th
247. f the Hotkeys will automatically adjust depending on the size of the container and the number of configured Hotkeys Getting to Know the Hotkey Widget Hotkeys 10 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 6 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 9 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 5 Days To Christmas Shout 0 08 8 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 4 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 7 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 3 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 2 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 Ref Field Description 1 Edit Button Clicking this button puts the Hotkey Widget into Edit mode allowing users to create or edit Hotkeys and Hotkey pages 2 Index Button Provides quick access to all configured Hotkey pages 3 Scroll Buttons Allows users to scroll between Hotkey pages When clicked Hotkeys can be configured to play back an audio asset execute a Workflow or quickly jump to another Hotkey page 4 Hotkey Hotkey configuration is stored centrally and associated with a specific Radio Station and Profile This makes Hotkeys much more portable with palettes and changes automatically updated on all Workstations using that Radio Station and Profile Delivering Content 451 WO AUTOMATION Adding New Hotkey Pages In the Hotkey Widget click the Index button to view the pages list Hotkeys 10 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 6 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 2 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 Hotkeys 9 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 5
248. flow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Title Hostname Handle Timeout Scheduling Content 208 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Lock Unlock Screen Locks the WOAFR user interface preventing accidental mouse or touchscreen clicks Either schedule an unlock Workflow to unlock a locked screen at a specific time or point in the schedule or press ESC on the keyboard E Create Lock Unlock Screen E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Lock the screen E Unlock the screen Lock messaqe Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Lock Unlock the Screen Select if this Workflow Action will lock or unlock the screen Lock Message Enter a message that will be displayed on the screen while it is locked Scheduling Content 209 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Send GP Output Activate the configured GP output E
249. for Radio From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a Segmented Recording action ES Plavlict Edi OI 4 Type Update Switcher t i is SS ol e i PAUL FM Dr Laura Hour 1 Workflow eo Title Comment 1 Update Switcher action f Segmented Recording sea Actions Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain delay playlist Segmented Recording Send GP Outnit lt m r E gt Browse Library Search Library Deleted Entries D History Z Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS v ABC FOX CBS XDS PREMIERE In6 In7 In 8 BOARD RECORD amp oy aan Creating and Editing Content 101 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 9 Enter the details required to record your long form network audio When all parameters have been set click OK to save your changes F Create Segmented Recording E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Audio Input Category Title Segmented Recording action Artist Trivia Show recorded date time in trivia Start Date End Date Start Hour End Hour Start recording Immediately Maximum Recording Duration 00 00 00 E Wait for this to finish before moving on Distribution F PAUL FM Audio parameters PCM MP2 Sample rate
250. g Ei Update Switcher E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library El Allow execution on standby systems Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS Airl Air2 Air3 In4 Baseball In6 In7 In 8 meee B RECORD History 13 To create our second Workflow either return to the main Playlist Editor launch screen and select Workflows or click the Workflows button on the Playlist Editor menu bar 14 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow WorkFlows Station PAUL FM X Y Name Baseball Segment FB FS JL LB LL LS Lock Screen Time Announce Top of Hour News Scheduling Content 329 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 15 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK Station PAUL FM 16 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Baseball Segment End Baseball FB FS JL LB LL L5 Lock Screen Time Announce Top of Hour News Scheduling Content 330 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 17 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher action 5 th PAUL FM Baseball Segment PAUL FM End Baseball X PAUL FM End Baseball Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions Update Switcher Set Clock 3 Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Upd
251. g clicking this button will stop playback and unload the asset from the player If the asset is not playing clicking this button will only unload the asset Clicking this button will stop playback not fade a playing asset This field will only display the player name until a media asset is added Once an asset is loaded in the player the label will display that asset s information Displays the name as entered in the Player Widget configuration Delivering Content 439 WO AUTOMATION pm tor Radia Manually Loading Assets in the Player Widget Media Assets can be loaded manually from the Stack Library Playlist or Hotkey Widgets 1 Click on an asset in any of these widgets and the blue insert icon will appear in the Player Widget an showing results 1 10 of 80 1 THIS WEEK 1 26 BED 4321 245 A NIGHT SHOW BED 2 Joe 203 i 2 A NIGHT SHOW Playe Joe AS MIGHT SHOW BED 1 BED 0170 Playe lt gt Sort by title a A NIGHT SHOW BED 1 Joe BED 01 70 A NIGHT SHOW BED 3 Joe BED 01 72 Click the Media Asset Label of the Player deck where you want to insert the asset An asset cannot be loaded into a deck that is currently playing Assets can also be loaded from the Hotkey Widget if the Hotkey Widget is in Edit mode Delivering Content 440 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 1 Previewing Assets in the Player Widget To enter Preview mode click the green Preview headph
252. g database field Highlight the blank line under the field you just added and type in a comma which will go in Column 11 for a Length of 1 If there is no blank line create one by clicking on Edit and selecting Insert Blank Space 5 Repeat these steps for all instances where punctuation or any other non Selector characters need to be added Continue with the process of inserting Selector fields and additional characters as needed to build the output file Sample Song Design Output al lts_a_Music_Log bt Notepad File Edit Format View Help 00 00 00 ROE DA6549 The Red Chevelle 03 57 00 Fade 00 03 57 ROE DA6593 You re On Fire MePe 03 1 9 00 Cold 4 mn Scheduling Content 276 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Song Design Fields Fields Displayed Column Details Columns Field 1 Air Time Version 12 Hour 1 1 2 Left 2 1 3 1 Left 3 Air Time Version 12 Min Sec 1 4 5 Left 4 1 9 1 Left 5 Sync Code Field 1 10 1 Left 6 1 11 1 Left 7 WOAFR Category Field 1 12 3 Left 8 1 15 1 Left 9 Code 1 16 2 Left 10 Asset Number 1 18 4 Left 11 i 1 22 1 Left 12 1 23 1 Left 13 Title 1 24 20 Left 14 d 1 44 1 Left 15 1 45 1 Left 16 1 46 1 Left 4 Artists 1 47 19 Left 18 f 1 66 1 Left 19 f 1 67 1 Left 20 Runtime 1 68 7 Left 21 1 75 1 Left 22 Intro 2 1 76 2 Left 23 1 78 l Left 24 Ending 1 79 1 Left 25 T 1 80 3 Left Notes 1 Selector database field holding Sync informati
253. g the details for the rotator entry When all assets have been added to the rotator click the Submit link to save your changes Creating and Editing Content 163 WO AUTOMATION a j Fi T Tr ir ALILI Editing Rotators in the Central Server Web User Interface In Audio Finder type the name or Media Asset ID in the search field Click the edit icon to the right of the rotator to open the editing screen Audio Finder Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help _ Audio Finder Audio Finder 9879 Search Audio Search tips Local Inventory Remote Inventory Transfers Upload Delete Title Artist Media Asset Jingles 3 JIN 9879 Upload Delete Audio Finder WideOrbit 2009 Apps Rotators Reports Results 1 1 of 1 for 9879 0 05 seconds Family 2 Clicking the red X next to an asset in the rotator removes that asset from the rotator but does not delete the original audio Additional assets can be added to the rotator by clicking the Add Entry link Clicking on an entry allows you to manually position the next to play marker When all changes are complete click Submit to save your changes Edit Rotator Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help _ Audio Finder x Edit Rotator Rotators Edit Rotator Seog Ex x jot Apps Audio Finder Reports Rotators are media assets that are made up of one or more other media assets that pl
254. gment Ruleset to a mandatory break this is an appropriate option Only when content is already present will instruct the Segment Ruleset only to fill breaks that already include content scheduled by Traffic Scheduling Content 217 WO AUTOMATION Airtime fill Max Duration Specifies the maximum duration of the largest single fill item that may be placed in the segment The system will select the longest file it has available up to this limit to fill the segment then the next longest file and so on Categories Select the category containing fill content Multiple fill categories can be selected by pressing the CTRL key while clicking on additional categories See note below concerning fill categories Indicates the segment will receive filler material at airtime Airtime fill will select the most rested media asset matching the duration required This is generally the preferred strategy Method Always will force the Segment Ruleset to fill breaks to their specified duration whether Traffic has scheduled spots or not opening empty breaks If you will apply this Segment Ruleset to a mandatory break this is an appropriate option Only when content is already present will instruct the Segment Ruleset only to fill breaks that already include content scheduled by Traffic Max Duration Specifies the maximum duration of the largest single fill item that may be placed in the segment The system will select the most rested longest file
255. h them To set Field Properties double click on the property in the Field Properties column and type in the appropriate text See chart on page 240 for alist of all Design Fields and required Field Properties When the field has been added and properties have been configured click in the next available space in the Design Field column and repeat steps 6 and 7 until all required fields have been added S MusicMaster Export File Designer File Help ooz Song Song Export Break z Traffic Merge Design Field Pos Unscheduled Air Time Len File Header Format Day Header Function Hour Header Comment Hour Footer Day Footer File Footer If you use MusicMaster to schedule categories designated as non music you will need to create a Design Page for non music categories as well In the Design Pages column click the Add a Design Page icon MusicMaster Export File Designer File Help ea ee AirTime Fixed Text Media Filename Title Artist RunTime Intro Ending Notes Notes Notes Notes Break Log Note Traffic Merge Unscheduled File Header Day Header Hour Header Hour Footer Day Footer File Footer KJLS VWYOAFR Export Scheduling Content 238 8 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Select the Song design page type and enter the Design Page Properties Type a page name like Non song Export and set the category to Non Music categories only MusicMaster Export File Designer File Help 992 Song Song Export Brea
256. hanges made in each program updating each other For music the Music Master Nexus Server offers similar functionality For the re import functionality to work it must be enabled in the Radio Station s Playlist configuration in the Central Server Web Configuration UI There is risk associated with making changes remotely in Playlist Editor or re exporting schedules from your scheduling software if the changes made are close to air time Operators may not have sufficient warning and may be caught off guard by changes that update the Stack seemingly by magic And not good Hermione Granger magic More like evil Lord Voldemort magic Scheduling Content 402 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Opening a Playlist for Editing 1 In Playlist Editor click on the Playlists menu icon or click on the Playlists option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2 On the calendar select the correct station from the drop down list and click on the date to be edited Station PAUL FM SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI F p Keep in mind the changes made in Playlist Editor are only reflected in the current playlist and will not change schedule files exported by music or traffic schedulers or the header information on individual audio files Scheduling Content 403 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Re ordering Events 1 After opening the playlist to be edited find the event sequence to modify Either scroll to the location in the playlist or cl
257. he Playlist pane and select Create New Entry 3 Playlist Editor Sare PAUL FM JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly Template Sequential Background e O Time Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Cat I 0000 00 hard Execute Workflow _JSEmoGoth WF 00 00 00 00 00 Create New Entry Ctrl N X Delete Entry Delete Sync File ActLen Sch Len In Fa Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V 18 00 19 00 20 00 21 00 22 00 23 01 On Air Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table Workflow Histo x Estimated length Scheduling Content 312 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 9 Select the option for Merge Point and click OK Create New Entry Sa Please select the type of entry to create Live Copy Memo Playable Entry Start Podcast Stop Podcast Set Mode manual auto Execute Workflow Workflow Actions 10 Enter the details for this Merge Point entry When all parameters have been set click OK E Create Merge Point Sync Point Do Not Mowe at 00 10 00 Stopset duration 03 00 Comment 1 New Merge Point Comment 2 Comment 3 Field Description Sync Point Typically you will select Do Not Move at When you set the Sync Point to Do Not Move you will have the additional parameter to set the estimated schedule
258. he Plug in or setting up AMAI make sure Audition is properly installed and activated For Adobe Audition training resources check out the Adobe web site or the training disc that came with your copy of the software Creating and Editing Content 54 WO AUTOMATION E FC ET FUI XLIII Getting Ready Installing the Adobe Audition Plug in 1 Download the installation ZIP file from ftp 67 18 226 205 SOFTWARE DOWNLOADS AdobePlugin If you have a previous version of the plug in installed already it must be removed and Adobe Audition restarted before installing the new version To remove the previous version 1 Close Adobe Audition Delete the file named gra_audition_plugin flt from the Program Files Adobe Adobe 3 0 folder Open Adobe Audition before proceeding with the installation of the new plug in Opening Audition with no plug in installed allows the program to forget the old version of the plug in 2 Close Adobe Audition and extract the entire contents of the downloaded ZIP file to the Program Files Adobe Adobe 3 0 folder 3 Restart Adobe Audition 4 Configure your Preferences With Adobe Audition open press F4 to open the Preferences dialog Click on the System tab Preferences General System Colors Display Data Multitrack SMPTE MTC External Controllers Wave Cache Enable Undo Cache Size 32 5 Levels minimum Purge Undo Temporary Folders Primary Temp D Temp Secondary Temp C U
259. he placement of this first satellite workflow in a real world application This example is simply meant to help you become comfortable with the concepts involved in scheduling satellite programming If you need additional help with your specific schedule and you have a current service plan please contact WideOrbit Customer Service Scheduling Content 311 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Sync Point Since we want this first Workflow to execute at an exact time select a Hard Sync Point from the drop down list Hard Sync Time In HH MM SS format type the time this Workflow should execute In most cases you will only want to enter the minutes and seconds since this template may be used in multiple hours Playlist Editor will fill in the specific hour when the daily schedule is created Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Workflow From the drop down list select the Workflow to execute Estimated Length Type an estimated length of this segment This value is helpful in estimating timing in Playlist Editor 8 With the Sequential option selected in the top right corner right click in t
260. he system turns off the Sports audio channels with the second Update Switcher workflow action The Stack naturally progresses to the next elements in the schedule the commercials inserted into the Merge Point by traffic When the commercials finish playing the system executes the Workflow to start the cycle all over again until all breaks have finished playing In effect the network content in this case the baseball game segment is encapsulated by the Workflow Start Media Asset Workflow Update Switcher Wait Update Switcher Merge Point Workflow Update Switcher Wait Update Switcher Merge Point End Special Playlist eat an0 Workflow MOJOM Arm assets like Legal IDs or other identifiers Begin Content segment turn on Sports Audio Set duration to estimated length of content segment End Content segment turn off Sports Audio when Local Break closure received Filled by Traffic Begin Content segment turn on Sports Audio Set duration to estimated length of content segment End Content segment turn off Sports Audio when Local Break closure received Filled by Traffic Allows the system to return to the regular playlist Brea Closure a Fr A z ar Scheduling Content 335 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Special Programs option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Special Program template Special Program
261. ia aiia aiaa Naa ii 322 Creating the Optional Segment RUSE sesesessssessssssesssesesecsesesscsesessssssssssssscsesscsssessessassecassssecsssesscasscsecseassscaeseeseaeaess 334 Creating the Special Program Template acscvsssisevouesdscsxceasecavvesbscsenevsssvesscstivssventeseiesdouutcielsshevesdbvctupis isevnutebouixeeetbsievesbinbsnesiusieuntss 334 Sched le the Spedal Progra Irapiecrsvescrssncarstevtvaysey terse ereseacran steep antennas EOE EEE ern nep ESSEN aana 349 Inserting the Scheduled Special Program es ssseesssesssesssessseessecosscssscesseesseeosecosscossesseeosecosscosscesseeosecosecosscosseesseesserosseosseessersss 352 Adding Load and End Playlist Actions to a Hotkey for Manual Operation sessessssseesssseesssseesssseeessseeesssserossserossseessse 356 Editing a Scheduled Special Program sse sssesssessseesseessecssscossessseesseeosecosseosseesseesseosscosseesseeoseesseeosscosseesseesseeoseeosseosseesseesseesseessee 364 koader FOON CF aenar AETA ENO OOE ATIA NOOO OO OOOO 367 Leader Follower Workflow Overview sssessssssessssseesssseesssseesssseeesssseronsserossseeossseeessstessseeeossseeossseeossserossserossseerossserosseerossserossss 368 Follower Breakaway WorkfloW ssssessssseesssseesssseesssseeeossseeossseeossseeossseceossseesseeeosseeeossseeossseeossserossserossseeessseeeosseerssseersssserssserosssees 368 Follower Simulcast Workflow se s sssssessssseesssseeessseesssseeeosseeeossseeonssecossseeesseeosssseeos
262. ial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mode start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Activate at This time of day 00 00 00 When this playlist loads Execute 5 Immediately First time signal is received Every time signal is received Signal E Deactivate at 00 00 00 E Keep active when switching playlists E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Melia asset HOT 0000 HOT 106 Legal ID he E Dead roll 00 00 00 E Wait for this to finish before moving on Enter the details for this Start Play entry When all parameters have been set click OK See table on next page for more information about each parameter Scheduling Content 344 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Activate at Select the option to activate When this playlist loads Execute Select the option to execute Every time signal is received and select the closure that will fire this media asset from the drop down box Keep active when switching playlists Leave this option un checked Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Media Asset Either type a Category in the first field and a valid Media Asset number in the second field or click the magnifying glass button and search for the Media Asset to play Output From the drop down l
263. ic and Manual modes Are all your event labels gray Add some color by configuring category colors in Workstation s System Settings See the section on Installing Configuring and Managing your System for details Delivering Content 430 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Getting to Know the Stack Widget station 104 1 FM T f 6 rine 5 27 38 AM 00 01 01 7 OO 5 ty Status Playing 100 1260 ORE MATIC Output 1 Next 1 Ref Field Description 1 Station Displays the radio station name as entered in System Configuration 2 Date Today s date and the current day of week 3 Pause Re cue These buttons are used with the on air event discussed in the Stack Operation section 4 Countdown Timer Displays a countdown of the time remaining for the on air event The clock will be red in the last 10 seconds of play and will be light blue if the on air event is paused 5 Mode Indicator The Countdown Timer also displays the stack mode as Automatic or Manual Click the Timer to switch between modes 6 Time The current time is displayed in HH MM SS using the 24 hour clock 7 Backtimer The backtimer when enabled is displayed next to the Time field 8 Status Shows the Stack status Playing Specifies category and asset ID of the on air event Paused On air event has been paused Stopped The Stack has not been started or is in manual mode waiting for user to start the next event Playing unknown audio Refer to the Adopted Entry section If the
264. ice Tracking WO Automation for Radio supports the ability to create voice tracking from outside the radio station walls with its Distant City Voice Tracking DCVT DCVT units can be located across the street across town across the country or across the world DCVT does require a secure active network connection to a Central Server like a VPN connection At the remote site DCVT requires two components the Remote Voice Track module which establishes the communication to the Friendship Server and the DCVT application which serves as the interface for recording voice tracks 1 The Remote Voice Track module must be launched and connected before recording any voicetracks Double click on the RVT desktop icon On the Login screen se ect the correct Server Name from the drop down list and click Login Login Remote Voice Track Ed Remote YT Build Version O Build 52 Connection Configuration Server Name Default Address 192 168 9 127 Server Names and saved Addresses can be added under the direction of your System Administrator on the Configuration tab A log window will appear after VTX starts successfully Do not close or exit this window Closing the window will disconnect VTX 2 With the RVT module launched double click the VT32 desktop icon Creating and Editing Content 130 WO AUTOMATION Getting to Know the Distant City Voice Tracker Interface Voice 3 na A p Two Tickets To Pore
265. ice track enables the Edit Voice Track button if the Voice Tracker Widget is configured For more details see the Voice Tracking topic in the Creating and Editing Content section Deleted Entries Opens a slider window listing of events deleted from the playlist For more details see the Restoring Deleted Events topic Scroll to Hour Opens a slider window allowing you to quickly jump to a selected hour in the current playlist Delivering Content 471 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Playlist Tab Columns 08 59 59 09 04 05 09 20 00 09 70 00 09 20 59 Ref Column Description d i E Herel Go Again Down Under When See You 5 Nothing s Gonna 5 STOPSET Mt Olive College Nip Tuck Edit Voice Track Length Whitesnake Men At Work Bad English starship COM FILL 1 Action Icon Action icons associated with Delete Insert Move and Preview modes will appear in this column 2 Scheduled Time Displays the scheduled time for each event Sync Points and Timing Targets are also indicated in this column with each color code indicating the target type NELLIS Soft Sync When the system time reaches the highlighted time the system will discard all events between the on air event and will make the Soft Sync event next to play Geelekeemate Hard Sync When the system time reaches the highlighted time the system will discard all events between the on air event fade the on air event and immediately the Har
266. ick on an hour on the Jump Bar to jump to a specific point in the playlist SS E Playlist Editor i te o g s wai tse Ted G wey PAUL FM Thursday 9 2 10 Schedule Title Comment 1 Pink Houses King For A Day Against All Odds Take A Look Finish What Ya Started STOPSET Mt Olive College Artist Comment 2 John Cougar Mellencamp Thompson Twins Phil Collins Van Halen COM FILL E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries amp History no selection Apply Cancel Clicking On Air on the Jump Bar will jump Playlist Editor to the current on air event There are also indicators that will highlight where the system is in the schedule so you don t spend time editing events that have already played 2 Click on the event to move and drag it to its new location in the playlist Changes are immediately and automatically updated in the Workstation Stack and in other instances of Playlist Editor You can also right click on an event and Copy it or use the CTRL C keyboard shortcut or Cut it or use the CTRL X keyboard shortcut and then right click to Paste it into the playlist or use the CTRL V keyboard shortcut Scheduling Content 404 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Inserting New Events 1 After opening the playlist to be edited find the point in the schedule where the new event should be inserted Either scroll to the location in the
267. ick the required audio input output to turn on turn green the on air audio channels In this example we have also turned the baseball channel off since this is the last action in the Special Program and the game will be over Ei Update Switcher E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library El Allow execution on standby systems n Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS amp History Airl Air2 Air3 In4 Baseball In6 In 7 In8 888 B RECORD Scheduling Content 332 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 20 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an End Special Playlist action Playlist Editor kei t io ig iS ol Me i PAUL FM Baseball Segment PAUL FM End Baseball X PAUL FM End Baseball Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Update Switcher Update Switcher action Deactivate Trigger End Special Playli Emergency Alert hy End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Join Leader Actions Leader Breakaway l aandar Cini rl ant 4 m EA Update Switcher E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library F Allow execution on standby systems Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS v amp History Airl Air2 Air3 In4 Baseball In6 In7 In 8 on 9808 O RECORD 21 Enter the details for the End Special Playlist Workflow Act
268. icon will open the Settings page for the selected Hotkey allowing you to modify the Hotkey properties 9 Days To Christmas Delivering Content 462 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Labels Tab 1 The text typed on this tab will be displayed on the Hotkey Type in up to four lines of text and click the green Confirm button to accept the changes Title 9 Days To Christmas Note 1 Note 3 This text is only for display on the Hotkey and will not affect the audio or command associated with the Hotkey Delivering Content 463 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Action Tab Hotkeys that have been created using media assets can be re tasked to play a different Media Asset or to execute other commands 1 To change the Media Asset associated with this Hotkey type the alternate information in the Category and File number fields and click the green Confirm button to save your changes d e e FOLUR E i ATA a f j fa 7 SETE Pha F L Lis ee rey Pe Play a media asset Category JIN Fil number esis Q Jump to another page Page Run workflow i Workflow Delivering Content 464 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 2 To reconfigure this Hotkey to jump the Hotkey Widget to another Hotkey page select the Jump to another page option Click the Select button and select the target Hotkey page from the list EJ Hotkey Settings Action Q Play a media asset Category File numbe
269. iew sliding widget will appear at the bottom of the screen and begin playback immediately using the Default Preview Output defined in the Workstation Launcher You will have the option to pause restart and stop the preview as well as jump to the last 10 seconds of the preview Preview Mode Active Library Showing results 10 14 of 14 s n t Break My Green Pat aA OI Breaking Benjamin lyamorous Breaking Benjamin 4 34 300 0916 2 56 201 2375 4 26 200 0067 oner Or Later Breaking Benjamin ay BIEWER EUG Breaking Benjamin apli 200 0098 3 13 200 0011 Edit Delete Delivering Content 447 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Viewing Asset Details 1 Click on a Media Asset and click the Info button 2 Library Selected Search Clear asset Breath 101 0168 lt gt Showing results 1 9 of 14 Break Stuff Squ Limp Bizkit AS D T Breakfast At Tif Deep Blue Samet 4 10 Breaking The Ha Linkin Park m rF wu 201 1136 201 1247 Breakaway Clarkson Kelly 3 51 BREAKING NEW 1 36 BED 0014 Breath Breaking Benjamin 331 101 0168 Breakdown Tantric z0r 200 0136 Breaking The Girl Red Hot Chili Pep 442 201 1219 Bringing On The Def Leppard 4 70 The Info screen displays the database information along with the last played date for the selected asset To close the Info screen click Close Title Artist Category Car
270. ile s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Artist Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Length Recommended In MM SS format this field is important for visual timing in Playlist Editor Intro Optional In SS format this value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Ending Optional Valid values are either C Cold or F Fade This value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Year Optional In four digit year format this field can be exported as now playing data Note Trivia Optional Surrounded in quotes this field can be exported as now playing data Sample event entry Scheduling Content 223 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Merge Point Merge Points establish the positions in the clock that will be filled with commercial or other content scheduled by traffic Ideally merge point durations and positions in the music scheduler clocks should match the break set up in the traffic system but WO Automation for Radio s time fill algorithm will compensate for some deviation Key fields Field Notes Sync Recommended Merge Points are typically scheduled as Do Not Move events using a period symbol ID Required Always set as TM Title Required Surrounded in quotes the first five characte
271. ile import H Hourly Template S Satellite Template F Filled by Ruleset Manual inserted within Playlist Editor Time Displays the scheduled time for the event Sync Will show if the event has a Sync Point assigned and of which type Hard Sync Soft Sync Timing Target or Do Not Move Title Comment 1 Title Comment 1 for the event Artist Comment2 Artist Comment 2 for the event Category Category of the audio event File Number The Media Asset number of the audio file Actual Length The length of the audio from Cue In to EOM Scheduled Length The duration of the file as specified by the music or traffic system Intro User set intro time of this audio event in seconds Fade The user set ending code C for cold and F for fade Scheduling Content 195 WO AUTOMATION Lal LI Li Basic Building Blocks As you prepare to schedule your WideOrbit Automation for Radio system there are some basic building blocks that must be set up Workflows are automation commands that allow WOAFR to interact with the outside world Workflows are composed of pre defined Workflow Action that can be executed by your WO Automation for Radio system For example a Workflow designed to record a top of hour newscast may contain Workflow Actions that will 1 Update an audio switcher selecting and activating the news satellite channel an Update Switcher Workflow Action 2 Load an audio asset set the file s attributes and
272. ils button at the bottom right of the screen WO Automation for Radio requires Selector s Air Time Version 12 The other Air Time options will not interface correctly with your WOAFR system Use the Air Time Version 12 Hour field for Column 1 for a Length of 2 and the Air Time Version 12 Min Sec field for Column 4 for a Length of 5 O x Edit Search Test i Details 1 4 5 Left 02 03 minu 1 g 1 Left Selector will offer to automatically move columns if the spacing is not correct The lengths in the Length column may still need to be adjusted manually even if you select Yes You may select No for total manual control of columns and lengths Scheduling Content 275 WO AUTOMATION Em p Smee tor Radio 4 The template also requires a change to correctly generate the sync field in Column 10 In the fourth line down on the template change the Field from the original format of two commas for Column 9 to one comma for a Length of 1 o x Edit Search Test i Details dir Time Version 12 Air Time Version iz Mil i 4 Le 1 1 Left i3 hour roi 1 3 1 Left I 1i es es 02 03 min To add the new Sync field highlight the fourth field down the comma designated for Column 9 and click Edit Select the Insert Field option From the Field menu select the database field used to store the sync code In the example above the sync code is stored in the Openin
273. in Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain dela nlaivlict 4 m E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries no selection amp History Cancel Scheduling Content 360 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 12 On the Workstation Hotkey Widget click the Edit button Click the Configure icon on the button that will host the Load Playlist Workflow Hotkeys bed KOOL 105 WUK only Doo Wop only Good Time amp Great Oldies Q KOOL 105 Q KOOL 105 0 08 0 07 12 in a Row Legal ID MSMA Shout Load Baseball Special Program 0 05 0 01 13 Click on the Action tab Change the function of this Hotkey button from Play a media asset to Run Workflow Click Select Play a media asset Category File number e Jump to another page Page w Run workflow Workflow Load Baseball Special Program Select Scheduling Content 361 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 14 From the list of available Workflows select the Load Playlist Workflow and click the green Check button _ End Baseball Special Program FB FS JL i LL Load Baseball Special Program _ Top of Hour News 15 Optionally click on the Labels tab and modify the title that will appear on the button caption The appearance of the button can also be changed on the Style tab When all desired changes have been made click the green Check
274. in Who Areta Franklin Lovin Every Minut Loverboy STOPSET Mt Olive College Nip Tuck HG State Fair Something So Stro I Think We re Alor Chains OF Lowe To select multiple events hold down the CTRL key while clicking on events The selected events do not have to be sequential 2 Once the events are highlighted click the Move button in the Playlist Widget Tool Bar The Move icon will appear next to the slots where the selected events can be moved Click the Move icon to move the selected events to the target location The scheduled times of the future events will be adjusted automatically Select the position to which It should be moved Adie PAUL FM Today Tim 1259 53 Tam aN 316 13 2000 H St Elmo s Fire Ma H The Living Years El ctrit Avenue Who s Zomin Whe Areta Franklin Lovin Every Minut Loverboy STOPSET ME Olive College Nip Tuck H State Fair Something S0 Stro Crowded House I Think We re Alon Chains OF Lowe Delivering Content 474 WO AUTOMATION F ye F Pris EFi fF VGA Le f Li Copying Events in the Playlist 1 Click on the event in the Playlist to be copied The selected event will be highlighted in blue PAUL FM Today Tim l 125953 TE N Ta aa 13 2000 H St Elmo s Fire Ma The Living Years El ctrit Avenue Who s Zomin Who Areta Franklin Lovin Every Minut Loverboy STOPSET Mt Olive College N
275. ing make up techniques and generally sad depressing news items Scheduling Content 308 WO AUTOMATION En J E F a for Radio Creating the Hourly Sequential Template 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Templates option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Hourly Template Templates Edit Temporary Default Playlist Delete 3 Type a unique name for this new template select the Hourly Template option and click OK Templates Station PAUL FM Create Template Station Template Name JS EmoGoth Hourly Type Hourly Template 5 Satellite Template Scheduling Content 309 WO AUTOMATION for Radio All Workflows Hourly Templates and Satellite Templates must have a unique name Spend some time and write down a descriptive naming convention that makes sense to you This example adds WF to the Workflows Hourly to the names of Hourly Templates and SAT to the Satellite Templates Template names can also include the hour in which they will be used it is up to you A Double click on the new Template or se ect the Template and click Edit Templates Station PAUL FM z Name Temporary Default Playlist JS EmoGoth Hourly MAIN 5 With the Sequential option selected in the top right corner right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry Playlist Edit
276. ing the Delete Mode Active tag at the top of the Workstation interface or by clicking the Delete trash can button at the bottom of the screen Not only can you delete items in the Stack you can enter Delete Mode to remove future events from the Playlist Widget or Hotkeys if a Hotkey palette is in Edit mode Delivering Content 487 Manually Load an Asset in the Player Widget 1 Click on an asset in any of these widgets and the blue insert icon will appear in the Player Widget A NIGHT SHOW Playe Joe 2 45 NIGHT SHOW BED 1 BED 0170 Playi lt gt Sort by title a showing results 1 10 of 80 1 THIS WEEK A NIGHT SHOW BED 1 Joe 1 26 i 245 BEQ 0417 A NIGHT SHOW BED 2 Joe A NIGHT SHOW BED 3 203 BED 01 1 BED 01 72 2 Click the Media Asset Label of the Player deck where you want to insert the asset An asset cannot be loaded into a deck that is currently playing Assets can also be loaded from the Hotkey Widget if the Hotkey Widget is in Edit mode Delivering Content 488 y gt y _4 Preview an Asset in the Player Widget To enter Click the Preview button at the bottom of the Workstation screen to exit Preview mode mode click the green Preview headphones button in the bottom tool bar PAUL FM MANUAL hep S Tuk Morth GCeolina Stre Fair ic oO BX i PAUL FM Today A NIGHT SHOW Joe MIGHT SHOVY BED 1 A NIGHT SHO
277. io file Show Hide Postcut Hotkeys Button Playlist Segue Linking Precut Voice Track Postcut Shows or hides the postcut if the system has the Hide Postcut function enabled See note on next page for more discussion of this feature Opens a sliding palette with configured hotkeys allowing the user to play hotkey audio while recording voice tracks Click the Lock button to keep the palette enabled and open while voice tracking Opens a sliding widget displaying the playlist currently being voice tracked showing previous and upcoming events Allow users to edit segues between the precut completed voice tracks and postcut Used to link the voice track to events above and or below it offering enhanced protection a voice track will not play if one of the linked event s fails to cue This will be the audio you will be voice tracking out of The voice track entry will display No audio data until audio is recorded If shown this will be the audio you will be voice tracking into Creating and Editing Content 120 WO AUTOMATION Pa 1 pa p see hear f N ALILI In the Voice Tracker Widget configuration you now have the option of hiding the postcut entry when voice tracks are linked only to the precut Enabling this option is strongly recommended Enabling the option prevents mistakenly linking a voice track to an event that we know will not really air after the voice track An example of this is when the v
278. ion When all parameters have been set click OK See table on next page for more information about each parameter Create End Special Playlist Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems At end of playlist Go to current time in today s playlist 5 Resume today s playlist from last played event Ending method Force the on air item off the air Allow the on air item to finish before continuing Scheduling Content 333 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Always Execute This Action Check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible At end of playlist Select whether to return to the current time in the regular playlist or resume from the last played event Ending method Select whether to force the currently playing event off the air or to wait for the currently playing event to finish recommended Creating the Optional Segment Ruleset Many times commercial breaks need to be a specific length There may be times when the schedule coming from traffic has too few commercials to fill an entire break which could cause timing problems when airing network programming Segment Rulesets allow the system to fill incomplete breaks using material from a specified category For example if a break needs to contain 3 00 but traffic only schedules 2 30 WO Automation for Radio can pick content equaling the remaining 30 from a pool of m
279. ion makes this easy Editing Audio with Audio Editor The waveform editor is a basic editor used to cut copy and paste regions of a media asset 1 Load an asset in Audio Editor One way to do this is to select the asset in the Library Widget and click the Edit button selected asset Just Like Start NAB 1562 X showing results 1 16 of 2 947 Search Clear Library l Just Died In Your A Cutting Crew 4 41 NAB 0258 She s Sexy 17 stray Cats 3 25 NAB 1844 Just Like Starting O Lennon John 3 51 MAB 1562 You Can Still Rock l Night Ranger 4 12 NAB 1608 Keep Feeling Fasci Human League 3 38 MAB 0414 You Gotta Fight For Beastie Boys 3 19 NAB O387 Shake Shake Shake KC and The Sunshine B 3 02 NAB 1397 Your Love Has Lifted Coolidge Rita 3 24 NAB 0071 Creating and Editing Content 136 WO AUTOMATION 2 Click the Waveform Editor button to open the waveform editor for this asset Audio Editor Editing media asset NAB 1562 00 00 00 a cy STOPPED Properties Timers Restrictions Distribution Insert Insert this media asset into a playlist Walco Cut copy or paste sections of this media asset f i Commit Revert 3 The Waveform Editor allows you to modify an audio file by cutting copying and pasting regions of audio Waveform Editor Editing Just Like Starting Over Preview Stop Zoom In 100 Zoom Out 00 00 00 Mon 1
280. ion process After a file has been converted and imported it is removed from the folder to prevent duplicate processing 1 Click the Add Directory link under Directories on the Central Server Configuration Web UI page Directories Define the FTP sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer L Add Directory No directories have been configured on this server Scan directories should already exist AMAI will not automatically create directories as they are configured Relative UNC paths specifying hostname share folder are recommended although absolute paths specifying a drive letter and folder can be used In either case make sure user permissions to the directory are set so that the Central Server can access the directory without having to enter an alternate username and password 2 Type the path to the scan directory in the Path field and click Add Directory Relative UNC paths are recommended Add Directory Enter the path to be scanned below Enter a local path to import media content from a local path Examples of valid local paths are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and serverishare folder for Windows systems Drive letters may also be used e g c folder but may not work in all cases To import media content from an FIP site enter ftp lt address gt Additional fields will appear for username password and work folder Path Creating and Editing Content 9
281. ions are set click Accept to save your changes Clicking Close will close the window without saving your work Clicking the Lock button will lock the Hourly Restrictions window in place until you click the Accept or Close buttons Creating and Editing Content 43 WO AUTOMATION Em p Smee tor Radio On playback the system will skip files that are outside of their hourly and date restrictions Setting start and end dates in the past or setting all hourly restrictions to red will prevent the file from ever playing which could be helpful for any song by Rick Astley Celine Dion or for the collective works of Anne Murray aco eta Distribution Fare cl PAUL FM ca PAUL HD The Distribution Tab controls properties related to the category and Asset ID of the loaded file as well as radio station assignments which will dictate how audio is distributed by your Central Server First select the radio stations that can play this file by checking the box next to each station This will populate the category drop down list with categories assigned to those stations Select a category from the drop down list Finally type a 4 digit Asset ID in the box next to the category drop down All entries on the Distribution tab are required Properties Timers Restrictions Distribution Tools Insert Insert this media asset into a playlist Waveform Editor Cut copy or paste sections of this media asset Options on the Tools Tab will allow you
282. ip Tuck HG State Fair Something So Stro I Think We re Alor Chains OF Lowe To select multiple events hold down the CTRL key while clicking on events The selected events do not have to be sequential 2 Once the events are highlighted click the Copy button in the Playlist Widget Tool Bar The Copy icon will appear next to the slots where the selected events can be copied Click the Copy icon to copy the selected events to the target location The scheduled times of the future events will be adjusted automatically Select the position at which the copy should be Ingertead himp Mowe PAUL FM Today Tim 1233359 Siar ee oe 116 BE 13 2000 F St Elmo s Fire Ma H The Living Years El ctrit Avenue Cepy Who s Zomin Whe Arete Franklin Lovin Every Minut Loverboy STOPSET ME Olive College Nip Tuck H State Fair Something S0 Stro Crowded House I Think We re Alon Chains OF Lowe Delivering Content 475 WO AUTOMATION Em p sei for Radio Adding Events to the Playlist Events can be added to the Playlist from the Library Widget or from a Hotkey See the Library Widget or Hotkey Widget topics for specific details Deleting Events from the Playlist 1 To enter Delete Mode click the red Delete trash can button in the bottom tool bar PAUL FM or chear d P Playing GaGA9A AUTOMATIC ra Oreos bec FOOL 105 UK a irrien i Lennon da jo Electre Avemie KEHE
283. ist select the output to use when playing this media asset Wait for this to finish Leave this option un checked 19 If you have additional media assets for this Special Program repeat step 15 18 for each media asset Scheduling Content 345 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 20 Optionally you may add provisions for rain delays With the Background option selected in the top right corner right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry PAUL FM Baseball Segment PAUL FM Westwood Baseball X PAUL FM Westwood Baseball Special Program Template File ActLen 00 00 Sch Len 00 00 Title Comment 1 Execute Workflow Artist Comment 2 Activate at load Signal Sync Start Media Asset Activate at load Signal 00 00 00 00 Create New Entry Delete Entry Cut Entry Copy Entry Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F E Browse Library Save Copy as Template Seach tbeary Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode i Deleted Entries Customize table wy Histo ry First time signal is received Every time signal is received Legal ID on PAUL DS Signal 21 Select the option for Workflow Actions and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Scheduling Content 346 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 22 Select the option for Rain Delay Playlist and click OK Ple
284. ist select the workflow to execute when the Follower station leaves before split stopset the Leader station before a stopset This will be the name of your Follower Breakaway workflow Time Offset Used only when the Leader and Follower are in two different time zones Unless this is the case leave at the default setting of 00 00 Scheduling Content 381 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Leave Leader Workflow Indicates that the Follower should disconnect from its Leader 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the Follower station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow Station PAUL FM v Y Name Baseball Segment Edit End Baseball Top of Hour News Delete 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK WideOrbit suggests a name of Leave Leader WorkFlows Station PAUL FM z Y Save Workflow Station PAUL FM z Workflow Name Leave Leader n n m Gioia o 2 Z Oo atl pee le a cm Top of Hour News Scheduling Content 382 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit ER Sc Mame bi Baseball Segment Or Laura Hour 1 End Baseball Follower Breakaway Follower Sirulcast J3 EroGoth WWF Join Leader Leave Leader set Backup Mode set Primary Mode Top of Hour Mews 5 From the list of available Workflow Actions
285. ist instance of the modified segue 3 When all modifications are complete click Accept to commit the changes and close the Segue Editor Creating and Editing Content 127 WO AUTOMATION na e fOr ba Fj l ALLL Getting to Know the Segue Editor Interface Segue E Preview Auto Post Zoom in 25 Zoom Out Hungry Eyes VoiceTrack O Pink Houses Accept Close Ref Button Field Description 1 Preview Stop The Preview button plays back the media asset sequence as it will play on the air Playback starts from the cursor and continues until the postcut end point The Stop button interrupts the preview 2 Auto Post Automatically aligns loaded events Functionality will depend on the selected event When a voice track is selected Auto Post aligns the voice track EOM with the Intro value of the postcut 3 Zoom Adjusts the visible content of the display At 100 zoom each pixel on the screen represents five milliseconds of audio By default Segue Editor adjusts the zoom level to fit the voice track sequence in the visible area 4 Entry Title The playlist entry title displays in each entry section 5 Waveform Data Clicking and dragging an entry s waveform allows the user to precisely adjust each entry s alignment Use the red slider at the bottom of the screen to move the entire waveform view 6 End Fade Envelopes Ending fades can be adjusted by clicking and dragging the red envelope marker A value of 50 indicates the
286. ist to find the LogNote you wish to insert Select the LogNote and click OK Adjust the Length field to match the estimated length of the LogNote This adjusts the timing in the Starts column to assist in clock timing With the LogNote selected and Length configured click OK aC OM DALE 20 00 STOPSET COM FILL 01 00 Petai Schedules a text note with the specified run length Description Length 00 00 Sweep Marker Element Properties j x Lognate r Scheduling Content 245 WO AUTOMATION oh E ALOU Exporting a Completed Schedule to WOAFR The export utility can be accessed by clicking Dataset Schedule Export Export to Automation When all options have been set click OK to execute the export Schedule Export Utility x Music has been scheduled through 5 37 2010 17PM Time Period ta Export Export Design WitakrR Export First date BH M2010 Ox date 6 S0 201 0 iv Set the default time period next time to immediately follows this one Design Properties a nen p Export each day starting with the Sapari Pell 7 defined broadcast week start hour CDocuments and Settings dministratoriDes E Export Filename 3 Am di asc 100513 45C cen 1 Select the design you added for WOAFR 2 Browse to the music log directory on your Central Server 3 Set the Export filename to y2 m1 d_1 The filename extension must match the extension configured in Central Server 4 Se
287. itcher E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library Allow execution on standby systems at Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS v amp History ABC FOX CBS XDS In5 In6 In7 In8 Creating and Editing Content 85 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 9 Enter the details required to record your network audio E Create Start Record E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Audio Input Use default input Category Media Asset Number Title Start Record action Artist Trivia C Show recorded date time in trivia Start Date End Date Start Hour End Hour Start recording Immediately Maximum Recording Duration 00 00 00 El Allow playback while recording E Wait for this to finish before moving on Distribution E PAUL FM Audio parameters PCM MP2 Sample rate A Media Asset Number must be 4 characters consisting of numbers and or wildcards 96 Cancel Field Notes Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Audio Input Select your system s input channel from the drop down box In practically all cases this setting should be left at Use default input Category Select the category to store the recorded audio file from the drop down box Media Asset Number Type the asset number of the file to b
288. ited find the event to be deleted Either scroll to the location in the playlist or click on an hour on the Jump Bar to jump to a specific point in the playlist i ig Bol i PAUL FM Thursday 9 2 10 Schedule S Artist Comment 2 Crowded House 8 g Pink Houses John Cougar Mellencamp King For A Day Thompson Twins Against All Odds Take ALook Phil Collins Finish What Ya Started Van Halen STOPSET COM FILL Mt Olive College 833828 Browse Library Search Library 5 Deleted Entries no selection F History 2 Right click on the event and select Delete Entry PAUL FM Thursday 9 2 10 Schedule O Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen SchLen H 11 59 59 soft HOUR UPDATE 00 00 00 00 M 11 59 59 I Melt With You Modern English S 6049 04 02 04 02 In 00 13 agM 1206 00 NE White Lion 03 36 00 25 28 A M 12 07 57 Things Can Only Get Better Howard Jones a 03 46 M 12 11 44 Easy Lover Philip Bailey with Phil Ca 04 42 M 12 16 26 Be Good To Yourself Journey 9 03 36 H M 12 20 00 donot STOPSET COM FILL 03 00 Paste Entry Search P 2 Details EA Playable Entry rch Playlist l Save Copy as Playlist Sync Point None v 3c Term Scheduling Content 406 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Restoring Deleted Events There is no undo function in Playlist Editor but a record is maintained of all deleted events 1 Aft
289. itle field of the Workstation Stack Text that will display in the Artist field of the Workstation Stack While the Merge Point Segment Ruleset may be referenced in this property modifying this property will not change the Segment Ruleset Text that will be stored in the event s Note field Scheduling Content 412 WO AUTOMATION Playable Entry Execute Workflow Type Category File Number Title Artist Note Scheduled Duration Year Intro Fade Type Workflow For a detailed explanation of available event types see the Event Types section in the Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler topic This refers to the WOAFR category where the Playable Entry is stored The audio file s four character asset ID number This text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack This text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack This text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack In MM SS format this field is important for visual timing in Playlist Editor This value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack In SS format this value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack This value will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loa
290. itor launch page 2 On the calendar select the correct station from the drop down list and right click on the date to be scheduled and select Apply Format Open Payiet SUN MON TUE WED THU Open Clear and Reimport Apply ormat K fa 25 ser Bone 3 Select the option to apply the Hourly Format Satellite Format or both configured for the selected day and click OK Please select the format layers you wish to apply L Apply hourly format Apply satellite format Scheduling Content 425 1 2 Open a Playlist for Editing There is risk associated with making changes remotely in Playlist Editor or re exporting schedules from your scheduling software if the changes made are close to air time Operators may not have sufficient warning and may be caught off guard by changes that update the Stack In Playlist Editor click on the Playlists menu icon or click on the Playlists option on the Playlist Editor launch page On the calendar select the correct station from the drop down list and click on the date to be edited Open Playlist Station PAUL FM September 2010 a SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT Pe ee BRR DE 2 pw 6 7 DEDEDE 26 27 25 29 0 Keep in mind the changes made in Playlist Editor are only reflected in the current playlist and will not change schedule files exported by music or traffic schedulers or the header information on individual audio files Schedu
291. k Log Note Desi Traffic Merge Pos Page Name Non song Export Unscheduled File Header Day Header Hour Header CHR 1 Hour Footer Music categories only epi Day Footer Non Music categories only Classic Rock 1 File Footer Specific categories only Classic Rock 2 x Script Function carl KJLS WOAFR Export Once the new design page is created configure the design fields just as you did the design for the music categories Once all Song Export Design Fields have been added and the Field Properties set you can set the properties for your Break export design Select Break in the Design Pages column and click the Properties button MusicMaster Export File Designer loj x File Help Design Pages Song Sang Export Spat Desi Traffic Merge Page Name Log Mote Unscheduled File Header Break Prefix Day Header Hour Header Scernpt Function Hour Footer Day Footer File Footer Cancel Design Page Properties x Type a Page Name something descriptive like Log Note and click OK to save your changes Scheduling Content 239 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Song Song Export Design Fields and Field Properties Design Page Column Field Properties Column Design Field Keyword Delimiter 1 Air Time 1 8 Delimiter 1 2 Fixed Text 1 space Delimiter 1 r 3 Media 1 3 Delimiter 1 4 Filename 1 6 Delimiter 1 5 Fixed Text 1 5 Title 1 1 34 5 Fixed Text 1 4
292. kflow Indicates a period when a Follower will be simulcasting audio from the Leader 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the Follower station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow Station PAUL FM X Y Name Baseball Segment Edit End Baseball Top of Hour News Delete 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK WideOrbit suggests a name of Follower Simulcast WorkFlows Station PAUL FM X Workflow Name Follower Simulcast Scheduling Content 374 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Baseball Segment End Baseball Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Top of Hour News 5 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a Follower Simulcast Workflow Action PAUL FM Follower Simulcast Workflow Actions Deactivate Trigger Emergency Alert End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast Join Leader Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain dela nlailict 4 mm E Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries no selection amp History Cancel Scheduling Content 375 6 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Set each option and then click OK to save your changes 5 Create Follow
293. l launch the Audio Editor widget and allow you to record new audio Creating and Editing Content 39 WO AUTOMATION 2 Select the type of file to create Click Audio to record a single audio file Audio Editor Select the type of media asset to create Audio Multi Station Asset Rotator Cancel Other asset types can be created in Audio Editor as well Rotators allow you to rotate multiple audio files Multi Station Media Assets MSMA allow you to bundle multiple audio files under a single number for use on simulcast stations For example you can bundle an FM legal ID and a translator legal ID in one MSMA When the single MSMA event is scheduled by traffic the FM legal ID will play on the FM station and the translator legal ID will play through channels assigned to the translator Creating and Editing Content 40 WO AUTOMATION fae elie fis A LILIILI 3 Click the Record button to start recording The timer on the left will start counting up your level meters will become active and the word RECORDING will display just below the level meters Audio Editor Please select at least one distribution target 00 00 04 RECORDING RECORDING Properties Sn E ea stead Cee 8 yea s 0ic se edo E Title s Artist Note Year 201 0 Commit When you re done recording click the Stop button You do not have to be in a specific tab to record Creating and Editing Content
294. l Segment Rulesets applied and a Satellite Template managing all background events Remember that all Workflows Hourly Templates and Satellite Templates must have a unique name While this example uses Merge Points that will be filled with content from Traffic it is not the only way to insert commercial content Adding commercials manually to the Template would be useful if you will be using the same commercials for each scheduled instance of this Special Program Adding commercials manually to the Scheduled Instance would be useful if you will be using the different commercials for each scheduled instance of this Special Program Like most WOAFR automated programming Satellite Programs use a basic Workflow Merge Point pattern repeated to match the number of breaks in a schedule In our example when the first Workflow executes based on a Sync Point to start the satellite program at a specific time it turns on the satellite audio by updating the audio switcher The next action in the Workflow allows the system to Wait until receiving a Local Break contact closure When the Local Break closure is received the system turns off the satellite audio channels with the second Update Switcher workflow action The Stack naturally progresses to the next elements in the schedule the commercials inserted into the Merge Point by traffic When the commercials finish playing the system executes the Workflow to start the cycle all over again until all bre
295. l Text entered in this field will appear in the Artist field of the Workstation Stack The configured name of this Automation Command will appear in the Title field of the Workstation Stack Scheduling Content 255 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Configuring Leader Follower Workflow Action Automation Commands Automation Command Editor oe ee Delete Rename Main Printing Controls Command Scheduler Print Commands To File 20 00 Merge Point Join Leader Duration o oo Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Description Miscellaneous L Lead ie Picea Copy Follower Breakaway Tag l Auleset gt Take Readings Top of Hour Hews Workflow Voce Track Artist Media Humber Filename po Track fo Hard Disk Location PO Intro l amp Source je Cue In ine Synch Po O Ending Options and Default Values Ref Field Description 1 TimeSynch Optional Sequential Leader Follower Workflow Actions can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol 2 Source Required Indicates the Workflow Action to schedule LB Leader Breakaway LS Leader Simulcast JL Join Leader and LL Leave Leader 3 Description Required Defines tag information for the inserted Workflow Action All Workflow names must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor Action Required Tag Information LB Leader Breakaway e Follower Breakaway Tag e Ruleset LS Leader Simulca
296. late verify the Sequential Background toggle is set to Sequential Right click in the top Playlist pane and click Create New Entry PAUL FM MAIN Hourly Template quenti Background Mi Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen SchLen In Fa of I 00 59 59 HOUR UPDATE 00 00 00 00 00 Create New Entry Ctrl N Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template I Browse Library Save as Default Playlist Create Start Skim Create Stop Skim Search Library Deleted Entries aa oe eee History Cancel 4 From the list of available entry types select Start Skim and click OK Live Copy Memo Merge Point Stop Skim Set Mode manual auto Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Creating and Editing Content 114 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 Set the attributes for this Start Skim event and click OK to save your changes and insert the Start Skim event E Create Start Skim Sync Point Do Not Mowe at 00 06 00 Skim Ruleset FM Studio 1 Skim Field Description Sync Point While typically set to Do Not Move this Start Skim event can be inserted as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Setting the Sync Point to any option other than None will result in an additional field allowing you to specify the Sync Point time
297. lays the recording level and the playback level of the file being edited in the player Peak Meters The smaller vertical meters between the VU meters are used to show peak values When recording new files the meters are enabled when the Ready Record button or the F2 key is pressed Level Control Located to the right of the VU meters this slider will adjust the playback level of the file being edited Info Fields Several informational text fields are displayed at the top right of the Player Cut ID Default 4 digit Media Asset number Recorded Default Shows the current date for new files or the creation date for existing files Log Length Default Displays the length of the file from the beginning trim point to the EOM point Play Length Optional Displays the length of the file from the beginning trim point to the end trim point Audio Length Optional Displays the full overall length of the file Current Position Default Displays the current location in a recording or playback Optional fields can be added or removed using the View Counters option on the TLC text menu Filename Field Displays the Filename along with the File Type Audio Format and Sample Rate Title Field Displays Title information for this cut Creating and Editing Content 26 WO AUTOMATION Year Field Artist Field Ending Field Note Field Start Date End Date Start Hour End Hour Begin End of Audio Play Button Intro Field EOM Button E O M Field
298. le click the orange Next arrow to advance to the next voice track The voice track is saved and sent automatically when you click the orange arrow If you are at the end of the daypart you are voice tracking you may click Exit to close DCVT or select another day to begin voice tracking Creating and Editing Content 184 WO AUTOMATION Ref 10 11 12 W AUNG Two Tickets To Pore be Money Ect be IMISI MAS CALS 0 90 10 missing Cuombores 7 Mary 3 O TQS TAC Woke Trax Cool Amio Guy OOM StF T missing Ac Entry Dave Dart Voice Tracker 32 Current Log ae Cecil 07 20 10 Tue o y z Announcer ne DE COOPER Voice Trax z Cool Radio Guy of ya Entry Dave Dart Productic mer OF A Looely Heart 7 Yes aeasy Rider 7 Taniele Charlies Da Leg al Ii Two Tickets To Paradise zum br racm 7 Victor Lasle A s Money Eddie aia s Mary 3 Re Entry Dave Dart Productic In The End Album Version s Linkin Park Same Old Rain FKevin Welch Cool Radio Guy Dave Dart Productic Hen AL Work Creedence Clearwate a 07 DAG 09 34 05 1 JUUAN 14 37 57 Productions D000 057 MH 9393 09 43 00 Mesing In The End Album Version ONC Erl n Linkin Park Teh at ei cr rite ait UE LS Sa 2001 2004 Same Old Rain Bevin Week h Say Ai Western Beat Button Field Stack Front Backsell Window Announcer Daypart R
299. lect the configured GP input Note that the drop down list is in alphabetical order not in the order inputs were entered in configuration Time Announce When the Workflow Action plays the system looks in the specified category for a media asset in the format SPHHMM that is closest to the system time using 24 hour time For example a Time Announcement at 11 50 a m requires a media asset in that category named SP1150 wav while a Time Announcement at 11 50 p m requires a media asset file named SP2350 wav a Create Time Announce E Always execute this action El Allow execution on standby systems Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Category From the drop down list select the category that contains the time announce media assets Scheduling Content 207 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Emergency Alert Create Emergency Alert E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Title Emergency Alert action Hostname Handle Timeout Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the work
300. lect whether the Skim segments should be recorded as PCM uncompressed or MP2 192 kbps compressed files From the drop down list select a sample rate for the skim segments Type the maximum duration for a skim segment in HH MM SS format This will automatically stop a segment recording if a Stop Trigger is not received Creating and Editing Content 112 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Scheduling Skim Rulesets 1 Once the Skim Ruleset is created you must schedule a Start Skim event to arm the start and stop triggers at the beginning of the daypart to be skimmed and a Stop Skim event to disarm the triggers Both events must be added to the station s Sequential playlist Start Skim and Stop Skim events may also be added to your daily schedule by your music scheduling software See the section on Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler for more information In Playlist Editor open a Template by clicking on the Templates icon on the Menu Bar PAUL FM dempiaies Hourly Template Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Ca File ActLen Sch Len In Fa Spare 2 Select the correct station from the Station drop down list select the template that should contain the scheduled Skim Ruleset and click Edit Te mplates Station PAUL FM kyj i Name Temporary Default Playlist Hourly MAIN Special Program Westwood HS Football Type Creating and Editing Content 113 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 In the opened temp
301. lect your date range to export Scheduling Content 246 WO AUTOMATION for Radio The music log directory and export filename can be associated with the export design eliminating the need for the operator to set or double check these values at the time of export From the Export File Designer menu select File Design Properties MusicMaster Export File Designer File Help E Fas A ee a ie ea A 997 Song Non song Export Song Song Export ETS Design Page Song Song Export Traffic Merge El Break Text Unscheduled Breaknote export prefix File Header Expand breaktext macros Yes Day Header Virtual Break File Hour Header Import Commercials No Hour Footer n Day Footer Output filename pattern y2 m1 d1 asc File Footer Default output path C Documents and Settingsi dministrator Deskt Prevent editing of path Append to existing file Misc Output File plugin Action code default Restricted hours list Time Shift Hours Songs Restricted categories list Marked Songs Only Export fill songs KJLS WOAFR Export A In the Destination group there are options to set the output filename pattern and default output path There is also an option to prevent editing the output path Once the options have been set save and close the Export File Designer from the File menu Scheduling Content 247 WO AUTOMATION Lal it Configuring Powergold to Export to WOAFR Setting up Powergold to export a sched
302. licking in the EOM box and clicking the or buttons or pressing the or keys on the keyboard 4 Set the metadata for this asset Type Title Artist and trivia Notes 30 6 20 E re 30 20 a Cut ID BOUb 50 petel 0 Recorded 4 12 2010 N Log Length 00 00 30 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 40 n SPEDIRE WAY Scott Studios Corporation Linear PCM 46000 Sterea ear Don t play on the internet Ending Start Date 4 12 2010 Start Hour 00 00 00 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 End Date 12 31 2099 TFN End Hour 23 59 59 End of Audio 00 00 30 000 intro record level Set a Start and End Date and optionally a Start and End hour Creating and Editing Content 143 WO AUTOMATION ror Radio 5 Save your file and send it to a destination Pressing F8 will perform all tasks with a single button press F8 will Save the file Add it to the Upload Queue and Send it to the default destination 6 When all changes are complete and the file has been saved and sent to a destination unload the player deck by pressing ESC Creating and Editing Content 144 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Editing Audio Using TLC Bridge and TLC 1 Open Audio Finder in the Central Server Web UI 2 Use the Search Audio tool to find and select the audio cut to be edited 3 Click the green Edit button TLC Bridge will automatically copy the file from the Se
303. ling Content 426 Restore Events Deleted from Playlist Editor 1 After opening the playlist to be edited find the point in the schedule where the event should be restored Either scroll to the location in the playlist or click on an hour on the Jump Bar to jump to a specific point in the playlist 2 In the Detail Pane click on Deleted Entries This will display a list of all deleted events for the day 3 Click on and drag the event to be restored into the schedule Playlist Editor S Hey PAUL FM Friday 9 3 10 Schedule Time 11 59 59 11 59 59 12 04 01 12 07 48 12 12 30 12 20 00 12 20 00 AMEE Search Library FR Deleted Entries J History When you drop an event in the schedule it will be added to the playlist directly above the event you drop it on In the example above Wait will be inserted into the schedule just above Things Can Only Get Better E Browse Library Sync Title Comment 1 HOUR UPDATE I Melt With You Things Can Only Get Better Easy Lover Be Good To Yourself STOPSET Mt Olive College O Title Commenti Artist Comment 2 Modern English naan ae Philip Batley with Phil Collin Journey COM FILL Scheduling Content 427 wipe orerr Section 4 Delivering Content WO AUTOMATION Workstation is the main user interface for your WO Automation for Radio system Workstation is a configurable container based interface that provides access
304. ll be inserted as a Background event Artist Required Surrounded in quotes this field references the desired Workflow The Workflow must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor Ending Recommended Valid values are either S Sequential or B Background Most Workflows will be scheduled as Background events If this field is left blank the Workflow will be added as a Sequential event Sample event entry VOTSITILO WE Opt Stack Text Top of Hour News s Scheduling Content 227 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Leader Follower Workflow Actions Vital when configured as a Leader Follower system Leader Breakaway LB workflow actions are scheduled immediately before a Merge Point in the Leader schedule with Leader Simulcast LS workflow actions are scheduled immediately following the Merge Point On the Follower system Join Leader JL workflow actions mark the time you want to begin simulcast while Leave Leader LL workflow actions allow you to break away for independent programming See the Leader Follower documentation for more details and examples Key fields for Leader Breakaway LB commands Field Notes Required The tag LB identifies a line as a Leader Breakaway Workflow action Sync Required Set as Do Not Move using a period symbol Title Required The first 5 characters set the Do Not Move time and should be entered as 1 second before the subsequent Merge Point time Ending Recommended En
305. ll through each tab as you set the properties for your new recording but you should complete the required Distribution settings first Only the settings on the Distribution tab are required but Title Artist and Start End dates are strongly recommended On the Properties Tab type in this recording s Title Artist trivia Notes and release Year All fields are optional but recommended as they will make searches easier later on In addition to these default attributes you will also see any custom fields you have created On the Timers Tab you can edit the three main cue points within this audio file Cue In sets the point in the audio file where playback should begin allowing you to trim leading silence Intro Ends sets the intro time leading into the primary vocal or instrumental post EOM marks the point where the system will segue to the next event in the playlist Clicking Preview will begin audio playback and move the red current position indicator Clicking the Set button on the Timers tab will set the cue point at the current position indicator The Restrictions Tab allows you to set Start and End Dates Checking the Do not play before option and entering a date sets the file s Start Date while checking the Do not play after option and entering a date sets the file s End Date The Distribution Tab controls properties related to the category and Asset ID of the loaded file as well as radio station assignments which will dictate h
306. m the WOAFR Dub List Widget Creating and Editing Content 47 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Recording Audio with TLC First click on the category in the Category List your new audio should record to After selecting the category click New 2 eo Xk or A ee ace O Copy Delete Benum Ed Mowo Ig Format Papper hlar ft D The _ Arist End Date Langh ID Tie Arist 080 s Music 0543 Day 8y Day Hootare TFN 0311 Commercaels 0644 Tempted Squeeze TFN 03 44 0546 IRan So Far Away A Flock Of Seagulls TFN 03 34 0547 Mickey Toni Basil TFN 0371 0549 Shake lt Up Cars TFN 0323 10555 Ceught Up In You 3 Special TFN 0425 0558 DerKommissar After The Fire TFN 0401 0559 Goody Two Shoes Adam Am TFN 0327 0562 Qumblin Down John Cougar Mellsncamp TFN 0328 0563 The Sefety Dance Men Without Hats TFN 02 42 0566 99 Luftballoons Nena TFN 03 46 CAD Recorded 5 Log Length 00 00 00 000 1 Current Posion 00 00 00 000 0 0db Title as Asbet Ending Note Start Dote Start Hour 00 90 Begin of Audio HM End Hour 959 End of Audio oR Ea ey Eg Re 060 Local 20 Glos 3 658 MB DSP 0 Roady OL Waiting 0 2 Enter the asset details and click OK File Properties OO Cut ID Audio Format 0000 hs Linear PCM Uncompressed File Format Samplerate Channels Scott Studios AS S3S32 gt 44100 stereo _ As rotation table OK Cancel Description Cut ID The Asset ID for thi
307. me Announce Update Switcher Wait 1 el EA Start Record E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library Allow execution on standby systems ie Deleted Entries Audio Input Use default input X amp History Category Media Asset Number 1234 Title Start Record action Artist Trivia F Shaw recarded date time in trivia vr Creating and Editing Content 88 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 11 Enter the details required to turn off your network audio E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device 4 Device to update must be defined Field Description Always Execute This Action Check this option Only when turning off network audio should this option be checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source wired is to 12 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid 5 Create Update Switcher Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS ABC FOX CBS ADS In5 In6 BOARD oo 4 Creating and Editing Content 89 WO AUTOMATION for Radio You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The
308. me of the screen layouts and concepts may seem familiar to users of these systems but WO Automation for Radio is a new approach for a changing industry The original brochure for DCS touted the new technology as a historic product We believe WO Automation for Radio will stand the test of time and prove to be equally historic ds P Sinha MEE oe pee Introducing WO Automation for Radio 4 WO AUTOMATION System Requirements WO Automation for Radio supports the following 32 bit operating systems e Servers Windows Server 2003 SP2 Windows Server 2008 e Workstations Windows XP Pro SP3 Windows 7 WO Automation for Radio also requires the Java software platform Minimum Hardware Specifications Servers Intel Quad Core 4GB RAM 1GB network connection Workstations Intel Core2 Duo 2 0 GHz CPU 2GB RAM 1GB network connection These are minimum system requirements Faster CPUs and more RAM may enhance the user experience Recommended Hardware Specifications Servers Intel Quad Core CPU 4GB RAM 1GB network connection Workstations Intel Quad Core CPU 4GB RAM 1GB network connection Supported Audio Cards Audio Science ASI 6044 ASI 6114 ASI 6514 ASI 6540 ASI 6544 ASI 6585 ASI 6614 ASI 6640 ASI 6644 Digigram PCX822np Generic audio devices recognized by Windows may be used but may result in limited software functionality Generic Windows devices are not recommended for use in critical applications Audio
309. media asset s will be imported to the database and distributed according to the stations selected in the AMAI Rule If a file with the same name already exists in the system the import process will overwrite the existing file with the newly modified file TLC Bridge TLC Bridge allows users to use TLC to edit audio files already stored in the WO Automation for Radio system without risking damage to the file structure or database entries When audio is selected for edit in Audio Finder TLC Bridge copies the audio to the local TLC audio directory for editing Once edits are complete the audio can be moved back into the system Sh a a AMAI Central Server TLC Directory TLC Bridge lt q Audio Finder E Workstation Workstation Using TLC Bridge the only processes requiring user interaction are finding the audio using Audio Finder on the Central Server Web Ul and editing the file in TLC TLC Bridge and AMAI operate in the background safely moving audio in and out of your WO Automation for Radio system Creating and Editing Content 146 WO AUTOMATION for Radia Installation and Setup 1 Copy TLCBridge exe to your TLC machine 2 From the Windows Run dialog browse to TLCBridge exe and click OK 3 Click the Browse button and browse to the local TLC audio directory i e D TLCAudio 4 Click Associate CETTE Creating and Editing Content 147 WO AUTOMATION for Ra
310. mportant for visual timing in Playlist Editor Sample event entry U0t09 700 7COM LCi 34 Nacho Mama Opt suack Text 0U 10 749 Scheduling Content 225 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Memo Memo events can be used to display notes in the Workstation Stack at specific points in the schedule They can be remind operators to take transmitter readings unlock the door for the morning team or most importantly start a fresh pot of coffee for the GM Key fields Field Notes ID Required Two periods identifies this line as a Memo Event Title Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will display in the Title field in the Workstation Stack Artist Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will display in the Artist field in the Workstation Stack Note Trivia Optional Surrounded in quotes this field provides an opportunity to enter additional text Sample event entry 00 59 18 Memo Text 1 Memo Text 2 Memo Text 3 Scheduling Content 226 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Workflow Configured in Playlist Editor Workflows are sets of instructions that execute actions Actions can include controlling audio switchers background recording audio files or activating external relays Key fields Field Notes ID Required The tag WF identifies this line as a Workflow event Title Optional Surrounded in quotes this text will appear in the Title field the Workstation Stack No text is necessary if the Workflow wi
311. n The Category Display Selecting a category from this list updates the file list in the middle of the screen with the files in the selected category and displays an updated Upload Queue For example it you want to edit files in the COM category or record new files for 080 80s Music the COM category you would select COM from the category list before editing or COM Commercials recording You can sort the category list by name or title by clicking on the column headers You can also search in ascending or descending order by clicking on the header again The small arrow on the header indicates an ascending or descending search Additional categories can be configured by your System Administrator through the Tools Categories option This process is detailed in the Configuring TLC topic in the Installing Configuring and Managing Your System section of this manual Creating and Editing Content 23 WO AUTOMATION for Radio The File List Display Once a category is selected all files with extensions matching those defined in configuration will be displayed in the File List All columns can be sorted by clicking on the column heading Column width can be adjusted by clicking on a column edge and dragging the column edge to the desired width Tile ist End Date Length Day By Day Tempted Ran So Far Away Mickey Hooters squeeze A Flock Of Seagulls Toni Basil shake ltUp Cars Caught Up In You 40 Special Der Kommissa
312. n followed by second Because the backslash now performs a special function to send a literal backslash the user must escape the backslash by entering two backslashes For example sample will send sample and xOD will send xOD Scheduling Content 212 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Set Failover Mode This action is used to switch a system from Primary mode to Standby mode It is typically used in a workflow configured to take a system live and will typically include actions to update various devices and possibly an Unlock Screen action This workflow may be setup as a background pin fired event or as a hotkey on the standby system E Create Set Failover Mode E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Switch to PRIMARY system mode Switch to STANDBY system mode Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked For this action you must check this option Switch to PRIMARY Standby System Select whether the action will switch the system into Primary mode or Mode Standby mode Scheduling Content 213 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Start Stack Tak
313. n Audition so it is not necessary to specify a default cue in in AMAI Set EOM to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Tones are set in Audition so it is not necessary to specify a default EOM in AMAI Convert sample rate to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Convert compression to Option disabled when If File Name Is valid Media Asset number is selected Send to Do not select any stations in this box Distribution should be specified by category in the Central Server Category configuration section 3 Once all attributes have been set click Save Rule Creating and Editing Content 60 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Assigning the Rule to the Scan Directory The final configuration step is to apply your rules to your scan directories 1 Click on a configured directory from the main AMAI page Directories Define the FTF sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Add Directory Path prod audio NewRi Py x 2 Click the Select Rule link Edit Directory Enter the path to be scanned below Enter a local path to import media content from a local path Examples of valid local paths are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems Drive letters may also be used e g c folder but may not work in all cases To import media content from an FIP site enter ftp lt address gt
314. n Playlist Editor Launch screen or click the Formats button on the Playlist Editor Menu bar 2 Select the correct station from the Station drop down list and the desired Template type and Day and click Edit 3 For each hour requiring a template select the desired template from the drop down list When all templates have been selected click Apply Station PAUL FM Format Default Hourly Monday Hourly own oun Fe wn FF O 4 Assign templates as needed for each hour for both Satellite and Hourly template types Scheduling Content 420 Copy a Format From the main Formats window click on a completed format and click Copy P Formats Station Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite 2 Name Default Hourly Friday Default Hourly Monday Default Hourly Saturday Default Hourly Sunday Default Hourly Thursday Default Hourly Tuesday Default Hourly Wednesday Default Satel lite Friday Default Satellite Monday Default Sate Default Satel lite Saturday lite Sunday Default Satellite Thursday Default Sate Default Satel lite Tuesday lite Wednesday HOW DO I In the new Copy Format window click the destination day that will receive the copied settings and click Copy Clicking Tuesday for example and then Copy would copy the template assignments to Tuesday Formats Station
315. n Playlist Editor Launch screen or click the Formats button on the Playlist Editor Menu bar 2 From the main Format screen click Create Formats Station Hourly Default Hourly Friday Hourly Default Hourly Monday Hourly Default Hourly Saturday Copy Hourly Default Hourly Sunday Hourly Default Hourly Thursday Hourly Default Hourly Tuesday Schedule Hourly Default Hourly Wednesday Satellite Default Satellite Friday Satellite Default Satellite Monday Satellite Default Satellite Saturday Satellite Default Satellite Sunday Satellite Default Satellite Thursday Satellite Default Satellite Tuesday Satellite Default Satellite Wednesday Edit Rename Delete 2 Type the name of the new format and select whether it is an Hourly or Satellite format Click OK to create the format Hourly Format S Satellite Format Scheduling Content 395 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 The special format can now be selected to edit as a regular format would Select the new Format and click Edit to assign templates as required J JLS Station PAUL FM v Type Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Name Default Hourly Saturday Default Hourly Sunday Default Hourly Thursday Default Hourly Tuesday Default Hourly Wednesday Default Satellite Friday Default Satellite Monday Default Satellite Satu
316. n a second time The on screen keyboard will be minimized and the cursor will be in the search bar The slide up keyboard can be customized for Spanish and Mandarin For more information on regional customization contact your support organization The search results will update automatically as you type By changing the option in the Sort Menu drop down you can sort the search results by Title Artist Length Year or ID If the search returns multiple results pages you can use the arrow buttons to move between pages Clicking the Clear button at the top of the screen will remove the search criteria and displayed results Don t see the Library Widget You can open Library Widget by clicking on the Library Book icon at the bottom of the screen STi Menu PAUL FM Delete Preview Edit Voice Track PHR PAUL FM Hotkeys Voice Tracker Library If you do not see the Library icon on the Widget bar talk to your System Administrator Delivering Content 444 WO AUTOMATION En J E F e H for Kadio Search Tips One of the main benefits of the Library Search feature is that while you can find an asset by category or media asset number the Search tool searches all asset fields for a search term simultaneously e If you are looking for a song simply type one or two words from the title and one or two words from the artist For example the search string Madonna Like will return Like a Prayer and Like a Virgin by Madonna e T
317. n on your on air audio E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device A Device to update must be defined Field Description Always Execute This Action Since this is the last action in the Workflow check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to 12 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS Airl Air Air3 In4 Baseball Int TO AIR RECORD 4 Scheduling Content 328 WO AUTOMATION for Radio You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn on turn green the on air audio channels In this example we have also turned the baseball channel off to ensure nothing plays from the baseball audio feed while local commercials are playin
318. n playing this media asset Wait for this to finish Leave this option un checked 9 If you have additional media assets for this Special Program repeat step 12 15 for each media asset Scheduling Content 318 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Add the Satellite Program Template to a Format Satellite Program templates like all templates cover one 60 minute hour of programming and can be used more than once in a 24 hour day Formats are the assignment grids that assign templates to specific hours in a day For planning purposes a table showing the Template assignments in a Format is recommended Contact WideOrbit Customer Service for a planning worksheet in Microsoft Excel format For step by step details see the Creating Formats topic on page 367 Monday Tuesday Hour Hourly Template Sat Template Hourly Template Sat Template Nore MOHD Nere MOHD More MOHD Nere MOHD Mowe MOHD Nowe MOHD Mowe MOHD Nere MOHD Mowe MOHD Mowe MOHD Mowe MOHD Mowe MOHD Nore MOHD Nore MOHD Mowe MOHD Mowe MOHD Mowe MOHD Mowe MOHD More MOHD More MOHD Nowe MOHD Nore MOHD Mowe MOHD Nowe MOHD Nowe MOHD Nowe MOHD More MOHD 18 Ry uilights toarly D Ky Tuitights SAT D Ky Twilights Hoarty D Ky Tuilights SAT 19 Pky uilighte Hourly D Ky Tuilighte SAT D Ky Tuilighte Hourly D Ky Twilights SAT 1 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Scheduling Content 319 WO AUTOMATION
319. n standby systems Wait this amount of time 00 00 00 Wait until this external signal is received Local Brk on PAUL DS z Wait until either of the above events je Deleted Entries gt History Scheduling Content 303 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 11 Begin to enter the details required to turn on your on air audio Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Please select a device A Device to update must be defined Field Description Always Execute This Action Since this is the last action in the Workflow check this option Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source is wired to 12 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid Create Update Switcher Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS Airl Ai Airs In4 Satellite In E TO AIR RECORD 7 4 t Scheduling Content 304 WO AUTOMATION for Radio You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having
320. n will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn on turn green the network audio In the following example the ABC input is routed to the RECORD output M Browse Library Search Library Guu Vt 3 i Deleted Entries 3 History Ei Update Switcher E Always execute this action F Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHE ABC FOX CBS ADS In45 In6 h7 In8 BOARD RECORD gt Axia users will not see an Input Output grid Instead you will see drop down lists to set Input Output and State Creating and Editing Content 84 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 8 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a Start Record action PAUL FM Top of Hour News Workflow Title Comment 1 Actions Update Switcher Update Switcher action Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Leave Leader Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Start Recor Rain delay playlist h Segmented Recording Send GP Output Send IP Message Send Serial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher gem EA Update Sw
321. n will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Audio Input From the drop down list select the audio input where the audio is recorded The selections refer to the device and channel numbers of the audio cards configured on the workstation where the workflow is scheduled Remember the system identifies devices and channels starting with 0 instead of 1 Category From the drop down list select the category where the recorded file will be saved Media Asset Number Type a 4 character asset ID for the new recording Scheduling Content 201 WO AUTOMATION Title Artist Trivia Start End Date Start End Hour Start Recording Maximum Recording Duration Allow Playback While Recording End Trigger Wait for This to Finish Before Moving On Distribution Audio Parameters Type the text that will appear in Workstation s Title field Type the text that will appear in Workstation s Artist field Type in specific text or select the option to have the system automatically store the recorded date and time in the trivia field Type the start and end dates for the recorded file using either the MM DD YY format or by entering 0 to represent the date the segments
322. nd Date Configuration I Start I I Cancel 6 After setting each option click Start to begin the conversion The Status field for each file being converted will change to Processing and then Done When all files have been processed click Close to close the converter Creating and Editing Content 29 WO AUTOMATION ba J Har Oar IUI ALILI You may need to edit the metadata of your newly converted files or make other edits Locate and double click on the file in the File List 50 20 10 Filename Arist Mote Start Date 4 1 22010 oa Start Hour 00 00 00 End Date 12 31 2099 TFN End Hour 23 59 59 p intro eo mM Cut ID BOOE Recorded 41 2fe01 0 Log Length 00 00 30 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 Begin of Audio 00 00 00 000 End of Audio 00 00 30 000 me oo ss ES record level Make any necessary edits including adding Title and Artist information and click Save to save your changes See the section on Editing Existing Audio in TLC on page 142 for more information After editing your file don t forget to add it to the Upload Queue and send it to a destination Creating and Editing Content 30 WO AUTOMATION Importing Audio with Audio Editor Configured as a Widget in Workstation this audio recorder editor gives you quick access to metadata and properties of existing audio as well as an easy to use interface for recording
323. nd edit events scheduled for playback The Stack has two modes of operation Automatic and Manual In Automatic mode events in the stack advance without user einer rey a TA intervention based upon the by the EOM End of Message signal i d of the previous event When a new event starts the previous event me 5 27 38 AM 00 01 01 automatically fades out The Countdown Timer will indicate the 0 5 9 en nae er ee current Mode by displaying either Automatic or Manual AUTOMATIC a Additionally when in Automatic mode there will be green play aa Edit 1 2 59 buttons next to each event in the Stack Station 104 1 FM T a Ni nd 1 57 16 AM _ 3 a O 3 stat Playing 101 0058 MANUAL Output 1 Next 1 a ye Save Me 17 3 28 ON AIR Shinedown 2 12 08 AM Aerials Edit 34 3 50 P System Of A Down 2 15 36 AM 2002 201 1058 ON AIR f sheiby Lynne 5 26 36 AM 2001 100 1260 Drive 22 3 49 P Incubus 5 29 35 In Manual mode the play buttons next to each event will be blue Additionally the Countdown Timer will indicate the Stack is in Manual mode which requires user input for every event in the schedule When the on air event is complete instead of transitioning to the next event automatically the system status will change to Stopped and an operator will have to click a blue play button to start the next event Clicking the Countdown Timer will toggle between Automatic and Manual modes Moving Events 1 To move an eve
324. ng 0 to represent the date the segments are recorded or n where n is the number of days to set the Start or End Date past the record date The date entered will be adapted to the system s regional date settings Type the start and end hour for the segments to be recorded using either 24 hour time format or by entering 0 to represent the hour in which the segment is recorded or n where n is the number of hours to set the Start or End Hour past the record hour Keep the option to start the recording Immediately when the Workflow executes Specifying a time for the maximum recording duration HH MM SS will prevent the system from recording for longer than anticipated if the End Trigger is not received This setting is a total of ALL segments Maximum recording duration for individual segments is set in the Cut Specific Parameters section When enabled this option forces the system to wait for the recording to reach either the Max Recording Duration or to receive the End Trigger before continuing to the next action in the Workflow or next event in the playlist After expanding the Distribution section select from the list of available radio stations and family friendships for distribution of the segments After expanding the Audio Parameters section select the audio format and sample rate for the recorded segments After expanding the Cut specific Parameters section configure each setting Number Type a 4 character asset ID t
325. ns during the editing process but any changes made are saved to the original audio file once you click Accept Creating and Editing Content 186 lt Create a Rotator 1 On the main Audio Editor window click New Select the type of file to create Click Rotator to create a new rotator You can also create new files from the Library widget Clicking on the New button on the Library widget will launch the Audio Editor widget and allow you to create a new media asset Set the attributes for this rotator On the Properties Tab type in this recording s Title Artist trivia Notes and release Year All fields are optional but recommended as they will make searches easier later on The Restrictions Tab allows you to set Start and End Dates Checking the Do not play before option and entering a date sets the file s Start Date while checking the Do not play after option and entering a date sets the file s End Date The Distribution Tab controls properties related to the category and Asset ID of the loaded file as well as radio station assignments which will dictate how audio is distributed by your Central Server Options on the Tools Tab will allow you to insert this rotator directly into a playlist 3 Click Add to begin adding assets to this rotator Once the Library search tool opens search for and click on the asset to add the asset to the rotator Repeat the process to add each asset to the rotator 4 Click Commit to sa
326. nt within the Stack click the label area of the event to be moved The event will be outlined and the Start button of all events in the Stack will be replaced by a blue Move button RR Sweep 1 0 22 54128 AM JN 9050 Why Can t 12 3 21 Phair Liz 741 51 And 100 6450 Delivering Content 486 WO AUTOMATION a E a ET FUI XLIII 2 Click on the Move button of event where you would like the moved event to be placed The moved event will be inserted in that position and the other events will be moved down in the Stack Inserting Events Events can be inserted from either the Library Widget or the Hotkey Widget 1 To insert an event from the Library Widget click on the event you would like to insert into the Stack To insert an event from the Hotkey Widget first enter Hotkey Edit mode by clicking on the Edit button on the Hotkey palette Click on the event you would like to insert into the Stack 2 All events currently loaded in the Stack will be replaced by a blue Insert button Click the Insert button where you want to insert the selected event Workstation will exit Insert mode automatically Queued actions will appear in the top right hand corner of the Workstations screen To cancel an action just click on it Deleting Events 1 To enter Delete Mode click the red Delete trash can button in the bottom tool bar 2 Click the Delete icon on or next to the item to delete 3 Exit Delete Mode by click
327. ntdown Satellite SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT aaa Boeoonr 2p ws s 7 emu mame 3577 5 mat Station PAUL FM Format New Year s Countdown Satellite SUN MON 5 TUE WED THU FRI ada PPPPE asf af a5 se 4 20 21 2 23 24 22 28 204 sai 2 dddd dd Fri Dec 31 2010 4 a a a a Click on the day s for the format to be scheduled The selected day s will be highlighted in blue on the calendar and the date will be added to the box below the calendar Scheduling Content 397 T WO AUTOMATION for Radio Click OK when finished Station PAUL FM Format New Year s Countdown Satellite December 2010 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT aada Aaa eoj 2 suj 6 7 saana as 35 75 mm Fri Dec 31 2010 To remove a date from the format schedule simply click on the day in the calendar again Scheduling Content 398 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Clearing amp Re importing The Clear and Re import function completely removes all layers music traffic formats of the existing playlist and recreates it from scratch This manual function is separate from the automatic Reimport checkbox setting in the Central Server Web Configuration UI which will re import a new version of a music or traffic file found in a Playlist Drop Box 1 In Playlist Editor click on the Playlists menu icon or click on the Playlists option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2
328. nter Previous Type the range of schedules dates and times to be printed Each day in the range will be printed to its own unique file name in the path and format specified in the Log File Output Use the arrow keys to move the highlight bar to the field currently displaying Log Format Assignment Grid Press the SPACE bar until the field shows WO Automation for Radio or the name you assigned to the output format Scheduling Content 273 WO AUTOMATION for Radio A Press F9 Print File View Log to open the Print Options menu 5 Press 2 to choose Send to File 6 When printing is completed Selector will display the message Finished Generating the Report Press ESC four times to exit Selector Scheduling Content 274 WO AUTOMATION Cee Fs ae for Radio Configuring Selector for Windows to Export to WOAFR Selector for Windows export designs are configured using Selector s Log Formatting resulting in a complete integrated schedule that can be imported into WO Automation for Radio The following examples use Selector Version 15 This is offered only as a guide contact Selector support for additional help and details Song Design 1 From the Log menu select Log Formats and highlight a blank log format Click Edit Import and select Scott Studios Automation This will create a log format template which will require some editing 2 To edit this template double click on Scott Studios Automation Click the Show Deta
329. ntinue gt WINRAR self extracting archive e Press Install button to start extraction e Use Browse button to select the destination folder from the folders tree It can be also entered manually e Ifthe destination folder does not exist it will be created automatically before extraction Browse instali Cancel 4 Using the Windows Run dialog browse to the destination folder and select the install exe file Click OK to run the installation file Co Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Creating and Editing Content 72 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Using the Windows Run dialog browse to the destination folder and select the launch exe file Click OK to run the installation file This will complete the process of inserting Windows Registry entries Run Bix Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open C Program Files unc launcher launch exe z hK Cancel Browse 6 Configure the Adobe Audition Export directory This directory is where existing media assets will be copied before being edited in Audition This directory should be a shared directory that all Audition users can access From the Central Server Configuration Web UI click on the Adobe Audition link in the System group Welcome Mozilla Firefox
330. o Hard Disk Location PO Intro l Qscurce TH Cue In l Orine Synch poo Ending Options and Default Values Ref Field Description 1 TimeSynch Recommended Merge Points can be scheduled as Hard sync using a pound symbol Soft sync using an asterisk symbol Do Not Move using a period symbol Hard amp Soft Sync commands should only be used in unattended hours These commands can remove events from the schedule without prior notice which may confuse live operators 2 Source Required TM indicates this command is a Merge Point Traffic Merge event 3 Artist Required if Surrounded in quotes this field references the desired fill Ruleset The using Rulesets Ruleset must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor 4 Duration Required This field sets the Merge Point duration When adding a Merge Point Automation Command adding the break time in MM SS format as the first five characters of the command name will set the timing position of the merge point Scheduling Content 252 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Configuring Workflow Automation Commands Automation Command Editor Soc Rename Main Printing Controls Command Scheduler Print Commands To File 20 00 Merge Point Join Leader Duration o oo Leader Breakaway Leader Simulcast Description Miscellaneous Leave Leader Live Promo Copy Take Readings Top of Hour Mers Workflow Voice Track Artist Top of Hour Hews Media Number Filename Tr
331. o es Cancel Scheduling Content 236 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 Set the properties for your Song export design Select Song in the Design Pages column and click the Properties button MusicMaster Export File Designer a joj x File Help Design Pages Design Page Properties xj Break Spat Desi Traffic Merge Fage Name Song E sport Unscheduled File Header Category Filter Day Header E Hour Header in CHR 1 Hour Footer i E102 CHR 2 Day Footer Nor Music categories only E 200 Classic Rock 1 File Footer Specific categories only 202 Classic Rock 2 zi Script Function Cancel Type a Page Name something descriptive like Song Export Set your Category Filter to Music categories only Once the options have been set click OK to save your changes 6 Configure the Design Fields To set a field click in Design Field column and select the field from the drop down box MusicMaster Export File Designer File Help Design Pages Qo Ff Song Song Export Break Spot Design Page Song Song Export Field Properties Traffic Merge Pos Design Field Unscheduled File Header Day Header i Hour Head our Header eee Hour Footer ai img Day Footer File Footer i Audio Filename Category Category Plays Comment Composer Dayparting Delimiter 4 Scheduling Content 237 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Most design fields will have Field Properties associated wit
332. o identify the segment End Trigger From the drop down list of configured inputs select the closure that will stop this segment recording Type the maximum recording duration for each segment This will prevent the system from recording longer than anticipated if the End Trigger is not received Type the amount of time to wait before starting to record the next segment Max Duration Wait before Scheduling Content 204 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Start Media Asset Play a specified media asset on a specified audio card output 8 Create Start Play Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Media asset 7 nm lt cart not found gt E Dead roll 00 00 00 Wait for this to finish before mowing on Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Media Asset Select the category and asset ID to specify the media asset to play The title will be displayed in the third field depending on the asset ID entered Click the Browse magnifying glass button to search for a media asset In the Search dialog enter the search criteria and use the scroll bar to view
333. o search within a specific category type the category code and include a forward slash For example COM would search for assets within the COM category Searching simply for COM without the forward slash would bring up all assets containing those three letters in any field such as COMe or COMpare e If you know part of the media asset s Asset ID you can go on to find a specific media asset by typing the Asset ID after the category for example COM 0025 Remember that the search results update automatically and narrow down with each character typed so you do not have to remember the entire Asset ID For example searching for 101 55 will bring up all assets beginning with 55 in category 101 e You can search for media assets with a specific duration by entering the time in MM SS format Entering 03 15 will bring up assets that are 3 15 long Simply typing 3 15 would also bring up assets with a length of 13 15 and 23 15 e To find assets in a range of lengths enter the length with a dash between the times like this 03 15 03 30 e Search criteria can be combined If you are looking for a Madonna song that is between 03 00 03 30 you can enter Madonna 03 00 03 30 Inserting Searched Assets from the Library Widget Selecting a Media Asset in the Library Widget enables the Insert function allowing the asset to be added to the Stack Playlist or Player Widgets or to be assigned to a Hotkey 1 Click on an asset to select it You can deselect the
334. o the import rule exists and is accessible check the sharing and security Verify the import rule was indeed assigned to an existing directory Double check the file name you are using when saving from Adobe Audition It must be in the specified format CCCNNNN WAV Verify you are saving the file to the same import directory assigned to the import rule Creating and Editing Content 70 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Opening Existing WO Automation for Radio Files in Adobe Audition Uncompressed WAV files in the WO Automation for Radio system can be edited using Adobe Audition To avoid damage to your file system and database the file to be edited must be exported from WOAFR before being edited Once edits are complete AMAI is used to bring the edited file back into the WOAFR system This process requires installation of one more component called UNC Launcher Do not open and edit audio directly in your WO Automation for Radio audio folder This can damage not only the file being edited but can damage your file system and your database Installing UNC Launcher From the Central Server Configuration Web UI click on the UNC Launcher link in the Software group You will be prompted to save the UNC Launcher installation file to your desktop The file will be named unc launcher exe __ Welcome Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help Welcome oa Central Server Configuration Apps Audio Finder Rotators
335. oice track preceding a Merge Point is mistakenly linked down before the traffic has been imported When traffic is later imported changing the event immediately following the voice track the voice track links will fail and impact hourly timing because the link is broken EJ Widget settings voice Tracker Hotkey channel ROUND ROBIN Preview channel PREVIEW Record channel RECORD Record audio format Uncompressed Record sample rate YT precut preview time seconds 10 Hide the postcut entry when voice tracks are linked only to the precut When the configuration option is enabled and the voice track s link parameter is Linked Up the following differences will be observed e The media asset immediately after the voice track will not displayed e The third press of the Start microphone button will in one operation perform the following tasks 1 Halt the playback of the media asset before the voice track 2 Halt the recording of the voice track 3 Set the EOM of the voice track such that the playlist entry following the voice track will begin playing immediately at airtime It is assumed that the following entry will be a spot and that no overlap with the voice track will be desired Even with this option selected operators will still be able to show and link to the postcut when voice tracking Clicking the Show Postcut button will cause the media asset to be revealed Creating and Editing Content 121 WO AUTOM
336. oid of the internet Double click describes the process of two clicks in rapid succession Often used in the Windows environment to open Solitaire or Freecell from a desktop icon Select is the action to take when viewing options in a drop down list or menu Selecting an option is usually the final step in a series of navigations For example you would Click Favorites on the Internet Explorer text menu and Select Facebook from your favorites list to add WO Automation for Radio as a friend Type is the command to enter information into the fields in WO Automation for Radio using either a hardware keyboard or the on screen keyboard Press will be used to describe actions involving hardware or software buttons You would not hit the ENTER key you would gently press it instead When discussing menu options each menu level will be separated by the pipe character For example File Send would indicate the Send sub menu of the File menu in Internet Explorer To combine this with the Click and Select actions you may be asked to Click File Send and Select Send page by E mail Specific keys on the keyboard will be spelled in capital letters ALT CTRL DOWN ARROW ENTER PAGE UP Keys that should be pressed simultaneously will appear with a between them CTRL ALT DELETE Introducing WO Automation for Radio 3 WO AUTOMATION _ J E F a for Radio About WO Automation for Radio Set the way back machine to a crisp West
337. on Soft sync Hard sync Do Not Move Selector database field holding three character WOAFR category gt Selector database field indicating event type i e JU voice track with Join Up link DA digital audio Selector database field holding WOAFR Asset number LIVE for stopsets or TIME for voice track events Scheduling Content 277 1 2 3 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Breaknote Design To set up a Log Format for breaknotes go to Log Formats and highlight the Scott Studios Automation log format that you created for songs Click on Format and select Links Non stopset Do not double click and open the Scott Studios Automation format This will take you to a blank log format Click on the Show Details button Here you will begin to build your Link breaknote design from scratch as Selector does not provide an automation template for breaknotes Links or stopset Links bard Deiat dente Gnade A norte PS fi Edt Search Tew F e j i 2 Ps il E jl a fal Ls be A x a Record Humbe AGL iconel Artista Pumi Lee Intro d Ere ing faGeriaif ic Time Vetsin ic Ri Theta ls ee aj ma j er A ee ee ee j D ee ee j ee ee ee ee el ee Fi ee een ee i300 berimi Gzr0J miny 2104 405 Fi 1104 05 wi i Cancel Spacing Using the described steps create the Log Format for Stopsets by highlighting Scott Stu
338. ones button in the bottom tool bar PAUL FM 0 00 MANUAL Mp amp Tock North Caroling State Far 99 Red Balloons Jack amp Diane if This Es It 857 5508 Ventty 3 3 45 135959 19 3 46 24 se TEETE ih Wakan Up on st Like Starting Lennon Jew ws Sexy 17 Stay Cats iar Love Has Une Lennon JAn wt Live Without Neon usri Deed in Your Cutting Crew tep Feeling Fase Haman Loague 1u Can Stj Rock toghi Ranger ays To Christmas Player 1 d _KOOL 105 W nt Fear The Rea fue Oyster Cult Me ust Deed in Your Cuthag Crew ake Shake Shak KC and The Sunshine iu Gotta Fight Fo Basste Boys Days To Christmas STOPSET rages Cootoge Fita 2 A NIGHT SHOW Playe Joe 245 MIGHT SHOVY BED 1 BED O170 A NIGHT SHOW Joe 205 NIGHT SHOVY BED 2 el MEL g The asset will play back on the Default Preview Output defined in the Workstation Launcher 3 Click the Preview button at the bottom of the Workstation screen to exit Preview mode Delivering Content 441 WO AUTOMATION Lal it Playing an Asset in the Player Widget 1 Click the Play button to start playback of the loaded asset A countdown timer will be visible on top of the Play button A NIGHT SHOW Joe NIGHT SHOVWY BED 1 A NIGHT SHOW Joe MIGHT SHOWY BED 2 Player 1 245 d e Lar BED O1 70 Player 2 H 47
339. ood Baseball Schedule Scheduling Content 364 3 4 WO AUTOMATION for Radio On the Scheduled Special Programs screen click the Scheduled Instance you wish to edit and click Edit Scheduled instances for Westwood Baseball If instead you want to change the traffic settings for the scheduled instance click Settings Review and edit the Scheduled Instance of this Special Program PAUL FM Friday Scheduled Special Program Title Comment 1 Execute Workflow New Merge Point Mt Olive College Nip Tuck NC State Fair Execute Workflow New Merge Point Artist Comment 2 Baseball Segment Baseball Segment nt Background Mi Sch Len 10 00 03 00 00 59 00 59 00 59 10 00 03 00 _ S8sss 88 je Deleted Entries History Workflow Estimated length EA Execute Workflow Browse Library Search Library Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems 10 00 Scheduling Content 365 WO AUTOMATION If necessary add spots to an under filled break using the Search Library or Browse Library options at the bottom of Playlist Editor Keep in mind that these events are sequential and overfilling the spot block will offset the rest of the broadcast If the traffic schedule is changed any special program using that traffic schedule may also need to have its contents changed too Make sure you are editing the Scheduled Special Program
340. or 12 o ig iS ol PAUL FM JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly Template Sequential Background O Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen SchLen In Fa e Create New Entry Ctrl N X Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table ie Deleted Entries no selection amp History Cancel Scheduling Content 310 WO AUTOMATION Em p Smee tor Radio 6 Select the option for Execute Workflow and click OK Create New Entry Please select the type of entry to create Live Copy Memo Merge Point Playable Entry Start Podcast Stop Podcast Set Mode manual auto Workflow Actions 7 Enter the details for this Execute Workflow entry See table on next page for more information about each parameter When all parameters have been set click OK E Create Execute Workflow Sync Point at 00 06 00 Always execute this action Allow execution on standby systems Workflow JS EmoGoth WE Estimated length 10 50 Ce This walkthrough assumes that the first event in this hour is the first segment of the satellite program It is possible that there may be other programming that must execute before the first satellite segment Recorded local news network newscasts or traffic merge points may precede t
341. or importing new audio A more detailed look at the Audio Editor interface is included in the Creating Audio with Audio Editor section beginning on page 36 1 On the main Audio Editor window click New Audio Editor Select New below to create a new media asset Commit 2 From the list of available Media Asset types click Audio to import an audio file Audio Editor Select the type of media asset to create Audio Multi Station Asset Rotator Cancel Creating and Editing Content 31 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 On the Tools tab click the Import button Insert this media asset into a playlist DEE vga es SE ag RP OL ea ed ete LUE 6 BETIONsS OF megl Sat i nn oe ee M narra Jy UP aS Le S JT Bair Nests eh gu tethered ae hi p Sa ES Import The external audio file can be imported first as in this example or imported after the other Media Asset properties have been set Some settings like the settings on the Distribution tab are required but the property tabs do not need to be completed in any particular order 4 Browse to the location of the external audio file Refer to table on next page for details about the Import window port Look In Beebe lea ees al ere al fer Te fs C 2638 4282 mp3 C 2709 4839 mp3 Type UCC agai Creating and Editing Content 32 WO AUTOMATION Description for Radio Ref Field 1 Look in 2 Folder Icon 3 Desktop
342. or recording or importing new audio and creating rotators and Multi Station Media Assets This manual will walk you through recording and editing audio but first we will take a quick tour of the Audio Editor interface Getting to Know the Audio Editor Interface Audio Editor T 00 02 16 PLAYING E Properties Timers Title All My Love Artist Led Zeppelin Note Year 1979 1 Title Bar 2 New Button 3 Commit Revert Buttons 4 File Tabs 5 Control Buttons 6 Level Meters 7 Timer 8 Fuel Bar c a Restrictions Distribution Tools Commit Revert Displays the number of the currently loaded media asset When creating a new asset the title bar will display Editing new media asset until the asset is saved with a valid asset ID Click here to create a new audio recording rotator or Multi station Media Asset Clicking Commit saves all changes while clicking Revert will undo any changes Tabs to access properties of the loaded file Each tab is described in detail below Record takes the Editor out of Record Ready mode and begins recording new audio Preview begins playback of existing audio while Stop halts recording or playback Displays recording or playback audio levels Displays recording or playback time Represents the entire length of the audio file The blue section at the beginning of the file indicates intro time while the white section at the end of the file indicates EOM time The red arrow i
343. or replacement in either the Playlist or Stack Widgets Executes the search sending the currently selected asset to the Music Master Nexus Server and identifying acceptable replacements based on rules configured in Music Master Acceptable replacements based on configured rules will be displayed Click a title to replace the selected asset with the clicked song Cancels the search and clears the search parameters Delivering Content 483 WO AUTOMATION Replacing Songs Click on an asset in either the Stack or Playlist Widgets The selected Media Asset will automatically load in the Music Master Widget It s Not Over 3 33 Press Search to find a replacement Daughtry 13 21 04 Selected Media Asset 102 9876 13 24 Your Wildest Dreams Moody Blues Search Cancel Your Wildest Dreams 45 4 40 Moody Blues 13 24 38 1986 205 1476 Epic Album Version 10 4 48 Faith No More 13 29 18 am Music sic Master Sy pe 0 58 WIUSIC I LY Cal 947 09 SEEA 42 27 Nh 2 Click the Search button The Widget will communicate with the Music Master Nexus Server and will return acceptable replacement titles based on configured rules It s Not Over 3 33 Select a media asset below to complete the replacement Daughtry 13 21 04 Selected Media Asset 102 9876 13 24 Your Wildest Dreams Moody Blues Search Your Wildest Dreams 45 4 40 Moody Blues 13 24 38 Zero Tightrope Love Song You Don t Know Crystal Ball 1986 205 1476 Sm
344. ording Workflow Actions as required A typical Multi segment Net Capture Workflow looks like this T Playlist Editor 2 iS ig S ol Me es PAUL FM Dr Laura Hour 1 Workflow Type Title Comment 1 Actions E Turn Net Audio ON i Update Switcher Update Switcher action Deactivate Trigger Set Options for each Segment Segmented Record Segmented Recording action Emergency Alert Turn Net Audio OFF Update Switcher Update Switcher action End Special Playlist Follower Breakaway 4 The new Workflow must be added to the playlist To schedule this event for today only open today s playlist and add the Workflow as a Background Event The playlist will be updated immediately and automatically If this Segmented Recording event will be a recurring event you may add it to your music scheduler or to a Playlist Editor Template If the Segmented Recording event is added using your music scheduler to execute the event today you may need to re export your music schedule If you choose to schedule the event using templates re apply your formats for today Creating and Editing Content 179 Voice Track a Daypart 1 To open the Voice Tracker widget select a voice track to record in the Playlist and click the Edit Voice Track button at the bottom of the Playlist Widget You are not limited to voice tracking just today To load playlist for future scheduled days click the More icon on the Playlist widget and select Voice
345. osseesseesseeosecosseessersss 246 Configuring Powergold to Export to WOAFR e ssssessssessssesssseessecessecessecesssceoseceoseceoseeeseeeosecesseeeoseceoseceossteosseeosseeoseeeossersseeees 248 Configuring the Automation EXpOft sssesssseessseessseesssecsssecssseeessecessecesseressecesseeesseessetesseeessecesseeeosetesseteoseteoseceoseressseesseresserees 248 Correlating Output Design Fields with the Powergold Song Information Card ese ssseeseseesssecsssecesssersseeesseeess 249 Configuring Automation COMMandS s ssseessseessseessseesssecssseeessecessecesseeessecessecesseessetessecessecesseeeosetesseteoseteoseteosseeosseesseeesseeeos 251 Configuring Merge Point Automation COMmMandS seseessseessseessseessseessseeessecesseessseceusecesseceveeessecesseceoseceoseceoseeesseeesseeess 252 Configuring Workflow Automation CommandS sssesssseessseessseesssecssseesssecessecessecesseceusecesseceseceuseeesseceoseceoseressseesseeesseeess 253 Configuring Voice Track Automation CommandS sseesessessssessssesssecesseeesseeeoseceoseceoseceoseceoseeesseeoseceoseteoseeeosseeosetessereosseesseeees 254 Configuring Memo Automation CommandS sssessssessseeessseessseessseessecessseesseceossceoseceosseeseeeosseeosereoseteoseteoseteosseeosseeosereosseroseeess 255 Configuring Leader Follower Workflow Action Automation Commands sessessssessseessseeessecsssecesseeesssersseeesseeess 256 Adding Automation Commands to Your CloCkS eseess
346. ot play before E Do not play after Edit Hourly The Restrictions Tab allows you to set Start and End Dates Checking the Do not play before option and entering a date sets the file s Start Date while checking the Do not play after option and entering a date sets the file s End Date Clicking the Edit Hourly Restrictions button will allow you to set allowable hourly dayparts Hourly restrictions Monday Monday Tuesday 12AM 1AM 2AM 3AM 4AM 5AM 6AM 7AM 8AM 9AM 10AM 11AM Wednesday 12PM 1PM 2PM 3PM 4PM 5PM 6PM 7PM 8PM 9PM 10PM 11PM Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Accept Close Clicking on a day button will allow you to set hourly restrictions for specific days of the week Clicking on an hourly button will allow or restrict play for that specific hour A file can play during hours that are green and cannot play during hours that are red Once this file s Hourly Restrictions are set click Accept to save your changes Clicking Close will close the window without saving your work Clicking the Lock button will lock the Hourly Restrictions window in place until you click the Accept or Close buttons On playback the system will skip files that are outside of their hourly and date restrictions Setting start and end dates in the past or setting all hourly restrictions to red will prevent the file from ever playing Creating and Editing Content 151 WO AUTOMATION Em p see tor Radio oes Distribution
347. otes field 11 Repeat this process of adding Workflows and Merge Points for each segment of the special program Scheduling Content 340 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 12 When all segments have been added we can add the GPI initiated elements to the Background of this template Background elements may include Legal IDs or other closure initiated assets a Rain Delay action and the End Game Workflow we just created With the Background option selected in the top right corner right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry Playlist Editor 2g EO Esp o we i PAUL FM Baseball Segment PAUL FM End Baseball PAUL FM Westwood Baseball X PAUL FM Westwood Baseball Special Program Template Sequential O Time Sync Title ee 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen SchLen In Fa Spare val Create New Entry Ctrl N N X Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist E Browse Library Create Podcast Episode Search Library Customize table Deleted Entries no selection amp History Cancel 13 We will add the end of game Workflow first Select the option for Execute Workflow and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Scheduling Content 341 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 14 Enter the
348. ou created one by dragging the MRK1 marker to the beginning of the audio e Set the Intro by dragging the INT marker to the beginning of the vocal e Set the EOM by dragging the SEC marker to the desired point near the end of the file 8 Review your work Press CTRL P to open the File Info window Each timer should appear in the list and the values should match the position of the timers in the waveform Once your timers and metadata have been verified click OK on the File Info window to save your changes and close the File Info dialog Creating and Editing Content 68 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 9 Save your audio file On the Adobe Audition menu select File Save As d Adobe Audition Untitled Recent Folders C Documents and Settings pjackson wWIDEORBIT My Documents My Music Save in AuditionAudio gt O 2 P iv Free Space I COMOOOO wav A COM2021 WAV 3 CONMZO29 WAV 2 COM7778 wav CA 124490MB LJ COMZ000 WAY J COMZ022 WAV 3 COMZ030 WAV 3 COM9000 wav 2 COMZOOI WAV A COMZ023 WAVY 2 COMZ031 WAV 3 COM9001 wav Temp Dir J COMZO002 WAV J COMZ024 WAV 3 COMZO32 WAV J COM9002 wav 2 CONZ003 WAY 2 COMZO25 WAV 3 COMZ034 WAVY 3 COM9003 wav 2 COMZ004 WAY 2 COMZ026 WAV J COMZ035 WAV J COM9004 way 2 CONZ019 WAV J COM2027 wav 3 COMS868 wav 3 COM9005 wav JI COMZO20 WAV J COM2028 WAV 3 COM6400 wav 3 COM9006 wav File name Untitled wav Sa
349. ou to edit a rotators properties and set the entries that it contains Media Asset Name Note Length Distribution PAUL FM Add Entry No entries have been added to this rotator Field Description Media Asset Select a category from the drop down list and type a 4 character asset ID Name Enter a descriptive title for the rotator Note Optionally enter a note trivia field for the rotator Length Enter the average length for the assets that will be added to the rotator in MM SS format Distribution Select the stations to which the rotator should be distributed Creating and Editing Content 162 WO AUTOMATION va ye p see k f W LGN 2 When all basic details have been entered click the Add Entry link From the drop down list select the Category and type the 4 character Media Asset ID of the asset to add to the rotator Add Rotator Entry Mozilla Firefox o o me File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help _ Add Rotator Entry Apps Audio Finder Reports Rotators Add Rotator Entry Please specify the media asset for the rotator entry Select the play next checkbox to move the play rotation to this entry Media Asset 080 v Play Next F You will receive a warning if the entered media asset does not exist The Play Next tag moves the next to play marker to this asset 3 To add additional assets to the rotator repeat the process clicking the Add Entry link and enterin
350. our Central Server Web Configuration UI Which input on the selected device is wired to the audio source Inputs and outputs can have descriptive names so it may be obvious once you start configuring the Workflow Then again it might not be Which output on the selected device delivers audio to your recording channel Which category will the recorded audio file be stored in What is the asset number of the file to be recorded What is the maximum duration of the recording Will you need to begin playing back the audio file while it is still recording Remember you cannot begin playback until 5 seconds into the recording and the audio must play back from the same audio card being used to record the file Will the recording end based on time or based on a closure from the network Once the recording is complete what are the distribution rules for this audio file Creating and Editing Content 78 WO AUTOMATION Remember WO Automation for Radio can only execute one command at a time Be careful to not schedule multiple commands at exactly the same time It is suggested that you take the time to plan out your recordings in a spreadsheet similar to the sample on the next page For a copy of this spreadsheet in Excel format contact WOAFR Customer Service If you want to begin playback of a file while it is still recording you will need specific hardware Play while record or Net Chase functionality requires ASI or Digigram audio car
351. ow audio is distributed by your Central Server Options on the Tools Tab will allow you to insert this asset directly into a playlist You can also perform basic edits on the file itself using the Waveform Editor 5 When all attributes have been set click the Commit button to save your changes Creating and Editing Content 177 Schedule a Net Capture Event Before configuring network recording events network audio and closures should be wired to your audio switcher successfully tested and configured in the Central Server Web Configuration UI All recording events are configured in Playlist Editor as Background Events 1 First create any necessary Workflows Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow 2 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit 3 Create the Workflow adding Update Switcher Workflow Actions and Start Record Workflow Actions as required A typical Net Capture Workflow looks like this Playlist Editor iS ig IS ol Me i PAUL FM Top of Hour News Workflow x Type Title Comment 1 Actions i Turn Net Audio ON i pdate Switcher Update Switcher action Deactivate Trigger Set Recorded Asset Options i tart Record Start Record action Emergency Alert Turn Net Audio OFF Update Switcher Update Switch
352. ower breaks away for independent programming If the Follower does have independently programmed dayparts the Join Leader and Leave Leader commands should be scheduled as part of the Follower station s music schedule Even if the Follower is always in simulcast mode and never leaves the Leader for independently programmed dayparts a Join Leader command is still required The Join Leader command however may be scheduled each midnight using a template created in Playlist Editor Key fields for Join Leader JL commands Field Notes Sync Required Set as Do Not Move using a period symbol ID Required The tag JL identifies a line as a Join Leader Workflow action Title Required The first 5 characters set the Do Not Move time and should be entered as the hour and minute of when the Simulcast should begin In a 24 hour Simulcast scenario this time would be midnight 00 00 Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Note Trivia Required Surrounded in quotes this field must include the following information separated by the pipe symbol e Name of the Leader Radio Station of the station acting as the Leader e Name of the Workstation hosting the Leader Radio Station e Name of the Follower Simulcast Workflow Action to execute after each split stopset e Name of the Follower Breakaway Workflow Action to execute before each split stopset e Time offset to be used only when the Leader and
353. p to the next voice track in the schedule The Voice Tracker widget will display a message stating Media Asset Saved when the voice track has been saved The default date restriction is set for the day in which the voice track is scheduled The default distribution is for the station for which the voice track is scheduled These settings can be changed later by opening the voice track in Audio Editor Creating and Editing Content 125 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 8 Return to the Playlist widget when you have finished and saved the last voice track If necessary click the Close button at the bottom of the Playlist widget s voice track tab PaAUL FM J i 0 00 Stepped AUTOMATIC Volee Tracker Vier Ponci Hotkey Mo playlist set up for this station today Aleme Something There ho hier Me Cici s Pizza Fiawiings Rea 5 Heart And Soui PUA TT fe Ce A i ack Of Ridius A WoteeTrach Search Clear A P ETOFSET eobce Track HOUR UPDATE Fan Phe Far Away WobteTrack Dent Forget Mae herran Tar Paidi iusti Died in Yeu Cutting Crew oar iS Oreom Len 4hr is mA cag Dont Fear The Rra Fie Oyster Cutt ibi ATESTE ust Ukey Siarting Lennon Jim 131 ibadi KOOL 105 mi aor Doo Wop oniy Goo Keep Feeling Fasci human Las bed Wake Up en i hast Deed in Your _ Cutting Crew add fo eke Shake Shake Shah HC aed The Sunstone RAM EIT Funkyiran P
354. pecial Playlist You will then schedule one or more instances of this template which will allow for modifications to the special program for different times without affecting the original template The Special Program template will be added to a daily schedule by inserting the Load Playlist workflow action Adding the Load Playlist action to the Sequential playlist is risky If your playlist is running ahead of schedule there is a good chance the Special Program will load and execute too early Adding the Load Playlist action to the Background playlist and executing the action with a GPI closure is recommended allowing the program to begin at the correct time Keep in mind that special programs have features not available in other areas of Playlist Editor Please read the following instructions carefully and take note of warnings marked in boxes like this one Scheduling Content 320 WO AUTOMATION In the following example we are going to assume the station uses a Broadcast Tools ACS 8 2 Plus configured in the Central Server Configuration Web UI Y Audio Inputs 1 Aird 2 Ar 3 Ar3 4 5 Baseball 6 T a Y Audio Outputs 1 TOAIR 2 RECORD Y GP Inputs 1 Start Baseball 2 Local Break 3 Rain Delay 4 Resume 5 End Game 6 Post Game T 3 9 10 Legal ID 11 12 13 14 15 16 Step by Step Overview 6 Create the Workflow to handle audio switching see page 298 7 Create any optional Segment Rulesets see page 215 8 Creat
355. processing This will default to 2199 12 31 Use the format YYYY MM DD End Hour Type in the End Hour to be displayed in WOAFR and used for in date out of date processing This will default to 00 00 00 Use the format HH MM SS in 24 hour time The process used to enter metadata in the File Info window is the same for single recorded files ripped CD tracks or multi track session mixdowns 5 Create your timers We will position the timers in the audio waveform in the next step Cue in MRK1 The Cue in timer is generally not necessary with Adobe Audition Simply use Audition to edit away any leading silence on your track However if you have a special case where the Cue In is needed here are the steps Double click the first unused timer in the Timers group Date Time hh mm ss AULES Ai 3 unused START 2010 04 22 00 00 00 4 unused Date Time hh mm ss 5 unused 6 unused END 2199 12 31 00 00 00 7 ple 8 EOD 0 33 111 Timer ID MRK1 Clear Help Location Set to Cursor Left Right OK Creating and Editing Content 66 6 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Intro INT Double click the second unused timer in the Timers group Date Time hh mm ss START 2010 04 22 00 00 00 Date Time hh mm ss END 2199 12 31 00 00 00 Timers 4 unused 5 unused 6 unused 7 unused 8 EOD 0 33 111 Select INT from the Time
356. r Jump to another page Page Page 1 Select Omi G Page 1 Workflow Page 2 Christmas Liners Click the green Confirm button to save your changes and close the Hotkey Page Selection window Click the green Confirm button on the Hotkey Settings window to save your changes and return to the Hotkey Widget Delivering Content 465 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 To reconfigure this Hotkey to execute a Workflow select the Run workflow option Click the Select button and select the Workflow from the list Baseball Segment Dr Laura Hour 1 Hotkey Settings End Baseball Action Follower Breakaway Q HEVET EEEE Follower Simulcast Category JS EmoGoth WF File number Join Leader T EEE E Leave Leader o o o o ono o oo Page Run workflow Workflow Baseball Seqment Select Click the green Confirm button to save your changes and close the Workflow Selection window Click the green Confirm button on the Hotkey Settings window to save your changes and return to the Hotkey Widget Delivering Content 466 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Style Tab Options on the Style Tab only affect the appearance of the Hotkey button Once all options have been set click the green Confirm button on the Hotkey Settings window to save your changes and return to the Hotkey Widget TH aL coax Font size Background color Field Description Font Size Use the drop do
357. r Path Add Directory For a remote FTP directory type the address to the directory in the Path field beginning with ftp Complete the fields detailing connection information and click Add Directory Creating and Editing Content 172 WO AUTOMATION LITLA 3 Create at least one Import Rule Click the Add Rule link under Rules on the Central Server Configuration Web Ul Type a Rule Name and set the conditions and actions for this rule Each Rule can have more than one set of conditions Save Rule Rule Name f File Name Save to category Set title to Set artist to Set start date to Set cue in to Convert sample rate to Convert compression to Send to Save Rule Cancel ls valid Media Asset number 060 Asset number Set end date to seconds E Set eom to 44 1K Linear PAUL HD PAUL FM Once the Rule is configured click Save Rule 4 seconds Apply your rules to your scan directories Click on a configured directory from the main AMAI page Directories Add Directory Path prod audio NewRi Phy Define the FTP sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Click the Select Rule link and click the check box next to each desired rule When all desired rules have been applied click Save Selected Rules to save your changes and return to the Edit Directory screen Creating and Editing Content 173
358. r dl oe oe Ls ABREV LINE COLUMN LENGTH FONT AH 1 1 2 P TI 1 4 76 P 13 Press F7 to configure required Punctuation PUNCTUATION COLUMN LENGTH FONT 14 Press F2 to save your punctuation changes Press ESC to return to the Edit Log Format 8 menu 15 From the Edit Log Format 8 menu press 3 to select the Cluster Header Footer Design option Verify the Header and Footer fields are blank Press F2 to save these parameters and then press ESC to return to the Edit Log Format 8 menu Scheduling Content 263 WO AUTOMATION 16 From the Edit Log Format 8 menu press 6 to select the Unscheduled Position Design option Press 1 to select Unscheduled Song Design Verify the settings in Unscheduled Position Design are blank Press F2 to save these parameters and then press ESC four times to return to the Print the Log menu 17 Selector must now be configured to print your music log using the same filename configured in your WO Automation for Radio Central Server From Selector s Print the Log menu press F3 for Log Format Assignments Press F6 to set the Automation File Name AUTOMATION LOG FILE OUTPUT eee SES IC AY AMEDD SEL HD d EREEEEE aM M 2 EW The File Name field tells Selector where to write the exported schedule file and what to name it This should reference the path to your configured import directory on your Central Server the filename mask Y M D and the file extension configured
359. r After The Fire Goody Two Shoes Adam Ant Crumblin Down John Cougar Mellencamp The Satety Dance Men Without Hats 44 Luttballoons Nena ID The Media Asset ID contained in the file s header Title The title information contained in the file s header Artist The artist information contained in the file s header End Date The last day of the valid date range for this file Out of date files will not play Length The actual length of the file when played on the air Filename The file name from the local path Type This displays the file format of the file e SCOTPCM WOAFR SS32 format uncompressed PCM or linear e SCOTMP2 WOAFR SS32 format MPEG 1 Layer 2 compressed e OTHER Files in any other format To load a file for editing double click the file in the list You can also load a file by clicking on it once and pressing the ENTER key To select multiple files to delete copy or upload press the CTRL key while clicking on the desired files or by pressing the SHIFT key to select a contiguous group of files Creating and Editing Content 24 WO AUTOMATION s pea N FAAULLHLI The Upload Queue The Upload Queue at the upper right corner of the TLC screen shows all of the files that are ready to be sent from the current category to your selected destination As you change categories the contents of this queue will change This gives you the ability to work on files in different cat
360. r Export File Designer File Help So Song Song Export Break Traffic Merge Design Field Pos Unscheduled Gir Time Len File Header Format Day Header Function Hour Header Comment Hour Footer Day Footer File Footer Scheduling Content 241 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Break LogNote Design Fields and Field Properties Design Page Column Field Properties Column Design Field Keyword 1 Air Time 1 8 Delimiter 1 2 Break Text 1 255 11 Click File Save to save your design Once you have saved your design click File Exit to close the Music Master Export File Designer MusicMaster Export File Designer Air Time Break Text Field Properties Break Text Function comment File Footer For information on exporting your design refer to the Music Master Help file Designs are exported as XML files and can be imported as new designs into other Music Master databases Scheduling Content 242 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Adding LogNotes in Music Master 1 Your library of log notes can be configured and accessed by clicking Dataset Clocks LogNote Text KILS MusicMaster 4 0 SR 14 Eie View Dataset Tools Window Help oe Library bid CS RES cormat clocts Search Rule Tree Format Lists Schedule Analysis Assignment Grids Catego Format Scheduler amp 2 In the LogNote Maintenance editor click Add to create a new log note that can later e
361. r ID drop down box on the Edit Timer 1 window and click OK f EOM SEC Set to Cursor Double click the third unused timer in the Timers group Date Time hh mm ss START 2010 04 22 00 00 00 Date Time hh mm ss END 2199 12 31 00 00 00 Left Right Edit Timer 1 x Timer D Mi l ___ clear Help Location C Timers 1 MRK1 0 00 000 5 unused 6 unused 7 unused 8 EOD O 33 1i1 Bs unused Select SEC from the Timer ID drop down box on the Edit Timer 2 window and click OK f Set to Cursor Left Right core Timer ID Ec Clear Help Location After all the timers have been created click OK on the File Info window to save your changes and close the window Creating and Editing Content 67 WO AUTOMATION for Radio T Now that your timers are created it is time to put them where you want them to go All off your timers will appear at as red triangles at the very beginning of the audio file They will all be on top of each other like this AU Adobe Audition Untitled File Edit Wiew Effects Generate Favorites Options Window Help Bice Sammie 2 co Samm IT tik y m gt m 42 m F a OC ra _ i w Eo us ae kaj Untitled Z Click on each timer and drag it to the desired location in the audio e Set the Cue ln if y
362. r Taala an ies iia i i Clel s Parra oe Wop only Good Tm Wdust teed tn Your Arms it Just Died in Your arms AB f 4 an lj wh ME Ofve College Hotheys fen 2 Tek Morth Ceraling State Fair To add the selected asset to a Hotkey in the Hotkey Widget open a hot key page and click Edit Click on the circle where you want to add the asset Setected asset 6 Days To Chrisimas 28 0939 X gt gt i ry Playi 2 z E Today gt Fy Play miu Mima Mam PA P STOPSET COMPILL Harley Davidson Bosch Power Toots Delivering Content 446 WO AUTOMATION Previewing Library Assets To enter PAUL FM MANUAL Vv gt E Amp ic r pX hep amp Tuck 58 i PAUL FM Today Time Tithe Artist Lengtn P Fy rte A Library North Caroling State Far sdh Wahin Up on _ t10 mm 10 Wap aniy Coa St oe s Sexy 17 Stay Cats sur Love Has Une Cootdge Fita 33 Rag_rs Yv STOPSET COM FILL mode click the green Preview headphones button in the bottom tool bar er A tde L sel Oream Lennon Joe n man wt Live Without heson int Fear The Rea Bue Oyster Cult ipi nasist ee ust Deed in Your Cuttiag Crew ust Deed In Your Cutting Crew 4 aes tome ae tep Feeling Fase ake Shake Shak KC and The Sunshine 1 Getta Fight Fo toghi Ranger Beastie Boys ays To Christmas Mor 20 Click the Preview icon on the asset to preview The Prev
363. r events in the system Join Types include JU Join Up JD Join Down JB Join Both JN Join None The JU join type for example attaches the voice track to the previous event allowing the operator to backsell with confidence If the joined event is deleted or has some other error condition the voice track will not air avoiding a potentially embarrassing situation The second part of the ID is the asset ID which can be a specific number or instead of pre assigning a specific asset ID you may use the variable TIME On import the TIME variable will be automatically replaced by CS witha number matching the nearest time A voice track scheduled at 10 54 as JUTIME for example will appear in the imported schedule as asset ID 1054 and will be joined to the event immediately preceding it in the schedule AA Ke Notes Category Required Set to the category that will store recorded voice tracks Usually VTK ID Required Schedule as JoinType See explanation above of Join Types and the TIME variable Title Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will appear in the Stack s Title field Artist Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will appear in the Stack s Artist field Sample Voice Track event entry Scheduling Content 230 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Special Transitions A key marker in all WOAFR digital audio files the EOM serves a dual function it fades out the audio over two seconds by default for fadeable audio
364. r this event used by Selector to estimate clock timing 7 Intro The length of the instrumental prior to vocals of an audio event 8 Ending A one letter code for how an audio event ends 9 Year The four digit field used to show a song s release date 10 Misc Used when scheduling Workflows to include any necessary Tags 1 To add a breaknote to the Selector clock highlight in the clock the event that should follow the breaknote For example if you want a breaknote at the top of the hour use the up arrow key to highlight the first song With the correct position selected press the INS insert key to insert a new position into the clock Scheduling Content 267 WO AUTOMATION 2 Type a lower case b in the Category field and a 1 in the Level field ELECTOR Clock O1L Main Clock Funtime m 35 3 Press F5 then press INS to open the Insert Edit a Breaknote window INSERT EDIT 4 BHREAENOTE Runtime atopset No 4 In the ID field type the four character ID associated with the breaknote Type an approximate runtime for this breaknote and leave the default Stopset setting of No 5 Type the comma delimited breaknote text Examples of common breaknotes are included on the next few pages but for details on all available event types see the Scheduling Events in a Music Scheduler topic 6 Press F2 to save the new breaknote press F2 again to insert the breaknote into the clock and press F2 once more to save the updat
365. r you expect the Special Program to end Keep active when switching playlists Leave this option un checked Always Execute this Action Leave this option un checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Scheduled Special Program From the first drop down box select the Special Program From the second drop down box select the Scheduled Instance of that Special Program Start Instructions Select either the option to Start the playlist immediately terminating immediately the event that is on air when the signal is received or to Start the new playlist when the on air event is finished Scheduling Content 355 WO AUTOMATION Com D aprir fis Rood Adding Load and End Playlist Actions to a Hotkey for Manual Operation It may be desirable to load and end the Special Program manually rather than requiring or relying on a contact closure to execute the Load Playlist and End Playlist Workflow Actions To accomplish this the actions can be inserted into new Workflows which can then be tied to a Workstation Hotkey button 1 Create the Load Playlist Workflow Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow WorkFlows Station PAUL FMI Delete Time Announce 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK
366. ram a common best practice is to insert automation functionality like Workflows and Merge Points in to the playlist using Hourly Templates and Hourly Formats and to use Satellite Templates and Formats for voice specific network liner commands This allows you to easily accommodate late minute satellite jock changes Of course there are many other valid ways the two layers can be used Scheduling Content 281 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Creating New Templates Remember that all Workflows Hourly Templates and Satellite Templates must have a unique name 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Templates option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create Templates Station PAUL FM z Tye Name create _ Temporary Default Playlist Hourly MAIN Edit Delete 3 Type a unique name for this new template select the type of template to create either an Hourly Template or a Satellite Template and click OK Templates Station PAUL FM X Create Template Station PAUL FM z Template Name JS EmoGoth Hourly Type Hourly Template Satellite Template Scheduling Content 282 WO AUTOMATION Editing Templates 1 Click on the Templates menu icon or click on the Templates option on the Playlist Editor launch page 2 Double click on the Template you wish to edit or select the Template and click Edit Templates Station PAUL
367. ram application 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow WorkFlows Delete Time Announce Scheduling Content 322 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK WorkFlows eg PAUL FM Nome E Or Laura Hour 1 Edit FE FS Delete JL LL L5 Workflow Mame 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Baseball Segment FB FS JL LB LL LS Lock Screen Time Announce Top of Hour News Scheduling Content 323 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 The first step is to switch your audio switcher to the correct audio source From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in an Update Switcher action Playlist Editor Eea imm i a r PN a EG E i i Se E PAUL FM Baseball Segment Workflow Type Title Comment 1 i Update Switcher Set Clock Set Failover Mode Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait 4 ULL Browse Library Search Library ra Deleted Entries n E selection g Histo ry Apply Cancel 6 Begin to enter the details required to turn on your network audio See table on next page for more information about each parameter E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action Allow exe
368. rd MAB1237 Fein Det Leppard MaB 208 Have You Ever Needed Someone So Bad Det Leppard MABSTS Four Some Sugar On Me Def Leppard MAB E119 Aparral Del Leppard MAB TS Denis 4 Select the category containing the rotator to edit from the left hand category list w Tri b E Fie Edit View Tools Help D x o a New Copy Delete Renum Eind Network Tag Format Ripper ie ood a 80s Music 0543 Day By Day Hooters TFN 03 11 Commercials 0544 Tempted Squeeze TFN 03 44 0546 Ran So Far Away A Flock Of Seagulls TFN 03 34 0547 Mickey Toni Basil TFN 03 21 3 0549 Shake It Up Cars TFN 03 23 0555 Caught Up In You 38 Special TFN 04 25 0556 DerKommissar After The Fire TFN 04 01 0559 Goody Two Shoes Adam Ant TFN 03 27 0562 Crumblin Down John Cougar Mellencamp TFN 03 28 0563 The Safety Dance Men Without Hats TFN 02 42 a l I 0566 99 Luftballoons Nena TFN 03 46 2 f Del Send Log T Arn eae wnt ae pr Destinations Cut ID Recorded Network A Log Length 00 00 00 000 Current Position 00 00 00 000 0 0db Title Year he Artist Ending Note Start Date 4 7 2010 StartHour 00 00 00 Begin ofAudio 000000000 End Date 4 7 2010 TFN EndHour 00 59 59 EndofAudio 00 00 00 000 ptay com 00 0 stop _ 4 A intro 0 m Local 20 files 3 868 MB DSP0 Ready DL Waiting 0 Creating and
369. rday Default Satellite Sunday Default Satellite Thursday Default Satellite Tuesday Default Satellite Wednesday x 4 a 1ng 7 f k Satellite New Year s Countdown 4 TT ea Rename aes For satellite or network programming you may have to create two new Formats an Hourly Format for the Hourly Templates containing sequential events and a Satellite Format for the Satellite Templates containing the background events Technically both sequential and background events can exist in the same template but separating them into two templates can make the system more flexible 4 To schedule the Format for a specific day select the Format and click Schedule J JLS Station PAUL FM v Type Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Hourly Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Satellite Name Default Hourly Saturday Default Hourly Sunday Default Hourly Thursday Default Hourly Tuesday Default Hourly Wednesday Default Satellite Friday Default Satellite Monday Default Satellite Saturday Default Satellite Sunday Default Satellite Thursday Default Satellite Tuesday Default Satellite Wednesday Satellite New Year s Countdown 4 i ex Scheduling Content 396 5 6 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Select the month and year when the format will be scheduled Station PAUL FM Format New Year s Cou
370. re Events Deleted from Playlist Editor uu csssssssssssssssscssssssscssssssscsessssscsecesssssssscsecssssssucsesasscsesassacsesassacseensenssees 427 S AEA NE E E A A EA AE APEE N A A e A A E A A E A N E A E E 428 BNE IGT ierra ne E arctinrcna tanner ion eases ees cmeeetenees 428 TRE SC IOE sinen e N E E sautests E 430 Ey ACI NOC S airain AE ETEA A OAOE ENNO AEON OANE OOO 430 Getting to KNOW the Stack Widget sse sssesssessseessecssscsssessseesseessecosscosseesseesseosseosseesseesseeosscosscesseesseesseeosscosscesseesseeoserosseessesseess 431 Previewing Audio Eve ntS eseesssessseesseesseesssesssesssersseessecosecosscesseeseeosscosscosseesseesseeosseosseosseesseeoseeoseeosseosseessersseesseosscesseesseeoseeoseeossee 432 Pausing and Resuming Playback casi nrrsecse recast tesa casts naesaniasaceeennasasac incite esas tenets 433 PUNY CHIE TNS aoa cz ceezesn ccs NAI E NEN N E ENANS 434 BUYS TAVIS E A E AEE veces vu cote en cesses deren EEE E E SIE sous even a wettest eters ew wee eerste 434 Deleting ESS yet cess vnt circa vnc co AE EREEREER ENTONAR EE 436 YS TA TCH TINE e A E T AT A A N S erento 437 AOPE ENE a E E A A A E eee 438 PVV a a E EA EI O EREA N EO E A OAN 439 Getting to Know the Player WidGet csssscsssscssscsssecsssecsssscsssscsssecsssecsssscsssssscasscassscssscassscassscassucassscaesscassscassscaescaescaeasecs 439 Manually Loading Assets in the Player WidQet cccsssssscsssscsssecssscsssscsssecsssscsssscssssc
371. re by GPI right click in the Playlist pane with the Background option selected in the top right corner and select Create New Entry j 1 m e T Pin du fO Esp OS PAUL FM Baseball Segment PAUL FM End Baseball PAUL FM Westwood Baseball X PAUL FM Westwood Baseball Special Program Template O Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen Sch Len In 00 00 00 00 1 00 00 00 Execute W Activate at load Signal e Create New Entry Ctrl N X Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Te Paste Entry Ctrl V EA Execute Workflo Q Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template vse Li Activate at E Browse Library Save as Default Playlist f This time of da 2 Search Library When this play Create Podcast Episode ie Deleted Entries Execute Customize table Immediate gt Histo ry ly First time signal is received Every time signal is received Signal End Game on PAUL DS z 16 Select the option for Workflow Actions and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Scheduling Content 343 17 Select the option for Start Media Asset and click OK 18 WO AUTOMATION Please select the type of action to create Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain delay playlist Segmented Recording Send GP Output Send IP Message Send Ser
372. red to Creating and Editing Content 99 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 7 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid E Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS ABC FOX CBS ADS PREMIERE I BOARD RECORD 4 You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn on turn green the network audio In the following example the PREMIERE input is routed to the RECORD output Es Update Switcher Browse Library El Always execute this action Search Library H Allow execution on standby systems t Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS Eri E Hist ABC FOX CBS XDS PREMIERE n6 In7 In8 IS ony BOARD RECORD amp Apply Axia users will not see an Input Output grid Instead you will see drop down lists to set Input Output and State Creating and Editing Content 100 8 WO AUTOMATION
373. rkflow name exactly as configured in Playlist Editor 5 Title Synced events require sync times in MM SS format Other optional descriptive text will appear in the Workstation Stack 6 Artist Not used 7 Length Not used 8 Intro Not used 9 End Not used 10 Year Not used 11 Note This field references the Tags and Rulesets you created in Playlist Editor These tags will be used to automatically generate the Follower schedule and tell the Follower which Leader to join See tables on the next page for details for each Workflow Action Scheduling Content 386 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Ja Npaus IIsnjJ e Ul spuewwo JaMO O4 Japea SuloNJysUOD U YM asf 104 sjiejaq pjal4 lt S JO gt lt MO POM 97 gt lt MOPHOM SI gt lt u01eIs J10 M gt lt U0172 S Olpey JapeaT gt lt 3e SEIINWIS 1 MO0 04 gt lt S Ny gt lt 3e 1 Aemeyeaig 1 MO 04 gt aVIAIYL 3LON YvVJA ana NI SEIE Re ualer vale HLONA1 uLSILYVi lt 4 X L ISD lt X 1 9e1S gt lt X L PLS lt X 1 9C1S gt lt WIL P MNP YIS SS IAIIA gt wd LIL LV9 aqouo afqouo afqoun yseo NWIS Japeay Aemeyeasg Japea adA jUuaAZ Scheduling Content 387 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Key fields for Leader Breakaway LB commands Field Notes Required The tag LB identifies a line as a Leader Breakaway Workflow action Sync Required Set as Do Not Move using a period symbol Title Requir
374. rotator or Multi station Media Asset 3 Commit Revert Buttons Clicking Commit will save all changes while clicking Revert will undo any changes made before clicking Commit 4 File Tabs Used to access properties of the loaded file 5 Control Buttons Record takes the Editor out of Record Ready mode and begins recording new audio Preview begins audio playback while Stop halts recording or playback 6 Level Meters Displays recording or playback audio levels 7 Timer Displays recording or playback time 8 Fuel Bar Represents the entire length of the audio file Delivering Content 482 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Music Master Widget The Music Master Widget provides a direct connection to a properly configured Music Master Nexus Server allowing for rules based substitutions of playlist events The Music Master Widget requires a properly configured licensed Music Master Nexus Server Getting to Know the Music Master Widget MusicMaster Selected Media Asset Select a media asset below to complete the replacement o Q Your Wildest Dreams Moody Blues Search Cancel mashing Pumpkins 6 02 38 205 7652 Ref Field 1 Selected Media Asset Search Button Search Results Cancel Button Tightrope Love Song You Don t Know Crystal Ball Stevie Ray Vaugh Tesla Tom Petty Styx 6 04 28 205 9513 6 05 18 205 9514 6 04 42 205 6458 6 04 20 205 9511 Music Master Description Identifies the media asset selected f
375. round entries to arm closures prep media assets like Legal IDs or other imaging 5 Add the templates to a format see page 319 Scheduling Content 297 WO AUTOMATION Lae it j Creating the Workflows A basic Satellite Program template includes one basic Workflow 1 An action to turn on the Satellite program audio channel 2 An action to keep the input open until the selected Local Break input closure is received 3 An action to switch the audio channel back to the on air channels while the local spots are played This basic Workflow can be reused for as many segments as needed as long as the audio inputs and closures are the same throughout 1 Launch Playlist Editor and select the Workflows option 2 Select the correct station from the drop down list and click Create to create a new Workflow Baseball Segment Edit End Baseball Follower Breakaway Delete Follower Simulcast Join Leader Leave Leader Top of Hour News Scheduling Content 298 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Type a unique name for this new Workflow and click OK Station PAUL FM Workflow Name JS EmoGoth WF 4 Double click on the new Workflow or select the Workflow and click Edit Station PAUL FM Baseball Segment End Baseball Follower Breakaway Follower Simulcast J5 EmoGoth WF Join Leader Leave Leader Top of Hour News Scheduling Content 299 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 The first step is to switch your au
376. rs in MM SS format set the timing position of the merge point In the example below 50 00 sets this break position at 50 minutes past the hour Artist Required if using Surrounded in quotes this field references the desired fill Ruleset The Rulesets Ruleset must be spelled exactly as configured in Playlist Editor Length Required In MM SS format this field sets the Merge Point duration Sample event entry 00 20 44 IM 20 00 Commercial Break RULESET 03 00 Scheduling Content 224 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Live Copy More commonly scheduled by a Traffic Scheduler Live Copy can be scheduled in a Music Scheduler appearing in the Stack Widget with a balloon icon When the icon is touched the Live Copy will be displayed in the widget The Live Copy text may be saved in a WOAFR category as either TXT plain text files or RTF rich text files Key fields Field Notes Category Required This refers to the WOAFR category where the Live Copy is stored ID Required The tag LC followed by the four digit asset ID number For example asset number 1234 would be scheduled as LC1234 Title Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Artist Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Length Recommended In MM SS format this field is i
377. rts Music Schedule Hourly Templates Satellite Templates Sequential Background Sequential Background Satellite only Stations Music Schedule Hourly Templates Satellite Templates Sequential Background Sequential Background All non commercial audio events Merge Points and Sequential automation commands for non satellite hours should be scheduled using your music scheduling software and exported as part of your music schedule automation export Your music scheduler can also be used to manage background events like Workflows and background recordings for non satellite hours Satellite hour Merge Points Workflows and non commercial audio events exclusive of elements fired by the network by GPI Typically not used Typically not used Satellite hour GPl fired and time based events This can include jock specific media assets like liners as well as network recording events Typically not used Satellite hour Merge Points Workflows and non commercial audio events exclusive of elements fired by the network by GPI Typically not used Typically not used Satellite hour GPI fired and time based events This can include jock specific media assets like liners as well as network recording events Scheduling Content 192 WO AUTOMATION for Radio About Formats A Format is a schedule of how Templates and export files from scheduling programs should be combined during the schedule creation process
378. rver to the local TLC audio directory and launch TLC Audio Finder Mozilla Firefox sss ss Fie Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help OB xX Oo http aee code oaoot Finder gt 4 Pil Audie Finder a G N p S Audio Finder Apps Rotators Repods Lepperd Seorch Audio Search tips Local Inventory Remote Inventory Transfers Results 1 17 of 17 for Leppard 0 06 seconds Title Artist Media Asset Family Pour Some Sugar On Me Def Leppard 080 1924 Rock Of Ages Def Leppard 0380 3569 Rocket Det Leppard NABI1436 Photograph Def Leppard NAB 1434 Pour Some Sugar On Me Det Leppard NAB 1433 Bringin On The Heartbreak Def Leppard NAB 1439 Rock Of Ages Def Leppard NAB 1438 Love Bites Def Leppard NAB O275 Armageddon It Det Leppard NAB 0296 Hysteria Def Leppard NAB 0319 Two Steps Behind Def Leppard NAB 1260 Let s Get Rocked Det Leppard N48 1236 Make Love Like A Man Def Leppard NAB 1237 Foolin Det Leppard NABI1208 Have You Ever Needed Someone So Bad Det Leppard NAaBI0S7TS Pour Some Sugar On Me Det Leppard NAB 6119 Arumal Def Leppard NAB 0375 Done 4 Perform the required edits in TLC and click Save 5 Click on the converted media asset in the TLC main File List Use Shift Click to select a group of assets Creating and Editing Content 145 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 Click the green Add button to add the edited file to the upload queue Select the AMAI Upload Path in the Destinations list and click Send The
379. s Station PAUL FM Edit Schedule Delete 3 Type a unique name for this new Special Program and click OK Create Special Program Station PAUL FM g Special Program Name Cancel Scheduling Content 336 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 4 Double click on the new Special Program or se ect the Special Program and click Edit 5 With the Sequential option selected in the top right corner right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry PAUL FM Westwood Baseball Special Program Template quent Background Mu Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Cat File ActLen SchLen In Fa Spare Create New Entry Ctrl N Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table E Browse Library Search Library fe Deleted Entries no selection amp History Apply L Cancel B Scheduling Content 337 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 Select the option for Execute Workflow and click OK Create New Entry Please select the type of entry to create Merge Point Playable Entry Start Podcast Stop Podcast Set Mode manual auto Workflow Actions 7 Enter the details for this Execute Workflow entry When all parameters have been set click OK 5 Create Execute Workflo
380. s can be achieved using the Library widget Changes made directly in Workstation may appear as discrepancies in reconciliations in your music or traffic scheduling software 2 Changes involving multiple cuts or cuts that air several times a day are more easily managed using the tools in Playlist Editor This approach also eliminates the need to interact directly with Workstation or interrupt operations in an on air studio Changes made directly in Playlist Editor may appear as discrepancies in reconciliations in your music or traffic scheduling software 3 Major changes should be made in your music or traffic scheduling software Once the changes are made and the schedules re exported from the scheduler modified schedule files can be automatically re imported by Central Server for editing in Playlist Editor see note below This approach offers several advantages e Itis automatic Once a new schedule file is written to a WO Automation for Radio drop box the playlist is automatically updated e It is permanent Since the source schedule from the scheduling software has been re written the changes would persist during subsequent operations like a Clear and Re import e Reconciliations are accurate Since the change is made in the scheduling software as played logs can be properly reconciled There are features that provide much tighter integration with music and traffic schedulers Specifically WOAFR and WO Traffic for Radio communicate c
381. s 170 Configure AMAI to Convert Audio Files to WOAFR Format cscsssssssssesscsssssesscsssscsesscsessesssscsesesssseeseseeseaeseesesseaeeees 172 Import a New Asset Using Audio Editor sssssssssssssssersscrsssssssossrosssesssessrissrussrasosscssreravasusosessorstassdvissseos ttdsstsstessrossaessserissi 174 Record a New Asset Using Audio Editor sesesesessseesssessseesseesseesseeosscosseesseesseeosecossesseeosecosscosseesseroseroserosseosseesseesseesseeossee 176 x Schedule a Net Capture Event spiisiisspinan nn a R 178 Schedule a Multi segment Net Capture Event sssesssessseesseessecosscsssersseesseessecosseesseesseesscosseesserssersserosseosseesseesseeoseeossee 179 aa VOCE Tracka Dayp alt arain ee neers se aE NENE ANEN EEN ETENE GA 180 Introducing WO Automation for Radio 3 WO AUTOMATION Voice Track Using the Distant City Voice Tracker es seseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseeosseeosseeosseesseeosserosseeosserosseeosserosseeessees 183 Edit an Existing Asset Using Audio Editor sesessseesssesssessseesseessecosseosseesseesseeosecosseesseosecosscosseosseesseeoseeosseossersseesseeoseeossee 186 aa AN a ROTON ear E E A E E A 187 Create a Multi Station Media Asset MSMA ssesesssseessseessseessseessseessseessseeonseessseeossessseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosserosseeossees 188 SO a E EE E N A ER E A N E E E 189 staae ea EE e air a E A E E E E A A N 189 Prodano Plai COR
382. s Levels can be adjusted by clicking and dragging the red envelope marker A value of 50 indicates the original unmodified volume gain level 8 Lock button Locks the editor in place on screen 9 Accept Close Accept saves all changes Close exits the editor without saving any changes Delivering Content 479 WO AUTOMATION Em p 2 Poe Te for Radio Selecting Events for Editing 1 Multiple consecutive events can be selected by clicking once on each event highlighting the selected events in blue 2 PAUL FM Today Time 14 11 22 14 14 51 14 20 00 14 70 00 14 26 42 14 30 29 14 34 04 14 35 00 Tell It To My Heart Tempted STOPSET Mt Olive College Nip Tuck Nc State Fair 99 Red Balloons Jack amp Diane If This Is It 867 5309 Jenny STOPSET Edit Voice Track To de select an event click on the event a second time Taylor Dayne SoOUeere mir i ee ll oes COM FILL Nena John Cougar Huey Lewis amp Th Tommy Tutone COM FILL Segue There is no hard coded limit on the number of events to be loaded in the Segue Editor but there is a practical limit All selected events will be scaled to fit into the set size of the Segue Editor Selecting too many events will make each event too small to manage Once all events have been selected click the Segue button to load the events in the Segue Editor Delivering Content 480 NO AUTOMATION Executing the Segue Edit Segu
383. s a current position indicator Creating and Editing Content 36 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Properties Tab Timers Restrictions Distribution Tools The Properties Tab offers quick access to a file s basic details Title Artist trivia Notes and release Year are all stored in the file header as well as the WO Automation for Radio database In addition to these default attributes you will also see any custom fields you have created Timers Tab Properties Timers Restrictions Distribution Tools T maenas E eooo 00 00 00 000 The Timers Tab allows you to edit the three main cue points within an audio file Cue In sets the point in the audio file where playback should begin allowing you to trim leading silence or bypass long useless intros yes Mr Steve Miller you re awesome but we are talking about you and your Band Intro Ends sets the intro time vocal or instrumental post This Intro time will appear on the Workstation deck during playback offering operators visual cues leading to the post EOM marks the point where the system will segue to the next event in the playlist Each cue point is represented on the fuel bar in the main Audio Editor widget Cue In EOM Intro Ends Creating and Editing Content 37 WO AUTOMATION em je DeAarlir Or KOGIO Restrictions Tab Properties Timers Distribution Do not play before 4 12 10 BR oo not piay ater Edit Hourly Restrictions The Restrictions Tab allows
384. s audio file TLC will find the highest numbered cut in the local TLC audio directory increase the number by one and return the result as a default Any 4 digit number can be entered manually or you can use the button to increase the returned value Audio Format TLC can record uncompressed linear files or record MPEG Layer Il compressed files If you select the MPEG II option the file will record at 320kbps The compression ratio will vary depending on the selected sample rate 32K files at 320kbps are compressed 3 2 1 44 1K files are compressed 4 41 1 and 48K files are compressed 4 8 1 File Format WO Automation for Radio users should select the default setting of Scott Studios AS SS32 Creating and Editing Content 48 WO AUTOMATION pa p i la jF p s ff l LFI FLAL iLi Sample Rate Options include 44100 default 32000 not recommended and 48000 Channels Select either Stereo default or Mono As rotation table When recording an audio asset leave this option un checked Checking this option will create a rotator instead of a new audio asset Rotators are covered as a separate topic in this manual 3 When you click OK TLC will enter record ready mode TLC s level meters will be active giving you an opportunity to set your record level Name Trie OTe Amat Ent ote Length Fienama Typa o Ja Tiie Arint 201 birse Files COM Cimena CEEE aatinniinna Cutii 1000 Sinnons Pucord
385. scans local or remote directories for new files processes and imports the files and distributes the audio throughout your system To configure AMAI 1 Add directories 2 Create rules 3 Assign rules to each directory AMAI is configured through the Central Server Configuration Web UI Click on the Media Importer link in the Configuration section of the left hand menu Welcome Mozilla Firefox S50 File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help ig G A _ http localhost Central Server Configuration Apps Audio Finder Rotators Reports Software Installer Welcome UNC Launcher Welcome to WideOrbit Automation for Radio Setup Inventory This web application is used to configure your radio automation system Use the links below or on the left wee le to select the functionality you wish to configure Asset Fields Radio Stations Configuration Radio Stati adio ations Hot 99 1 FM Categories Workstations Audio Ducking Media Importer Categories WO Trathic Notificati i a 080 a pA a Distribution Devices NAB NB1 NB2 OLD Now Playing SFX SHW VTK System Adobe Audition Clustering Workstations Email Server Friendships Airt Creating and Editing Content 8 WO AUTOMATION Adding Local Scan Directories AMAI scans the specified directory for new files to be imported converting them within this folder if necessary appending the filename with an _IMPORTING tag during the convers
386. seeeossseeossserossseeossseeossseeesssereossereossseeossrrosseerossseee 374 Jom Leader Wark NOW eiserne oi eaaa AA O E EEEE NOONAN OUA 379 Leave Lender VV OUI TIOWY nennen E E E ENR 382 BFA UII e e A A R 385 Scheduling Leader Follower COMpOnentS es sesessseesssesssessseesseessecosscesseesseessecosseosscesseosecosscosseesseesseessseosseosseesseesseeoseeossee 386 Scheduling Follower COMPONE NMS e sesessseesssesssessseesseesseeosscossersseesseessecosecosseeseeoseeosscosseessersseesseeosseoseesseesseeoseeoserossersserssees 389 Scheduling Follower Commands Using a Template e seseseseesseesssesssesssesssecssscossessseesseessecosscossesseeosecosscossersseesseesseeossee 391 5 66 gt ra AE E A E E A E EA E E E E E 392 Assigning Templates to an Existing FOrMat sse sssessseesseesseesseessseesseessecosscosscesseesseeoseesseessersseeoseeosseosserssersseeoseroseeosseesseesseess 392 COPYING FON O ea E A E E E EER E ee 394 Creating Formats for Special SCHECUIING cesesessessssesscsesscsesscssssssesscsesscsessssesscsesessssessssessesessssessesesseaesscaesseaeeseaeeseseeees 395 Clearing amp REMPON G anseronreein nnana EEN 399 PPNO FOr oeer a A EEEE OEEO AAO OAOE 400 PE I P 05 e R O NA EEEN 402 Openinga Playlis tror Editi vesena R E EAR EEE RE 403 Re ordering EVENTS as esacsczrcpsczaedeastesansjoneussepatinqivssasartnsscevoncsasepcesaso assisupoussasensieissionseasdasuusidensasssdeveta AO a aCi Rn iniii en iaaii 404 NONON EV S n a E
387. seesiseussresissuiiiiniraitiiiiii inini A ERNEA 48 TEC RON O aE A E EEE EE E E E EAE EEE E EREE 52 Introducing WO Automation for Radio 2 WO AUTOMATION Adobe Audition 3 and WO Automation for RGIG vsinissinanrinseanmarnarnansaniancnanaaniimnaanmmanninEs 54 Getting Ready Installing the Adobe Audition PIUG IN essssesssesssecssecsssecessecsssecsssecsssecsssecacasscasscessecassecsesecsesess 55 Getting Ready Setting up AMAI ssssesssseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseeosseeosseeossessseeosseeosseeosseeosserosserosseeosserosseeosseessserossresssersseesseeees 56 Adding a Local Scan Directory sereniinacrsscreinii ania N O 56 Creating MIDO RULES conici rei EE ANO OEA 58 Assigning the Rule to the Scan DirectorY sesesssseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseessseesssersseeosseeosserosserssserosserssseeosserosseessserosserosseees 61 Recording and Saving Audio with Adobe Audition sssssssssscsssssssssssscsssssscsssssscsssssscssssssesesssssscsssessesessssesesssseseacess 63 Basic TrOUDIESNOOUN se cpacavsesessssecsscespceseseosiuacsnssncicaysiaes E r i aa TaS Aaa CiO E TOS aaa 70 Opening Existing WO Automation for Radio Files in Adobe Audition seseessseessseessseessseeessecesseeesseeeoseeeoseeeosseeossessserssss 71 BES Cee HIV UNG PUIG t sossen E NEE RE EN ENEAN OOE ERR 71 Loading Files to Edit Using AUGIO F INGEN renrerswssnsnamonmornsnnnninn naaa aa 75 BaCO UDE ROO U AE E E teaecotanenneels 77 Automatically Recording Net
388. serossserossseeeosssteosseerossserossserossseees 228 IONS TE ACIS E A A E E A E E A A E A ee een 230 PHOS CLL a ON a E E E O A E A A E 231 VOCO OVO arrea ena E EEN E EAE EAEAN ENE EORNA ee EEAS 231 VOC PrO EE E eck nat E EERE E E E E EE NA E E 232 Introducing WO Automation for Radio 4 WO AUTOMATION Poupo aE E A E ONE EE A E EE eum abet eieuaretiers 233 SARE EI EE SUS E A A E E T A A EE E O usados 234 EE N aS E E E EA E E E EA EEE E EEA 234 ESRI a E E E E E O E EE O E O 234 Configuring MusicMaster to Export to WOAFR vscscsicssssscicsssicssssoasssscnssasssevansecassevancvennssccasvdssssssosassisassbsabeneassdssassiesseeasies ssssiss 235 Creating a New Export Design by Ha id ssceyseacarsvevevesersvccesecousvssstisaneceevesaesneneyessnevestn Na TREER EARE SAREES RERNE EN ESES 235 Song Song Export Design Fields and Field Properties eseesssesssesssessseesseessscssseesseessecosscosscesseesecosecosseesseesseesseeossee 240 Break LogNote Design Fields and Field Properties sssesssesssessseessecssscssseesseessecosecosscossersseeoseosseosseesseesseeosecosseesseesse 242 Adding LogNotes in Music MasteTssrsssisaninenunumisosanannnianinsonn aiiai 243 Adding LogNotes to Music Master CIOCKS csssssscsssssscsssssscssssscssssssssssssscsssssscssssssesescsessesesesecsesesscseseseeseseseeseacseeseaesseees 244 Exporting a Completed Schedule to WOAFR sssesesessseesseesssesssessseesseesseessscesseesseesseeoseosseesseesseeoseeossc
389. sers ADMINI 1 AppData Local Temp CD Device Options Default file filter when opening WAV files ASPI SPTI WO Automation for Radio wav E Auto Save for Recovery Delete cipboard files on exit E Force complete flush before saving Rese cet Aree Default format for Save As dialogs characters with this character WO Automation for Radio wav blank to remove Default format for Open dialogs WO Automation for Radio wav Set the Default File Filter and Default Format for Open Save As dialogs to WO Automation for Radio wav Once the preferences have been set click OK to save your changes and close the Preferences window Creating and Editing Content 55 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Getting Ready Setting up AMAI AMAI scans local or remote directories for new files processes and imports the file and distributes the audio throughout your system To configure AMAI 1 Add directories When saving your work in Audition you will save to this folder It can be local to the Audition computer or on the network 2 Create a rule 3 Assign the rule to the directory AMAI is configured through the Central Server Configuration Web UI Click on the Media Importer link in the Configuration section of the left hand menu l lt x Fie Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help Media Importer Central Server Configuration Apps Audio Finder Rotators Reports Software Installer Media Importer UNC Launcher
390. should be correctly wired tested and configured in the Central Server Web Configuration UI before creating the Workflows that will manage this recording series Creating and Editing Content 94 WO AUTOMATION i pe P ee Foe 2 fia Fg if Mol Li For each program you will record you should know Day Scheduled Time Program Name Device Input Output Category Asset Number End Trigger Max Duration Wait Distribution Will this program record every day or only on certain days of the week When is the program scheduled to begin What is the name of the program This name can be used to create your workflow What device is the audio source wired to This will be the name of the device as configured in your Central Server Web Configuration UI Which input on the selected device is wired to the audio source Inputs and outputs can have descriptive names so it may be obvious once you start configuring the Workflow Then again it might not be Which output on the selected device delivers audio to your recording channel Which category will the recorded audio files be stored in What are the asset numbers of the files to be recorded What is the name of the closure that will mark the end of each segment Closures can have descriptive names so it may be obvious once you start configuring the Workflow Then again it might not be What will be the maximum duration of each segment to be recorded How long is the local
391. sseessseessseessseeossseosseeosseeosscessseosseeosseeossecessseossseesseeesseeeoseeessseesseerssseeossessseessserssseees 290 S CUS VV ITO E S T E E A E E ET 291 WENT A O a A E E E E E E 292 Introducing WO Automation for Radio 5 WO AUTOMATION A TSA E at cnee re povessczg exer E EE A E EE E A EE AE ave oe veiesiiare 292 NS a Ge Deuk ANG acc exces tocceene axceevaraes envi eacaeniansonias ecateavaesa A 294 Satellite Progra imni Cl easan ino ae ea a a I E eS AES a TrA Gi GTE EE 296 Step Dy Step OVENS W rerainan e N E R E E E 297 Creating the VV OK TOWNS sssiiineioniroirs iiien AE E ATEA R a 298 Creating the Optional Segment RuleSet sssesssessseesseesssessseesseesseesseeosscosscessersseesseosseesseesseesseeosseosseessersseeoseeosseosseesseesseesseeos 306 Creating the Template senean RAR 306 Creating the Hourly Sequential Template s seseessseessseessssessseeesseeosssessseeossseesseeessseesseosseeesseeessseesseeessseesseeesseeessseeosserssseees 309 Creating the Satellite Background Template ses ssseessseessseessseessssessseeessseesseeesseeessseessseesseessseesseeessseesseeessseessseessserssseees 314 Add the Satellite Program Template to a FOrMat sesessseesssesssessseesseessecossessseesseesseessecosseesseoseeosecosseessersseeosecosscosseessersseess 319 SUS PrO N e E A EA EEA EE OER 320 Step Dy Step OVerViEW sricereranini krossean nirien NEEE AEA SASETA EE REEE ASEARA ER 321 Creating the VV OUI OV 5 aisinas anaiai ania
392. sssessssesscsesscsesscsesscsessssesscsesscseescsessees 440 Previewing Assets in the Player Widget ses ssseessseessseessseesssseesseeenseeessseesseeesseeesseeosseessseeosseeosserosseeosserosserosserosserosserosseessseesss 441 Playing an Asset in the Player Widget seseessssessseessseessseessssessseeesseeessseessecesseeesseeosseessseessseeosseeosserosserssseessserosserosserosserssseesss 442 BA AVA een E A AA T N EE AAE EA EN T A E N EN 443 Getting to Know the Library Widget s ssseessseessseessssessseessseessseeosseeosseeosseeosseeesseossecessseosseeesseeesseeesseeessseessseessseeosserssseesseeesseees 443 Performing Library SearcheS es sssssessssseesssseesssssessssserossseesssseeonsserossseeesseeossseeeosseeesssseeossseeossseeossseeossseeessseeeossseeosseerosserossserossseee 444 TEE o AE A A N E E E E A EE E E T 445 Inserting Searched Assets from the Library Widget sssseesssssesssssessssseesssseesssseeessssesossseeonseeossserossseeossseresssserosseerossserossss 445 Previewing LOr PAS SU Sis ensa EO ATE ON 447 Viewing Asset Details seseseseesseesssesssessseessecssecosscossersseesseesseesseesseesseeoserosscosseesseeoseeosscosscossersseroseeosseosscosseoseeoseeosscossersseroserosseossee 448 Deleting Assets from the Library Widget ssssseesssseesssseesssseeesssseeossseeossseeossseeessseosssseesssserossseeossserossserosssereosserrosseerossserossss 449 BIN Oy VS T N AE ONT AAE I E NO N 450 BEE SV CSU E
393. st action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Trigger From the drop down list select the configured GP input that will initiate the action Set Clock To Select the Minutes 00 59 and Seconds 00 59 to set the clock when the trigger is received Don t Change Clock More Than This parameter restricts the amount of time the Set Clock action can change the system time from 2 to 15 minutes For example if the restriction is set at 2 minutes and the Set Clock time is set to 58 30 if the trigger is received at 55 30 it will not set the system time because it would be more than two minutes ahead Scheduling Content 206 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Deactivate Trigger Turn off a specific GP Input so the system will disregard any closures received on that input E Create Deactivate Trigger E Always execute this action El Allow execution on standby systems s Trigger must be defined Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Trigger From the drop down list se
394. st e Follower Simulcast Tag JL Join Leader e Leader Radio Station Name e Workstation Name e Leader Simulcast Workflow Name e Leader Breakaway Workflow Name e Leader Follower Time Offset HH mm Format LL Leave Leader None 4 Ending Recommended Valid values are either S Sequential or B Background Leader Follower Workflow Actions should be scheduled as Sequential events Scheduling Content 256 WO AUTOMATION Adding Automation Commands to Your Clocks Adding configured automation commands to your clocks is a drag and drop process With your clock open click on the Automation tab Click on the command you want to place and drag and drop it in its new location fs Powergold Sample Clock Editor oe File Clocks Edit Database Window Help fo amp B d S A amp amp 2 Uag Music Schedules Categories Properties Clocks Analysis Automation Reports Backups A l Refresh Logon Exit da Current Clock ACTIVE qd P E Ea EN E Fa Py fey E New Delete Might Frew Ment Rename Sawe As Copy Edit History Tools Frint Clock Grid Close Music Notes Commands EN gt p Db g Highlight lt none gt TBO Minute Clack Edit Insert Event E Start Length Event Dir Property Flow List Traffic 00 00 00 15 Legal D Automation Artist Black 00 15 03 51 D Stay Currents 1 04 06 O29 A Recurernts 1 AUST Cah 0735 05 41 A Power Current 1 Leave Leader Voice Track 11 16 0329 R Recurents 1 14 46 0329 B Secondary C
395. t Folder Optional If the files to import are not in the root folder of the FTP site type the subfolder name AMAI will only scan the root folder if this field is blank Username Required Type the Username to login to FTP site Password Required Type the Password to login to FTP site Work Folder Required Media files will be downloaded from the FTP server to this folder for processing Examples of valid path names are server share folder for OS X and Linux systems and server share folder for Windows systems Don t Delete Checkbox Optional By default AMAI will delete files after processing Checking this checkbox overrides that default behavior Creating and Editing Content 11 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 The Central Server Configuration Web UI page will be updated to show the configured scan directory Directories Define the FTF sites and or local folders to be scanned by Media Importer Add Directory Path prod audio NewRips x ftp 123 456 123 1 New_Rips x Creating and Editing Content 12 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Creating Import Rules Rules determine how AMAI processes files dropped in configured scan directories After you have created your Rules do not forget to assign the rules to your configured scan directories 1 Click the Add Rule link under Rules on the Central Server Configuration Web UI Rules Once a file is imported by Media Importer it is processed according to rules defined here
396. t Length Lock Breath Breaking Benjamin 101 0168 3 31 Year Trivia Start Date End Date 2007 2007 01 03 Last Play Tim 6 6 09 6 07 28 Delivering Content 448 1 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Deleting Assets from the Library Widget Click on a Media Asset and click the Delete button Library Break Stuff Squ Limp Bizkit 2 45 201 1247 Breakfast At Tiff Deep Blue Samet 4 10 Breaking The Ha Linkin Park 307 201 1136 Selected asset Breath 101 0168 Search Clear d gt Showing results 1 9 of 14 Breakaway Clarkson Kelly 3 51 BREAKING NEW 1 36 BED O01 4 Breath Breaking Beniamin 331 101 0168 Edit Breakdown Tantric ENIF 200 0136 Breaking The Girl Red Hot Chill Pep 4 42 201 1219 Bringing On The Def Leonard 4 70 Delete This action deletes the media asset from the server and any other radio stations and workstations where it is distributed and cannot be undone If you simply want to remove distribution to the radio station edit the distribution properties in Audio Editor Delivering Content 449 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Live Copy Widget The Live Copy Widget allows live copy events to be scheduled in the playlist Live Copy will appear in the Stack Widget with a balloon icon When the icon is touched the Live Copy will be displayed in the Widget Nacho Mama Live Copy 0 00 Fo 14 40 54 COM 1234 Once
397. t Voice Protect events like Voice Over events override the system s default behavior of fading out the current event audio regardless of category settings but adds some timing capability EOM 08 VP event Sse ieee mors oo D Intro Time When the next event has an intro length that is shorter than the length of the VP event the start of the next event will be delayed such that the overlap will not exceed the length of the intro time on that event Intro Time When the intro time of the next event exceeds the duration of the VP event both events start simultaneously with the VP event ending before the Intro post Key fields Field Notes Category Required This refers to the WOAFR category where the VP audio is stored ID Required The tag VP followed by the four digit asset ID number Title Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Artist Recommended Surrounded in quotes this text will be replaced with the file s metadata when the event is loaded in the Workstation Stack Length Recommended In MM SS format this field is helpful for visual timing in Playlist Editor Sample event entry 02145200 LIN VP34605 Show Open Opt Strack Text 00 22 4 Scheduling Content 232 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Double Start Double start events allow a music bed to play underneath another audio file
398. t Jingles NAB Demo Music NBT Mews Actualitias SPx Sound Effects a Dol howe Lip Merve Cin 0k Cancot O UEN Tile Name Year 2010 Artist Ending F Nota Length 0000 Stat Date 60 2010 Start hour O0 00 00 Begin of Audio OnOoNo 000 End Dein faang TFA End Hour za 7 8959 End of Audio OROO00000 L COM Local Onest3g763Mm psro o Ready DiWatings0 Creating and Editing Content 157 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 On the Add Rotator window type the Category code and Media Asset ID number of the element to add and click OK to add the asset to this rotator FA Trim Label amp Coenvert a Gl E bh t F I j tiiir I Metegrk I Forget Ripper pear i0 Tite tise Ed DL Len File Type Als Music COM Commercials HOT Hot Music dit Jingles HAR Demo Music HEY Mews Actualities SFs Sound Effects i E i ee a i haat E n i a a i B Aula Rotator uien Enter Mew Category and ID Coeatinateora CAT mo Sinton oo Do o ae Tithe Beautitul rou re eee 0K E Filename cecel Title Name Yeor 2010 Artige Ending F Hana Langth 0000 StatDme 6 10 2010 Stat Hour 00 j d0 Begin of Audia on90 90 900 End Det 1291 2099 TN EndHour 2a 8989 Endof Audio o0 00 00 000 uo m A EIE BLI RA m i COM Local Ofles 136 763 MB DSP 0 Busy OL Waiting 0 Only assets on the local TLC machine will be seen
399. t Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Default Satellite Friday Monday Saturday Sunday Thursday Tuesday Schedule Wednesday ae Delete Monday Rename Saturday Sunday Thursday Tuesday Wednesday Scheduling Content 392 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 For each hour requiring a template select the desired template from the drop down list When all templates have been selected click Apply a Edit Format ka Station PAUL FM Format Default Hourly Monday Hourly ad O c a Template MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN WW women Du amp Ww NF OC MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN jmd KH o k k i i j Sun amp WwW th Hours that are not assigned templates must be scheduled by your music scheduling software Hours that are not scheduled by your music scheduler and do not have a template assigned will result in huge ugly gaping unscheduled holes in your programming 4 Assign templates as needed for each hour for both Satellite and Hourly template types Scheduling Content 393 2 3 WO AUTOMATION i ja i Fla r m UT FALILI Copying Formats Once one day is completed it can be copied to other days For example you can configure Monday and then copy those assignments to the other days of the week From the main Formats window click on a completed format and click Copy Station PAUL FM x Type
400. te All Workflows Hourly Templates and Satellite Templates must have a unique name Take care to follow the descriptive naming convention that you have established 4 Double click on the new Template or se ect the Template and click Edit Temporary Default Playlist JS EmoGoth Hourly MAIN J5 EmoGoth SAT Scheduling Content 315 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Right click in the Playlist pane with the Background option selected in the top right corner and select Create New Entry PAUL FM JS EmoGoth SAT Satellite Template 0 me Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen Schlen In Fa Create New Entry Ctrl N Delete Entry Delete R Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template Details i Save as Default Playlist E Browse Create Podcast Episode Search Customize table je Deleted Entries no selection History Cancel 6 Select the option for Workflow Actions and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Scheduling Content 316 WO AUTOMATION for Radio T Select the option for Start Media Asset and click OK Please select the type of action to create Load Playlist Lock Unlock Screen Rain delay playlist Segmented Recording Send GP Output Send IP Message Send Serial Message Set Clock Set Failover Mo
401. ter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Note Trivia Required Surrounded in quotes this field must include the Follower Breakaway Tag and the Ruleset both spelled exactly separated by the pipe symbol Sample Leader Breakaway LB event entry OLS T O97 eyy LB U77997 OPE Stack Text yrr ory FEP Tag lt k ulerer Key fields for Leader Simulcast LS commands Field Notes Required The tag LS identifies a Leader Simulcast Workflow action Title Optional Surrounded in quotes this text will appear in the Title field the Workstation Stack Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Note Trivia Required Surrounded in quotes this field must include the Follower Simulcast Tag Sample Leader Simulcast LS event entry 0110 00 Lor Opt Stack TexC ry orr Follower Simulcast Tage Scheduling Content 228 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Key fields for Join Leader JL commands Field Notes Sync Required Set as Do Not Move using a period symbol ID Required The tag JL identifies a line as a Join Leader Workflow action Title Required The first 5 characters set the Do Not Move time and should be entered as the hour and minute of when the Simulcast should begin In a 24 hour Simulcast scenario this time would be midnight 00 00 Ending Recommended Enter a value of S to set this command as a S Sequential event Note Trivia Required
402. tesssasesessassasfacconseatsssdinsasansavasiosacassabesmsisessard EOCEEN NS E 5 Organizational Architecture Servers Radio Stations and Workstations sss sssessseesseesssessseesseessecssecosseesseesseesseeosersseesseess 6 O E a A E T E A AE E E E E E A E 7 Crednno and FdAiNO CONEA caressar arr ea O 7 Importing Audio from External SOU CEeS ssssessseessssesssseessseesseeessseeoseeeoseeeosseeosseeosecesseeosseeossteosereosseeossteosseeossreossteoereosteossresssreosstesss 8 ANA aoa EA E AE N E EEO 8 Adding Local SCAT CROSS vaprcescetariesccssecnessidorcessctexesatesestassowevassacsdsesscentesesswiecasaetenetatslaceadssevenisrailsessaieavesaiestenndsatsiedviadndsunenesth 9 Adding Remote FIP Scan Directories saissavasscecasesaisenusnscstnessievonavessvesoindsaanesalissavaisunsanscssouases eontdesssasnantramneanideanedetoeraieioniarsenties 10 Cenna MAPO CRA E aa AA EET AA EO ET audecnene OES 13 Assigning Rules to Scan Directories e sssesssessseesseesssesssersseesseesseeosscesseesseesseeosscosersseesseeosecosscosseesseeoseeosecosseosseesseesseeosecosseesseeseess 18 BC TOUDE FC M ior a E E A AR 21 fainga olt ala e i E E E E E E E ASE E E E E E 22 Getting to Know the TLC Interface avo cetuca vated sestcest catanestsannseoncancastseriuart a di cetneast sateen ated dastiemteee ena aateeneeeatee ZZ TRE NEI GOO aN cscs ecaee cases cases yee E EE A OE E sear eacesamtoea E 23 MS AUS Oy D D soca a cen env E ETENA tents pane ENEA E E OE E 23 TEF ET
403. the Song Information screen 9 Song Information Sea K lt 4 gt P Customize Tabs First Prev Next Last Cancel Save Close Title Search Artist Display Text Search Search By Artist Se The Red Chevelle Calculate most recent pla Build from artist sep list Add Delete Song Separation Tools Main Secondary Additional Notes History Research Future Moves Custom Fields Voice Tracks Web Links Machine Magazine Slot Index Cue In ss Cue In ms fo 0 Fade Time ss Fade Time ms fo 0 Audio Level File Name fi 00 Speed Hard Disk Location Browse Folders Only f 00 Q Media Source Qs Record 84 of 295 Total plays 1315 Press F1 for help Ai Scheduling Content 249 WO AUTOMATION for Radio a Ex gt P M Customize Tabs First Prev Next Last Cancel Save Add Delete Song Separation Tools Close Title Search Artist Display Text Search Pf Search By Artist Sep The Red Orere Calculate most recent pla Build from artist sep list Main Secondary Additional Notes History Research Future Moves Custom Fields Voice Tracks Web Links Artist Separation Edit Artist Separation Artist Type Primary Properties Edit Property Assignments Map 1 Options Gender Male Tempo SLOW Runtime Ending Style Mood Cart Miscellaneous FQ No Mood 8 Intro 1 ss Intro 1 ms
404. the Workstation Widget Bar to exit Delete mode 5 On the Hotkey Widget click the flashing Edit button to exit Edit mode Delivering Content 457 WO AUTOMATION Assigning Elements to a Hotkey 1 With a Hotkey page open click the Edit button to enter edit mode Hotkeys 2 empty page Click on a media asset in the Library widget Circles will appear on the Hotkey page to indicate the target destination of the selected asset Click in the circle to create a Hotkey using the selected media asset Library Search Clear lt gt Showing results 1 3 of 43 1 Days To Christmas Hotkeys JIN 0946 10 Days To Christmas 2 Days To Christmas 0 02 JIN 0937 JIN 0945 Delete q gt empty page Delivering Content 458 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Follow the same procedure when adding additional media assets Depending on which circle you click on in the Hotkey page you can place the selected media asset to the top bottom or side of an existing Hotkey Library Search Clear 4 gt Christmas Sort by title Showing results 10 12 of 43 9 Days To Christmas All Want For Christ Christmas Baby Ple Mariah Carey NAB 6470 Hotkeys 10 Days To Christmas Shout Ji 0 02 11 Clicking the center circle on an existing Hotkey will replace the element assigned to that Hotkey 4 When all Hotkeys have been configured click the flashing Edit button on the Hotkey Widget to exit Edit mo
405. the start and end of a selection during playback as opposed to selecting a section of a stationary waveform with the mouse The edit actions include cut copy and paste buttons Cut will delete the current selection and place the cut data onto an internal clipboard Copy will copy the selection to the internal clipboard without modifying the data Paste will insert the most recently cut or copied data into the current cursor position Cancel or redo the last action Locks the waveform editor onto the screen so that it is not closed accidentally when clicking outside of the screen Pressing the Accept button will save all changes Pressing the Close button closes the waveform editor without saving any changes Creating and Editing Content 141 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Editing Audio with TLC 1 Select the category containing the audio to edit from the left hand category list FA gt aei Fie Edit View Tools Help D x a amp amp New Copy Delete Renum Find Network Tag Format Ripper ALLE St 5 080 80s Music 0543 Day By Day Hooters TFN 03 11 ma COM Commercials 0544 Tempted Squeeze TFN 03 44 0546 Ran So Far Away A Flock Of Seagulls TFN 03 34 0547 Mickey Toni Basil TFN 03 21 0549 Shake It Up Cars TFN 03 23 0555 Caught Up In You 38 Special TFN 04 25 O 0558 DerKommissar After The Fire TFN 04 01 0559 Goody Two Shoes Adam Ant TFN 03 27 0562 Crumblin Down John Cougar Mellencamp TFN 03
406. time signal is received O Every time signal is received Signal None Deactivate at 00 00 00 Keep active when switching playlists F Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems T Estimated length Creating and Editing Content 92 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Activate at Workflows can execute based on time or when the playlist loads Execute Workflows can execute immediately at the scheduled time or only when an external signal is received If the workflow should execute based on an external signal select if it should execute only the first time the signal is received or every time the signal is received and select the signal from the drop down list If you choose to use a signal to execute the event be sure to enter a deactivation time Signals received after the deactivation time will be ignored for this workflow Keep active when switching playlists Checking this option would allow the Workflow to execute even if an alternate playlist loads a Special Playlist for example Always execute this action Leave this option un checked Allow execution on standby systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Workflow Select the workflow you just created from the drop down list Estimated length Type an estimated length for this workflow in MM SS format Creating and Editing Content 93 WO AUTOMATION Recording Multi segment Long form Programming
407. ting Content 90 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 14 Select the correct station from the Station drop down list select the template that should contain the scheduled workflow and click Edit Templates Station PAUL FM Temporary Default Playlist MAIN Special Program Westwood HS Football 15 In the opened template click the Sequential Background toggle to Background Right click in the top Playlist pane and click Create New Entry T Playlist Edito e D Heme S da ESD ip S Ol O us PAUL FM MAIN Hourly Template O Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen Sch Len Fa Create New Entry Ctrl N X Delete Entry Delete Cut Entry Ctrl X Copy Entry Ctrl C Paste Entry Ctrl V Search Playlist Ctrl F Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table E Browse Library Search Library fe Deleted Entries ESTEN no selection J History Apply Cancel Creating and Editing Content 91 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 16 Select Execute Workflow and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Execute Workflow Workflow Actions 17 Enter the details for this Workflow event When all details have been entered click OK See table on next page for details on each parameter field Activate at This time of day E When this playlist loads Execute Immediately O First
408. tkey Page s s sssssesssssessssseesssseesssseeessseeessseeeossseeossseeosserossseronsserossseeesssseeosseerssssersssserosssersss 494 Introducing WO Automation for Radio 8 wipe orerr Section 1 Introducing WO Automation for Radio WO AUTOMATION About This Manual This manual is intended to be a practical guide for users of WO Automation for Radio Topics are arranged by task rather than by component or computer We have divided things up into five basic sections k Introducing WO Automation for Radio This section will give you the basics that will help you understand your new WO Automation for Radio system It is recommended you spend some time reading through this section if you are new to WO Automation for Radio Creating and Editing Content Need to learn how to create a new media asset Organize audio into rotators Import that MP3 commercial you received from your production house this morning This section has the answers you are looking for Scheduling Content Now that you have all your content produced it is time to organize it for playback This section contains topics covering integration with your in house music and traffic scheduling software as well as instructions on preparing to air satellite delivered programming Delivering Content The W O Automation for Radio Workstation is where the magic happens From the basics of playing audio to more advanced maneuvers like adding Hotkeys or working with Live Copy the
409. to control audio switchers or automatically record network feeds About Satellite and Hourly Templates In the typical radio station most sequential events will be scheduled in a music or traffic scheduler and imported into the daily playlist Actions and events not scheduled in your music and traffic software can be integrated into your daily schedule using templates Scheduling Content 190 WO AUTOMATION fae elie fil FLILILI Each template will contain events for one hour Houi Templates Scheduler Outputs Satellite Templates of a day although templates can be repeated D in the same day or on different Templates are especially useful to stations like News Talk stations that do not schedule music using a Backg nd cve _ M T music scheduler Playlist Editor combines all of these different elements sequential and background events a from hourly and satellite templates as well as TE output from your music and traffic scheduling software and creates a single schedule file for each day Combining Music Schedulers and Playlist Editor Templates There are as many ways to set up your station in Playlist Editor as there programmers but there are some guidelines that will make your planning easier If you use traffic scheduling software you should use it only to schedule commercial audio Remember commercial break times in the traffic scheduler should match as closely
410. to exit Edit mode Delivering Content 492 HOW DO I Add an Audio Item to a Hotkey Page 1 Enter Edit Mode With a Hotkey page open click the Edit button to enter edit mode 2 Click on a media asset in the Library widget Circles will appear on the Hotkey page to indicate the target destination of the selected asset Click in the circle to create a Hotkey using the selected media asset senate Search Clear lt gt Christmas Sort by title v Showing results 1 3 of 43 1 Days To Christmas 10 Days To Christmas 2 Days To Christmas JIN 0946 JIN 0937 0 02 JIN 0945 Delete Hotkeys empty page 3 Follow the same procedure when adding additional media assets Depending on which circle you click on in the Hotkey page you can place the selected media asset to the top bottom or side of an existing Hotkey Clicking the center circle on an existing Hotkey will replace the element assigned to that Hotkey 4 When all Hotkeys have been configured click the flashing Edit button on the Hotkey Widget to exit Edit mode Delivering Content 493 Add a Workflow Item to a Hotkey Page Workflows can only be assigned to existing Hotkeys First configure a Hotkey with an audio item then assign the Workflow 1 Enter Edit Mode With a Hotkey page open click the Edit button to enter edit mode 2 While in Edit mode click on a Hotkey The selected Hotkey will display the green Configuration icon Click the
411. to prevent them from appearing in the Stack or Playlist widgets 4 Origin Flag The search results can also be filtered by how the events were added to the playlist Manual Events that were inserted manually Music Events that were inserted from the music schedule Traffic Events that were inserted from the traffic schedule Other Events that were inserted from Hourly or Satellite templates Scheduling Content 410 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Select the events to modify using the check boxes to the left of each event or by using the Select All and Select None buttons Playable Entry Search 24 entries matched Title Comment 1 Artest Comment2 Motes Mt Olive College w that s amp 00 Mt Olive College uw that s 800 Mt Olive College Q that s amp 00 Mt Olive College uw that s 800 Mt Olive College ww that s amp 00 4 Once all desired entries have been selected clicking the Delete Entries button will delete the selected entries Search 24 entries matched Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Notes Mt Olive College uw that s 800 Mt Olive College w that s 800 Mt Olive College Q that s 800 Mt Olive College Q that s 600 Mt Olive College w that s 800 Scheduling Content 411 WO AUTOMATION for Radio For less radical modifications click the Set Details button E1 Search Playlist Entries A032 24 entries matched Time 00 20 00 01 20 00 02 20
412. ton to save your changes All entries on the Distribution tab are required A red Commit Failed error will display at the top of Audio Editor if the asset cannot save successfully You may see this error if Audio Editor attempts to save your changes when the asset is currently in use is locked or the connection to the server is interrupted during the commit process Wait a moment and try again Creating and Editing Content 34 WO AUTOMATION Lal LI Li Creating New Audio WO Automation for Radio includes a number of methods to create new audio Audio Editor The simple audio recorder editor built in to your Workstation See page 36 TLC It s not just for trimming labeling and converting It records too See page 48 Adobe Audition Plug in WO Automation for Radio offers a plug in to achieve tight integration with Adobe s multi track editor See page54 Netcatch Allows you to background record network audio including capture of multi segment satellite programming See page 78 Local Voice Tracking Create voice tracks complete with audible pre cut and post cut audio See page 111 Distant City Voice Tracking Even if you are off site you can still create great voice tracks complete with audible pre cut and post cut audio See page 130 Creating and Editing Content 35 WO AUTOMATION Lal LI Li Introducing Audio Editor Configured as a Widget in Workstation this audio recorder editor is an easy to use interface f
413. tor launch page 2 Double click on the Template you wish to designate as the Default Playlist or select the Template and click Edit Templates Station PAUL FM z Type Hourly Hourly Name _ Temporary Default Playlist _ JS EmoGoth Hourly MAIN Scheduling Content 294 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 3 Right click in the Playlist pane and select Save as Default Playlist T Playlist Editor Jee rel BL tO T i ic amp PAUL FM JS EmoGoth Hourly Hourly Template quent Background Mk O Time Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 Cat File ActLen SchLlen In gt Execute Workflow If 00 do not New Merge Point Create New Entry Ctrl N 03 00 03 00 o _ Execute Workflow X Delete Entry Delete 09 00 09 00 00 do not New Merge Point 04 00 04 00 00 Execute Workflow a Cut Entry Cutex 09 00 09 00 00 do not New Merge Point Copy Entry Ctrl C 02 00 02 00 00 Execute Workflow Paste Entry Ctrl V 08 00 08 00 00 A Search Playlist Ctrl F 4 00 5 00 6 00 7 00 8 0 6 00 7 00 8 S 20 00 21 00 22 00 23 0 On Air Save Copy as Template Z Execute Workflow Save as Default Playlist N J vse Li Create Podcast Episode E Browse Library Siac Hard p Search Library F Always execute this action Cone e i E Allow execution on standb ems ie Deleted Entries y syst amp History i Estimated length 12 00 Apply Cancel 4
414. tor using the Hard Sync Soft Sync or Timing Target selections in the Sync field The backtimer calculates the difference by adding the duration of all events leading up to the next timing target and the current clock time and comparing the result to the timing target For example PAUL FM Om 00 02 15 2 5 4 status Playing 080 7756 AUTOMATIC Output 1 Next 1 ON AIR Gp Time remaining for on a One Thing Leads To Another 13 3 09 Fixx 13 56 39 080 7756 Just Like Paradise 29 4 02 2 David Lee Roth 13 59 48 080 1920 HOUR UPDATE 0 00 13 59 59 ir event 02 51 2 Duration of events leading up to timing target 04 02 Total duration of to play material 06 53 E Plus current clock time 13 55 20 Ifall events play to full duration the system would play to this time 14 02 13 4 Less timing target 13 59 59 Difference 02 14 The displayed Backtimer value takes into account whole second rounding Delivering Content 437 WO AUTOMATION Em p sei for Radio a Adopted Entries The Audio Server will continue to play the on air event when Workstation is restarted When Workstation reconnects to the Audio Server while that same event is still playing the on air entry label will display Current Audio Unknown the Countdown Timer will display 00 00 in red as if the event is stopped and the Status field will display Playing Unknown Audio until the audio finishes playing PAUL FM ls Time 14 05 21 1
415. try Copy Entry Paste Entry Search Playlist Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table Ctrl N Delete Ctrl X Ctrl C Ctrl V Ctrl F ly File ActLen SchLen 12 00 12 00 8 3 8338338383835 New Merge Point Type a unique name for the new template select the template Type and click OK A Please specify a template name Template Name Type Hourly Template Satellite Template O Special Program OK All templates must be assigned a unique name and cannot have the same name as any other template workflow or format Scheduling Content 293 WO AUTOMATION Creating a Default Playlist It is possible and often advantageous to designate a template as a Default Playlist for your station If a template has not been assigned in a Format and no events are available from your music scheduler Playlist Editor can schedule events stored in a Default Playlist If the default playlist is called into action by the system it likely means there has been a problem with the normal scheduling process that should be investigated When a default playlist is active come content including commercial content may not appear in the schedule 1 If the template to be designated as the Default Playlist is not already loaded in Playlist Editor click on the Templates menu icon or click on the Templates option on the Playlist Edi
416. ttributes on the Asset s property tabs as needed When all attributes have been set click the Commit button to save your changes Creating and Editing Content 175 Record a New Asset Using Audio Editor 1 On the main Audio Editor window click New You can also create new files from the Library widget Clicking on the New button on the Library widget will launch the Audio Editor widget and allow you to record new audio 2 Select the type of file to create Click Audio to record a single audio file Audio Editor can create other asset types as well Rotators allow you to rotate multiple audio files Multi Station Media Assets MSMAs allow you to bundle multiple audio files under a single number for use on simulcast stations For example you can bundle an FM legal ID and a translator legal ID in one MSMA When the single MSMA event is scheduled by traffic the FM legal ID will play on the FM station and the translator legal ID will play through channels assigned to the translator 3 Click the Record button to start recording The timer on the left will start counting up your level meters will become active and the word RECORDING will display just below the level meters When you re done recording click the Stop button You do not have to be in a specific tab to record Creating and Editing Content 176 WO AUTOMATION Em p Smee for Radio a 4 Set the attributes for this recording You will probably ro
417. uals today n is also allowed where n specifies the number of days For example 1 equals tomorrow while 7 equals seven days from today Check this option to enable this rule attribute and set the processed file s cue in toa specified number of seconds Cue In is not the same as the Intro Cue In is used to set the point where the file will Start to play Check this option to enable this rule attribute and set the processed file s EOM toa specified number of seconds An EOM value entered as a positive number will set the EOM from the beginning of the file To set the EOM from the end of the file it must be entered as a negative number For example if you have a 30 second file and want the EOM to be 5 seconds from the end of the file you could enter a value of 25 or a value of 5 Check this option to enable this rule attribute and convert the processed file to the sample rate selected from the drop down box Creating and Editing Content 16 WO AUTOMATION Ll LI f Li Convert compression to Check this option to enable this rule attribute and convert the processed file s compression rate to the selected value Sample Rate Algorithm Bitrate Compression Linear None 32K MP2 96K 10 67 1 32K MP2 128K 8 1 32K MP2 320K 3 2 1 44 1K MP2 96K 14 7 1 44 1K MP2 128K 11 03 1 44 1K MP2 320K 4 41 1 48K MP2 96K 16 1 48K MP2 128K 12 1 48K MP2 320K 4 8 1 See note below Send to Click the destination station for
418. ule file to your WO Automation for Radio is as easy as selecting the proper automation output Adding commands for events like merge points voice tracks and workflows is also simple Powergold also features an Automation Command Scheduler to keep your clocks streamlined and clean contact Powergold support for more details Configuring the Automation Export 1 Click the Automation button on the main Powergold tool bar or from the main menu select Edit Automation 2 Click the Setup tab ef Powergold Sample Automation Files moe File Edit Database Window Help El x Ja Ee B T t ka amp it re E gt a Music Schedules Categories ms es Clocks Analysis Automation Reports Backups A l Refresh Logon Exit CETATENIE EE Setup Hew Delete Hename Reload Muki File Create Databaze y OF x Cancel 3 From the Name of Automation System drop down box select Scott Studios SKD 4 Click the Directory button to browse to and select the export directory Name OF Automation System Field Setup Scott Studios SED Fields In First Line ae is utput File MMD an EED LE r Command Mask v Extension Hard Disk Location Fixed width Source a ae EEN Title Tab Delimited MLSE Peal Artist Run Time MBS 5 Intro 1 Seconds Ending Style Other Song Year Miscellaneous Field Comma Quote Delimited JI C Powergold Data ample Directory Fields In Second Line ar Add Field
419. uled instance If you only have one instance per day you could use the day of the week as the name Automatically apply traffic from 2010 Start hour 00 00 00 End hour 23 59 59 Please enter a name for this scheduled special program Scheduling Content 350 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 5 If you used Merge Points in the Special Program template click the option to Automatically Apply Traffic If you manually added traffic to the Special Program template or are going to add it directly to the scheduled instance click OK to save the scheduled instance and go to the next section on Editing Scheduled Special Programs Scheduled Special Program Settings Mame Friday Automatically apply traffic from Start hour 18 00 00 End hour 20 00 00 Select the Month date and Year of the traffic file to use Type the Start and End hour range from which traffic will be merged with this scheduled instance of the Special Program Note that the traffic file does not have to exist for this instance to be scheduled The system will merge the traffic when the file becomes available Click OK to save settings then click Close to exit the Scheduled Special Programs screen If you have more traffic in the file than scheduled breaks in the Special Program the last break will be overfilled Please be sure to review the scheduled Special Program before airtime see page 356 Scheduling Content 3
420. urent 1 Ta 03 29 R Recurents 1 21 43 70 The Best Music Sweeper 2203 0350 0 hi Curent 1 i 25 53 03 51 E 29 44 0332 N Might Current 33 16 03 41 A Power Current 1 36 57 0329 R Recurents 1 40 26 0329 B Secondary Curent 1 Aaaa G Liner 2 44 10 0329 R Recurents 1 47 39 0334 C New Songs 1 51 13 04 05 G Gold 1 Description Event Length 03 00 Total Time 55 18 15 Songs Clock 3 of 4 Drag and drop positions up or down the list Aight click for more options Press F1 for help Scheduling Content 257 WO AUTOMATION Exporting a Completed Schedule to WOAFR 1 Click the Automation button on the main Powergold tool bar or from the main menu select Edit Automation 2 Scheduled days will be listed on the Date Hour Selection tab Select the days to export from the list of completed schedules and click Create File fn Powergald Sample Automation Files File Edit Database Window Help CC E 0 Music Schedules Categories Froperties Clocks Date Hour Selection View Setup Scheduled Dates Wednesday April 22 2009 Tuesday April 21 2009 Monday April 20 2009 Sunday April 19 2009 Saturday April 18 2009 Friday April 17 2009 Thursday April 16 2009 Wednesday April 15 2009 Tuesday April 14 2009 Monday April 13 2009 Sunday April 12 2009 Saturday April 11 2009 Friday April 10 2009 Thursday April 09 2009 Wednesday April 08 2009 Toesdan onlay SAAS Show All Dates
421. ush No Sleep Till Brooklyn Beastie Boys 24 04 16 C 104 DA2787 08 07 21 Voice Trax Cool Radio Guy f Re Entry 7 7 Dave Dart Productic atea Ste 3 AM Matchbox 20 Voice Trax You Get What You Give New Radicals A Legal ID ictor Lisle Cool Radio Guy Lit Up Radio Version L Buckcherry 00 00 30 TU1 JB0610 06 11 36 VI iLost In You Brooks Garth Chri v No More No Less Edit Collective Soul 16 03 54 F 10 DA6 761 08 12 08 1999 Hotel California Eagles 2 06 19 F 105 DA4075 08 16 02 Preview 1977 1977 a Dart Rotator Dave Dart Productions Dy ait Play Log 00 00 05 JIN Y09999 08 19 57 Exit GO Notice the Record button begins to flash and the Action Button changes state to VT EOM Creating and Editing Content 133 WO AUTOMATION 6 When you want the postcut event to start click the VT EOM button or press the SPACE bar The voice track will continue recording but you will hear the postcut audio allowing you to talk over the postcut intro 08 17 36 Voice Tracker 32 Current Log Play Deck 2 Announcer DB COOPER AAU UD es S a a ae aN a She s A Beauty ap Lido Shuffle Boz Scaggs Tubes She s A Beauty Tubes 23 03 50 F 105 DA4226 08 03 30 Limelight i 1983 1983 No More No Less Edit Collective Soul Limelight Hotel California Eagles pla Dart Rotator Dave Dart Productic Rush No Sleep Till Brooklyn Beastie Boys 24 04 16 C 104 DA2787 08 07 21 Voi
422. ut open channel wait for closure close channel spot block you will only need to create one workflow to schedule for each segment in the hour Once the Workflows and Segment Ruleset s are created you will put them together in your Playlist Editor templates A typical template set for a satellite program would contain some or all of the following events Hourly Template Sequential Events Satellite Template Background Events Execute Workflow s Arm Legal ID s Traffic Merge Points Segment Rulesets optional Arm liners and rejoin content Playable Entries Individual Spots The templates can be added to a Format allowing you to mix satellite hours with programming scheduled with a music scheduler In the following example we are going to assume the station uses a Broadcast Tools ACS 8 2 Plus configured in the Central Server Configuration Web UI Scheduling Content 296 WO AUTOMATION Y Audio Inputs 1 Airi 2 Are 3 Ar 3 4 5 Satellite 6 f a Audio Outputs 1 TOAIR 2 RECORD Y GP Inputs 1 Local Brk 2 Rejoin 3 Liner 4 i 6 f a 9 10 Legal ID 11 12 13 14 15 16 Step by Step Overview 1 Create the Workflow to handle audio switching see page 298 2 Create any optional Segment Rulesets see page 215 3 Create the Hourly template see page 309 containing all sequential entries like Execute Workflow entries and Merge Points 4 Create the Satellite template see page 314 containing all backg
423. ve Save astype WO Automation for Radio wav Options Help Save extra non audio information 0 06 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 0 33 11 e Save the file in the local Scan Directory you configured in AMAI e Verify the Save as type entry is WO Automation for Radio wav e If you entered a WO Automation for Radio Category and Media Asset number in the Category and Cut Num ID fields on the File Info metadata window you can simply save the file The WOAFR Audition Plug in will automatically create a file name of CCCNNNN WAV based on those two Audition fields When saving the file the plug in will auto generate the filename based on the Category and Cut Num ID values entered in Audition regardless of the file name displayed in the Audition SAVE AS screen This allows you to save using whatever name is supplied by the SAVE AS dialog Untitled wav for example the plug in will automatically apply the CCCNNN WAV name based on the entered metadata If you did not enter the Category and Cut Num ID in the File Info window you will need to manually supply the correct SAVE AS file name Creating and Editing Content 69 WO AUTOMATION Basic Troubleshooting If the files from Adobe Audition are not being imported please verify the following items before contacting customer support or your reseller Verify the plug in was installed in the Adobe Audition installation directory Verify the AMAI directory assigned t
424. ve the new rotator Click Revert to undo the last unsaved change Creating and Editing Content 187 Create a Multi Station Media Asset MSMA 1 On the main Audio Editor window click New Select the type of file to create Click Multi Station Asset to create anew MSMA You can also create new files from the Library widget Clicking on the New button on the Library widget will launch the Audio Editor widget and allow you to create a new media asset Set the attributes for this MSMA On the Properties Tab type in the Title trivia Notes and Length in MM SS format On the Distribution Tab select the radio station s where the new media asset will be saved After selecting a Station select a category from the drop down list Type the 4 character asset ID in the field to the right of Asset ID The Insert button on the Tools Tab may be used to immediately insert this MSMA into the Stack or Playlist Create the MSMA table by clicking the Add button to add existing assets to the MSMA opening the Library sliding widget Select a station restricting inventory options to assets available to a leader or follower station and ensuring that the right audio plays on the right station Enter search criteria for the asset to add Click the asset in the library to add it to the MSMA Repeat these steps until you have added all of the assets for this rotator You will need at least one asset for each station All assets added to the MSMA should
425. w E Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Workflow Baseball Segment E Estimated length 00 00 Field Description Sync Point Typically you will select None Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Workflow From the drop down list select the Workflow you just created Estimated Length Type an estimated length of this segment This value is helpful in estimating timing in Playlist Editor Scheduling Content 338 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 8 With the Sequential option selected in the top right corner right click in the Playlist pane and select Create New Entry Playlist Editor eos J z _ J 7 r PA te wal O 29 O G ess PAUL FM Westwood Baseball Special Program Template Sync Title Comment 1 Artist Comment 2 File ActLen Sch Len Execute Workflow Baseball Segment 10 00 10 00 Create New Entry Delete Entry Cut Entry Copy Entry Paste Entry Search Playlist Save Copy as Template Save as Default Playlist Create Podcast Episode Customize table EA Execute Workflow Search Library Alwa
426. wn list to set the size of the font on the Hotkey Font Color Click in the field to open a palette of color options for the Hotkey font Clicking a color option will select the font color and automatically close the Color Themes window Background Color Click in the field to open a palette of color options for the Hotkey background Clicking a color option will select the background color and automatically close the Color Themes window Delivering Content 467 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Playing Hotkeys To play a Hotkey simply click the Hotkey button Hotkeys 10 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 6 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 2 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 9 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 5 Days To Christmas Shout 0 08 8 Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 4 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 5 Ge T Days To Christmas Shout 0 02 3 Days To Christmas Shout 0 04 Hotkey audio will play out the channel designated in the Hotkey Widget configuration Delivering Content 468 WO AUTOMATION Previewing Hotkeys Click the green Preview button on the Workstation Widget Bar at the bottom left of the main screen Player 2 Gays Te Chentmas ays Te Chaimas STOPSET AMP TLL A lew icon will display on each Hotkey well as on events in the Playlist Stack and Library widget Click the Preview icon on the item to preview The sliding will appear at the bottom of the screen and begin preview playback immedi
427. work Audio es seseessseessseessseessseessseeosseeosseeosseeosseeosseesseeosseeossseosserosseeosseeossseosseeosseeosserosseeosseeosseee 78 Recording SMG File Sis sree sts ocnsace estes esteaa neve a E E EE T 78 Recording Multi segment Long form Programming c ssssecsssessssessssessssessssesssessssecsesecssseesesesssseesesesecseseeseseesesseseseeseens 94 SACI K RUSET S iair E E E EEEE A 111 Scheduling Skim RUIESETS siesena RE ANE RER 113 Voce ECE een A E E E E A E 119 Getting to Know the Voice Tracker Widget Interface sesesseseessseessseessseesssecsssecsssecessecessecesseeesseeesseessecesseeessseesseeesseress 120 Modifying Voice Track SegUe6S ees sssseesssssesssssessssseesssseesssseeessseeesssseessseeossseeossserossseeossseeossserossseeosssserssseerssssrrossserosssrossserossss 127 Getting to Know the Segue Editor Interface seseessseessseessseessseessseesssecesseeesseeesseceuseeeseceoseeesseeessecesseceoseceosecessseeoseeesseeees 128 BEL A E EE E E A E E A E E E ent een 130 Getting to Know the Distant City Voice Tracker Interface ses sssseesssseesssseesssseerssseeeossseeonsseressseeessseessseeeossserossseressss 131 Ed O ES INOA O een N E E E O OE N EE ETO 136 Editing Audio with Audio EditOt sssssseusssinnnnriiiennnreninoneinenana aniar 136 Getting to Know the Audio Editor Interface es seseessseessseesssecssseessseesssecessecessecessecesseceseeeoseeesseeessecesseeeoseeeoseceosseeoseeesseeees 140 oa ok
428. xplicit Format M d yy or relative Format H value Field Notes Always Execute this Action When checked the action will be performed even if the workflow is aborted by the operator by advancing the Stack or if the previous action has an error Check this option only on the last action in a workflow Allow Execution on Standby Systems When the system is in Standby mode all background events are ignored unless this setting is checked Audio Input From the drop down list select the audio input where the audio is recorded The selections refer to the device and channel numbers of the audio cards configured on the workstation where the workflow is scheduled Remember the system identifies devices and channels starting with 0 instead of 1 Category From the drop down list select the category where the segments will be saved Scheduling Content 203 WO AUTOMATION Title Artist Trivia Start End Date Start End Hour Start Recording Maximum Recording Duration Wait for This to Finish Before Moving On Distribution Audio Parameters Cut specific Parameters Type the text that will appear in Workstation s Title field Type the text that will appear in Workstation s Artist field Type in specific text or select the option to have the system automatically store the recorded date and time in the trivia field Type the start and end dates for the segments to be recorded using either the MM DD YY format or by enteri
429. y click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window or having to use the scroll bars Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn on turn green the Satellite audio channel a Update Switcher Browse Library E Always execute this action 4 Search Library Allow execution on standby systems tl E T Device to update 5WITCHER on PAUL D5 SA Airl Air2 Air3 In4 Satellite In6 In7 In8 TO AIR 4 RECORD Scheduling Content 301 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 8 From the list of available Workflow Actions select and drag in a Wait action PAUL FM JS EmoGoth WF Workflow Title Comment 1 Update Switcher Update Switcher action Actions Set Clock Wait Set Failover Mode nN Start Media Asset Start Record Start Stack Time Announce Update Switcher Wait 4 A Update Switcher E Browse Library Always execute this action Search Library Allow execution on standby systems Deleted Entries Device to update SWITCHERonPAUL DS amp Histo Airi Air2 Air3 In 4 Satellite In6 In 7 In 8 is ry TO AIR ie RECORD 9 Enter the details for your Wait Workflow Action See table on next page
430. y systerns Please select a device 4 Device to update must be defined OK Creating and Editing Content 105 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Field Description Always Execute This Action Check this option Only when turning off network audio should this option be checked Allow Execution on Standby Systems Leave this option un checked unless you are running Invincible Device to Update From the drop down list select the device the audio source wired is to 12 After selecting the Device to Update you will see the Input Output grid Create Update Switcher Always execute this action E Allow execution on standby systems Device to update SWITCHER on PAUL DS ABC FOX CBS XDS In5 In6 BOARD RECORD 4 Th You can set the Input and Output immediately or simply click OK without making any selections The Workflow Action will be added and you will see the Input Output grid in Playlist Editor s Details area Having some extra room can make it easier to set source and destination without having to resize the Create Update Switcher window to having to use the scroll bars Creating and Editing Content 106 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Within the Input Output grid click the required audio input output to turn off turn red the network audio In the following example the PREMIERE input routed to the RECORD output has been turned off Ei Update Switcher E Browse Library Always execute this action Se
431. ying GEGEAGA AUTOMATIC r3 Oreos beep KOOL 105 WLR a T ve Wee EA F Lennon damm 3 Electre Avame AIEEE H Src Wien Wal EOT ue iN ON AR IE aa a r bec Wiar Upon hoo CantLive Withowt Your Dont Fear The Reaper henon Blue Gria G in Whos oomini Wire 4s aos CEO ETEN ETSE Giels Pirta Ooo Wop oniy Good Tem I Justj Cied An Your Arms just Died in Your Arms aes j i Cutting Crew Cuting Crew ovin Every Minite Of R iyo 15555 Hotkeys STOPSET OOM FILL Mt Olve Cofege odp E i AE yi Ecs ep m r God lime E Greet J KOD fe hearth Carolina State Fal 2 Click the Delete icon on or next to the item to delete 3 Exit Delete Mode by clicking the Delete Mode Active tag at the top of the Workstation interface or by clicking the Delete trash can button at the bottom of the screen Not only can you delete items in the Stack you can enter Delete Mode to remove future events from the Playlist Widget or Hotkeys if a Hotkey palette is in Edit mode Delivering Content 436 WO AUTOMATION for Radio Using the Backtimer The backtimer looks ahead in the schedule to the next timing target event and displays how short the system is by displaying a negative value or how long the system will be by displaying a positive value The Backtimer function assumes that all events between the current time and the target will play for their full duration Target events are defined in Playlist Edi
432. ylist Lock Unlock Screen Dain dalas mlas clint 4 m LE Browse Library Search Library je Deleted Entries amp History no selection Cancel Scheduling Content 380 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 6 Set each option and then click OK to save your changes BE Create Join Leader Always execute this action Ol Allow execution on standby systems Leader workstation AIR STUBIO Radio station to follow PAUL FRI Workflow to execute after split stopset Follower Simulcast Workflow to execute before split stopset Follower Breakaway Time offset 00 00 Cancel Option Description Always execute this action Execute this action regardless of time or other events This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Allow execute on standby This should not be enabled for this Workflow Action Used only in Invincible Lite systems configurations Contact customer support for more information Leader workstation From the drop down list select the computer where the Leader Workstation is installed Radio station to follow From the drop down list select the Leader Radio Station the Follower should follow Workflow to execute after From the drop down list select the workflow to execute when the Follower station re split stopset joins the Leader station after a stopset This will be the name of your Follower Simulcast workflow Workflow to execute From the drop down l
433. ys execute this action Allow execution on standby systems D History d Estimated length 10 00 je Deleted Entries Apply 9 Select the option for Merge Point and click OK Please select the type of entry to create Live Copy Memo Playable Entry Start Podcast Stop Podcast Set Mode manual auto Execute Workflow Workflow Actions Scheduling Content 339 WO AUTOMATION for Radio 10 Enter the details for this Merge Point entry When all parameters have been set click OK A Create Merge Point Sync Point at 00 10 00 Stopset duration 03 00 Using segment ruleset Baseball Y Comment 1 New Merge Point Comment 2 Comment 3 Cancel Field Description Sync Point Typically you will select Do Not Move at When you set the Sync Point to Do Not Move you will have the additional parameter to set the estimated schedule time of this Merge Point Stopset Duration Enter a stopset duration This is helpful for overall planning in Playlist Editor but critical if you are using Segment Rulesets This field sets the Segment Ruleset timing target Using Segment Ruleset Optionally select a Segment Ruleset from the drop down list Comment 1 Enter text that will display in the Title field of the Workstation Stack Comment 2 Enter text that will display in the Artist field of the Workstation Stack Comment 3 Enter text that will be stored in the event s N

WO Automation for Radio 2.1 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents